Form 10-K

 


 

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 


 

FORM 10-K

 

(Mark One)

x   ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES
     EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

     For the fiscal year ended: December 31, 2002

 

¨   TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES
     EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

     For the transition period from:                      to                     

 

1-4471 (Commission File Number)

 


 

XEROX CORPORATION

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

New York

 

16-0468020

(State of incorporation)

 

(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

 

P.O. Box 1600, Stamford, Connecticut

(Address of principal executive offices)

 

06904

(Zip Code)

 

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (203) 968-3000

 


 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

 

Title of each Class


 

Name of Each Exchange on Which Registered


Common Stock, $1 par value

 

New York Stock Exchange

Chicago Stock Exchange

 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

None

 


 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.  Yes:  x  No:  ¨

 

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.  ¨


 

Indicate by a check mark whether the registrant is an accelerated filer (as defined in Exchange Act Rule 12b-2) Yes: x No: ¨

 

The aggregate market value of the voting stock of the registrant held by non-affiliates as of June 28, 2002 was: $5,071,919,514.

 

Indicate the number of shares outstanding of each of the registrant’s classes of common stock, as of the latest practicable date:

 

Class


 

Outstanding at February 28, 2003


Common Stock, $1 par value

 

740,320,265 Shares

 

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

 

Portions of the following documents are incorporated herein by reference:

 

Document


    

Part of Form 10-K in Which Incorporated


Xerox Corporation 2002 Annual Report to Shareholders

    

I & II

Xerox Corporation Notice of 2003 Annual Meeting of Shareholders and Proxy Statement (to be filed not later than 120 days after the close of the fiscal year covered by this report on Form 10-K)

    

III

 



 

Forward Looking Statements

 

From time to time we and our representatives, may provide information, whether orally or in writing, including certain statements in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, which are forward-looking. These forward-looking statements and other information are based on our beliefs as well as assumptions made by us using information currently available.

 

The words “anticipate,” “believe,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intend,” “will,” and similar expressions, as they relate to us, are intended to identify forward-looking statements. Such statements reflect our current views with respect to future events and are subject to certain risks, uncertainties and assumptions. Should one or more of these risks or uncertainties materialize, or should underlying assumptions prove incorrect, actual results may vary materially from those described herein as anticipated, believed, estimated, expected or intended. We do not intend to update these forward-looking statements.

 

We are making investors aware that such forward-looking statements, because they relate to future events, are by their very nature subject to many important factors which could cause actual results to differ materially from those contained in the forward-looking statements. Such factors include, but are not limited to, the following:

 

Competition—We operate in an environment of significant competition, driven by rapid technological advances and the demands of customers to become more efficient. There are a number of companies worldwide with significant financial resources that compete with us to provide document processing products and services in each of the markets we serve, some of which operate on a global basis. Our success in future performance is largely dependent upon our ability to compete successfully in the markets we currently serve and to expand into additional market segments.

 

Transition to Digital—Presently, black and white light-lens copiers represent between 15-20% of our revenues. This segment of the market is mature with anticipated declining industry revenues as the market transitions to digital technology. Some of our new digital products replace or compete with our current light-lens equipment. Changes in the mix of products from light-lens to digital, and the pace of that change, as well as competitive developments, could cause actual results to vary from those expected.

 

Expansion of Color—Color printing and copying represents an important and growing segment of the market. Printing from computers has both facilitated and increased the demand for color. A significant part of our strategy and ultimate success in this changing market is our ability to develop and market technology that produces color prints and copies quickly, easily and at reduced cost. Our continuing success in this strategy depends on our ability to make the investments and commit the necessary resources in this highly competitive market, as well as the pace of color adoption by our existing and prospective customers.

 

Pricing—Our success depends on our ability to obtain adequate pricing for our products and services which provides a reasonable return to our shareholders. Depending on competitive market factors, future prices we obtain for our products and services may decline from historical levels. In addition, pricing actions to offset the effect of currency devaluations may not prove sufficient to offset further devaluations or may not hold in the face of customer resistance and/or competition.

 

Customer Financing Activities— Prior to 2002, we financed approximately 80 percent of our equipment sales. To fund these arrangements, we accessed the credit markets and used cash generated from operations. The long-term viability and profitability of our customer financing activities is dependent, in part, on our ability to borrow and the cost of borrowing in the credit markets. This ability and cost, in turn, is dependent on our credit ratings. We are currently funding our customer financing activity from an eight-year agreement we completed with General Electric in the U.S., other third-party financing arrangements, cash generated from operations, as well as from cash on hand, unregistered capital markets offerings and securitizations. There is no assurance that we will be able to continue to fund our customer financing activity at present levels. We continue to negotiate and implement third-party vendor financing programs and securitizations of portions of our existing finance receivable portfolios and we continue to actively pursue alternative forms of financing including securitizations and secured borrowings. These initiatives are expected to improve our liquidity going forward. Our ability to continue to offer customer financing and be successful in the placement of equipment with customers is largely dependent upon successful completion of our third party financing initiatives.

 

3


 

Productivity—Our ability to sustain and improve profit margins is largely dependent on our ability to continue to improve the cost efficiency of our operations. Productivity improvements through process re-engineering, design efficiency and supplier and manufacturing cost improvements are required to offset labor cost inflation, potential materials cost increases and competitive price pressures.

 

International Operations—We derive approximately 40 percent of our revenue from operations outside the United States. In addition, we manufacture or acquire many of our products and/or their components outside the United States. Our future revenues, costs and results from operations could be affected by a number of factors, including changes in foreign currency exchange rates, changes in economic conditions from country to country, changes in a country’s political conditions, trade protection measures, licensing requirements and local tax issues. Our ability to enter into new foreign exchange contracts to manage foreign exchange risk is currently limited given our below investment grade credit ratings. Despite our current credit ratings, we have been able to restore a significant level of currency derivative capacity. Although we are still unable to hedge all of our currency exposures, we are utilizing our current capacity to hedge currency exposures primarily related to foreign currency denominated debt. We anticipate continued volatility in our results of operations due to market changes in interest rates and foreign currency rates which we are currently unable to hedge.

 

New Products/Research and Development—The process of developing new high technology products and solutions is inherently complex and uncertain. It requires accurate anticipation of customers’ changing needs and emerging technological trends. We must make long-term investments and commit significant resources before knowing whether these investments will eventually result in products that achieve customer acceptance and generate the revenues required to provide desired returns from these investments.

 

Revenue Trends—Our ability to return to and maintain a consistent trend of revenue growth over the intermediate to longer term is largely dependent upon expansion of our worldwide equipment placements, as well as sales of services and supplies occurring after the initial equipment placement (post sale revenue) in the key growth markets of color and multifunction devices. We expect that revenue growth can be further enhanced through our consulting services in the areas of document, content and knowledge management. The ability to achieve growth in our equipment placements is subject to the successful implementation of our initiatives to provide advanced systems, industry-oriented global solutions and services for major customers, improved direct sales productivity and expansion of our indirect distribution channels in the face of global competition and pricing pressures. Our ability to increase post sale revenue is largely dependent on our ability to increase equipment placements, equipment utilization and color adoption. Equipment placements typically occur through leases with original terms of three to five years. Our leases generate contractual and contingent post sale revenue. Once equipment placements start to increase, there will be a lag before post sale revenues also start to increase. The ability to grow our customers’ usage of our products may continue to be adversely impacted by the movement towards distributed printing and electronic substitutes and the impact of lower equipment placements in prior periods. If we are unable to return to and maintain a consistent trend of revenue growth, there could be a material adverse effect on our operating results.

 

Liquidity—The adequacy of our liquidity depends on our ability to successfully generate positive cash flow from an appropriate combination of operating improvements, financing from third parties, access to capital markets and additional asset sales, including sales or securitizations of our receivables portfolios. We believe our liquidity (including operating and other cash flows that we expect to generate) will be sufficient to meet operating cash flow requirements as they occur and to satisfy all scheduled debt maturities for at least the next twelve months; however, our ability to maintain positive liquidity going forward is highly dependent on achieving our expected operating results, including capturing the benefits from restructuring activities, and continuing to complete announced vendor financing and other initiatives that are discussed in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. There is no assurance that these initiatives will be successful. Failure to successfully complete these initiatives could have a material adverse effect on our liquidity and our operations, and could require us to consider further measures, including deferring planned capital expenditures, reducing discretionary spending, selling additional assets and if necessary, restructuring existing debt.

 

 

4


In June 2002, we entered into an Amended and Restated Credit Agreement (the “New Credit Facility”) with a group of lenders, replacing our prior $7 billion facility (the “Old Revolver”). At that time, we permanently repaid $2.8 billion of the Old Revolver and subsequently paid $710 million on the New Credit Facility. At December 31, 2002, the New Credit Facility consisted of two tranches of term loans totaling $2.0 billion and a $1.5 billion revolving credit facility that includes a $200 million letter of credit subfacility. At December 31, 2002, $3.5 billion was outstanding under the New Credit Facility. At December 31, 2002 we had no additional borrowing capacity under the New Credit Facility since the entire revolving facility was outstanding, including a $10 million letter of credit under the subfacility. The New Credit Facility requires principal payments as well as prepayments in the case of certain events. A full discussion of these terms and the final maturity dates of the various loans is included in the Capital Resources and Liquidity section in our 2002 Annual Report which is incorporated by reference herein. The New Credit Facility contains affirmative and negative covenants including limitations on issuance of debt and preferred stock; certain fundamental changes, as defined; investments and acquisitions; mergers; certain transactions with affiliates; creation of liens; asset transfers; hedging transactions; payment of dividends; inter-company loans and certain restricted payments; and a requirement to transfer excess foreign cash, as defined, and excess cash of Xerox Credit Corporation to us in certain circumstances. It also contains additional financial covenants, including minimum EBITDA, as defined, maximum leverage (total adjusted debt divided by EBITDA), annual maximum capital expenditures limits and minimum consolidated net worth, as defined. We are, and expect to remain, in full compliance with the covenants and other provisions of the New Credit Facility for at least the next twelve months. Any failure to be in compliance with any material provision or covenant of the New Credit Facility could have a material adverse effect on our liquidity and operations.

 

Litigation — We are a defendant in numerous litigation and regulatory matters involving securities law, patent law, environmental law, employment law and the Employee Retirement Income Security Act (ERISA). Should these matters result in a change in our determination as to an unfavorable outcome, result in a final adverse judgment or be settled for significant amounts, they could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, cash flows and financial position in the period or periods in which such determination, judgment or settlement occurs.

 

5


 

PART I

 

Item 1. Business

 

Overview

 

References herein to “we,” “us” or “our” refer to Xerox Corporation and its subsidiaries unless the context specifically states or implies otherwise.

 

We are The Document Company, and a leader in the global document market, developing, manufacturing, marketing, servicing and financing a complete range of document equipment, software, solutions and services. We operate in over 130 countries worldwide, and distribute our products in the Western Hemisphere through divisions, wholly-owned subsidiaries and third-party distributors. In Europe, Africa, the Middle East, India and parts of Asia, we distribute our products through Xerox Limited and related companies (collectively “Xerox Limited”). We had approximately 67,800 employees at December 31, 2002.

 

The document industry is undergoing a fundamental transformation, including the continued transition from older light-lens devices to digital technology, the transition from black and white to color, the management of publishing and printing jobs over the internet, the use of variable data to create customized documents, increased reliance on outsourcing and the increase in mobile workers utilizing hand-held devices. Documents are increasingly created and stored in digital electronic form and the internet is increasing the amount of information that can be accessed in the form of electronic documents. We believe these trends play to the strengths of our product and service offerings and represent opportunities for future growth. Two important areas for our growth include color and services and solutions that tailor our product and service offerings to solve industry specific customer problems.

 

We develop document technologies, systems, solutions and services intended to improve our customers’ work processes and business results. Our success rests on our ability to understand our customers’ needs and provide innovative document management solutions and services that deliver value to them. We deliver value to customers by leveraging our core competencies in technology, document knowledge, global sales and service, brand reputation and value added solutions across our three core markets, high-end production environments, small to large networked offices and services.

 

We compete in both monochrome (i.e. black and white) and color markets by providing the industry’s broadest range of document products, solutions and services. Our products include printing and publishing systems, digital multi-function devices (which can print, copy, scan and fax) and digital copiers, laser and solid ink printers, fax machines, document-management software, and supplies such as toner, paper and ink. We also provide software and solutions that can improve document access for mobile workers and help businesses easily print books or create personalized documents for their customers. In addition, we provide a range of comprehensive document management services, such as operating in-house production centers, developing online document repositories and analyzing how customers can most efficiently create and share documents in the office.

 

Segment Information

 

Our reportable segments are Production, Office, Developing Markets Operations (“DMO”), Small Office/Home Office (“SOHO”) and Other. Operating segment financial information is found in Note 9 to the Consolidated Financial Statements, which is incorporated herein by reference. We have a very broad and diverse base of customers, both geographically and demographically, ranging from small and middle market businesses to graphic arts shops, governmental entities, educational institutions and large (Fortune 1000) corporate accounts. None of our business segments depends upon a single customer, or a few customers, the loss of which would have a material adverse effect on our business.

 

Production

 

We provide monochrome and color systems for three main customer environments: production publishing, transaction printing and enterprise-wide printing. We are the only manufacturer in the market that offers a complete family of production publishing systems from 65 to 180 impressions per minute. In addition, we continue to support analog devices currently installed at customer locations. We offer total document solutions and services that can scan, view, manage and produce documents, as well as a variety of pre-press and post-press options to fully meet

 

6


 

customer demands.

 

Our goals in the Production segment in 2002 were to improve our market coverage, stabilize our sales force and to implement a program that we call the “New Business of Printing.” The “New Business of Printing” includes introducing innovative production systems and solutions to expand our leadership position and focus on the higher growth digital color opportunities. Based on our analysis of projected equipment installations data from International Data Corporation and InfoSource, production digital color revenues are expected to have a compound annual growth rate of more than 30 percent through 2006. This “New Business of Printing” responds to increasing customer requirements for fast turnaround times, precise quantities, personalization and customization and is built on the solid foundation of the digital production print on demand market, which we created in 1990 with the introduction of our first DocuTech Production Publisher. We provide content creation and management, production and fulfillment solutions and services to improve our customers’ work processes and business results. Our digital technology enables personalization and printing on demand that can eliminate inventory and warehousing costs.

 

Our results in 2002 include the addition of specialists with unique industry experience, an alliance with several partners to market products to commercial printers and increased tenure and expertise of our sales force. We introduced the following products in 2002:

 

  In October, we launched the DocuColor iGen3 Digital Production Press at a base list price of $500,000. The DocuColor iGen3 utilizes next generation color technology which we expect will expand the digital color print on demand market, as its speed, image quality, personalization and cost advantages enable the device to capture valuable pages from the color offset printing market. The DocuColor iGen3 consists of modular components that work together as a sophisticated print shop. Utilizing patented imaging technology which produces photographic quality output indistinguishable from offset printing, this breakthrough technology can produce over 100 pages per minute at an operating cost of about 5 cents per page. This product is the result of a multi-year R&D investment of approximately $1 billion. We expect to begin realizing material revenue contributions from this product in 2004 and 2005.

 

  In July, we launched the DocuColor 6060, which complements the successful DocuColor 2000 family by offering a more advanced set of features, productivity and capabilities.

 

  In June, we introduced the DocuColor 1632 (16 ppm color / 32 ppm black and white) and DocuColor 2240 (22 ppm color / 40 ppm black and white) midrange color printers/copiers. These printers/copiers deliver affordability and speed with a benchmark cost for color pages of less than 10 cents a page. These products are the first to utilize emulsion aggregation toner, which delivers superior quality and improved efficiency.

 

  In April, we launched the new common “DocuSP” controller technology which, for the first time, provides a consistent way to prepare and process print jobs in color and black-and-white from DocuTech to DocuColor high-end systems.

 

  In November, we introduced the Xerox 1010, our new 101 page per minute digital device and latest entry into the light production market.

 

Office

 

Our Office segment includes global, national and small to medium sized commercial customers as well as government, education and other public sector customers. Office systems and services encompass monochrome devices at speeds up to 90 pages per minute, including our family of Document Centre digital multi-function products; color laser, LED (light emitting diode), solid ink and monochrome laser desktop printers; digital copiers; light-lens copiers and facsimile products.

 

Our goals in the Office segment in 2002 were to improve the competitiveness of our cost structure, increase our market coverage through indirect channel expansion and capture growth opportunities in this market. Our strategy to capture growth in the Office remains centered around three key areas: color, digital multifunction devices and solutions. We will drive the market to color printing and copying by making color as easy, fast and affordable as traditional black and white. We continue to lead the transition from single-function machines to multi-function

 

7


 

devices by ensuring that multi-function devices continue to be more cost-effective. We provide further value to our customers by offering a range of solutions including wireless document access for mobile workers and the Office Document Assessment (“ODA”) in which we analyze a business’ workflow, document needs and then identify the most efficient, productive mix of office equipment and software for that business, thereby helping to reduce the customer’s document related costs.

 

Our 2002 results include improving the Office operating margin by outsourcing substantially all our office product manufacturing to Flextronics, moving more of our sales from direct to lower cost indirect channels, thus improving efficiency and reducing costs and capturing the service productivity enabled by our digital offerings. In addition, we launched important new products and product platforms including the following:

 

  We launched the Document Centre 500 series in June 2002, which prints at speeds of 35, 45 and 55 pages per minute. This series of digital multifunction systems brings unparalleled productivity and features to small and mid-sized workgroups at significantly lower prices. We believe the network and fax options have compelling economics versus the alternative of purchasing single function printers and fax machines since the print engine, output mechanics and most of the software required are part of the base digital copier.

 

  We expanded our WorkCentre Pro family of products targeted at lower-volume cost conscious customers with the launch, in Europe and our Developing Markets, of the WorkCentre Pro 421, 423 and 428.

 

  We launched the Phaser 8200 solid ink color printer and the Phaser 6200 and 7300 laser color printers, all of which use single pass color technology and are among the fastest in their respective classes. These products are designed to accelerate customer migration to color by offering cost and print quality advantages that make it practical and cost-efficient to replace traditional black-and-white printers.

 

DMO

 

DMO includes marketing, direct sales, distributions programs and service operations for Xerox products, supplies and services in Latin America, the Middle East, India, Eurasia, Russia, and Africa. Over 120 countries are included in DMO, with Brazil representing approximately 40% of total DMO revenues in 2002. DMO operations are managed separately as a segment due to the political and economic volatility and unique nature of its markets. Our 2002 DMO goals included improving liquidity and reducing business risk, as well as profitable revenue generation while reducing costs to enable a return to profitability. Our results include a return to profitability in DMO due to accelerated cost reductions as well as our refocused efforts on limiting aggressively priced low margin contracts and only selling to customers at higher and more acceptable margins. In addition, our DMO operations have reduced debt reflecting improved operating cash generation and our transition to third party vendor financing or cash sales. See Note 2 to the Consolidated Financial Statements incorporated by reference, for a discussion of our restructuring efforts.

 

SOHO

 

In line with our strategy to focus on our core business, we announced the disengagement from our worldwide consumer/personal inkjet printer business in June 2001. We continue to sell consumables for the inkjet printers and personal copiers previously sold through indirect channels in North America and Europe. We expect that sales of these supplies will continue over the next few years, but will decline over time as the existing population of equipment is replaced.

 

Other

 

We sell cut-sheet paper to our customers for use in their document processing products. The market for cut-sheet paper is highly competitive and revenues are significantly affected by pricing. Our strategy is to charge a premium over mill wholesale prices, which is adequate to cover our costs and the value we add as a distributor. We also offer other document processing products, including devices designed to reproduce large engineering and architectural drawings up to three feet by four feet in size, which are developed and sold through Xerox Engineering Systems. Our consulting services revenue is also included in the Other segment.

 

8


 

Research and Development

 

Investment in research and development (“R&D”) is critical to drive future growth, and we have directed our investments to the fastest growing segments of the market. Our goal is to continue to create innovative technologies that will expand current and future markets. Our R&D investments employ three key themes: 1) continue to reinvent our machines to deliver better quality, more functionality and improved productivity, 2) rethink how people work, including the use of variable information printing to customize documents and 3) redefine the document through new inventions such as “smart paper,” a “paper-like” display media which enables retail signage to be instantly updated. Our research scientists regularly meet with customers and have dialogues with our business groups to ensure they understand customer requirements and develop products and solutions that can be commercialized.

 

In 2002, R&D expense was $917 million, compared with $997 million in 2001 and $1,064 million in 2000. 2002 R&D spending focused primarily on the development of high-end business applications and extending our color capabilities. The DocuColor iGen3, an advanced next-generation digital printing press launched in October 2002 that uses our patented imaging technology to produce photographic quality prints indistinguishable from offset, is an example of the type of breakthrough technologies we developed that we expect will drive our future growth.

 

Our R&D is strategically coordinated with that of Fuji Xerox, which invested $580 million in R&D in 2002 which, together with our investment resulted in a combined total of $1.5 billion. To maximize the synergies of our relationship, Xerox R&D expenditures are focused primarily on the Production segment while Fuji Xerox R&D expenditures are principally focused on the Office segment.

 

Patents, Trademarks and Licenses

 

We are a technology company. We were awarded over 700 U.S. patents in 2002, ranking us 19th on the list of companies that had been awarded the most U.S. patents during the year, rising in rank from 21st the year before. With our research partner, Fuji Xerox, we were awarded close to 900 U.S. patents in 2002. Our patent portfolio evolves as new patents are awarded to us and as older patents expire. As of December 31, 2002, we held approximately 7,700 U.S. patents. These patents expire at various dates up to 17 years from the date of award. While we believe that our portfolio of patents and applications has value, in general no single patent is essential to our business or any individual segment. In addition, any of our proprietary rights could be challenged, invalidated or circumvented, or may not provide significant competitive advantages.

 

In the U.S., we own approximately 800 trademarks (registered or applied for). These trademarks have a perpetual life, subject to renewal every ten years. We vigorously enforce and protect our trademarks. We hold a perpetual trademark license for “DocuColor.”

 

In the U.S., we are party to approximately 150 agreements which involve U.S. patent licenses. We are the licensor in approximately 140 of those agreements. Most of the patent licenses expire concurrently with the expiration of the last patent identified in the license.

 

9


 

Competition

 

We encounter aggressive competition in all areas of our business. Our competitors range from large international companies to relatively small firms. We compete primarily on the basis of technology, performance, price, quality, reliability, brand, distribution and customer service and support. To remain competitive we must develop new products and services and periodically enhance our existing offerings.

 

We are the leader, or among the leaders, in each of our principal business segments. Our key competitors include Hewlett Packard, Canon, Ricoh, IKON and in certain areas of the business, Pitney Bowes, Heidelberger Druckmaschinen Aktiengesellschaft, Oce, Nexpress, Konica-Minolta and Lexmark.

 

We believe that our brand recognition, reputation for quality, innovative technology, breadth of product offerings and large customer base are important competitive advantages. We, and our competitors, continue to develop and market new and innovative products at competitive prices and, at any given time, we may set new market standards for quality, speed and function. In recent years, price pressure has continued. If this pressure is not mitigated by cost and expense reductions, our ability to profitably maintain or build market share could be adversely affected.

 

Marketing and Distribution

 

We manage our business and report our financial results based on the principal business segments described above. The marketing and selling of our products and solutions, however, are organized according to geography and channel types. Our products and solutions are principally sold directly to customers by our worldwide sales force totaling approximately 10,000 employees and through a network of independent agents, dealers, value-added resellers and systems integrators. We are expanding our use of cost-effective indirect distribution channels (such as “Teleweb,” a combination of telephone and internet selling) for basic product offerings, and increasingly utilizing our direct sales force to address our customers’ more advanced technology, solutions and services requirements.

 

We market our Phaser line of color and monochrome laser-class and solid ink printers through office information technology industry resellers, who typically access our products through distributors. In addition, new initiatives are being implemented to add channel capacity through direct-to-customer e-commerce and direct-to-customer selling using our direct sales force in select large accounts.

 

We are increasing our use of partners to improve our market coverage. In 2002, we announced an alliance with KPG and Premier Partners to market our DocuColor 2000 series to commercial printers. We also announced a strategic alliance with Electronic Data Systems (“EDS”) designed to integrate EDS’ information technology (“IT”) services with our document management systems and services to provide customers with full IT infrastructure support.

 

In 2002, we increased our advertising spending as we invested in a new advertising campaign designed to focus on our solutions for specific customers. Our brand is a valuable resource and continues to be recognized in the top ten percent of all brands worldwide.

 

Backlog

 

We believe that backlog, or the value of unfilled orders, is not a meaningful indicator of future business prospects due to the significant proportion of our revenue that follows equipment installation, the large volume of products delivered from shelf inventories and the shortening of product life cycles.

 

Seasonality

 

Our revenues are affected by such factors as the introduction of new products, the length of the sales cycles and the seasonality of technology purchases. As a result, our operating results are difficult to predict. These factors have historically resulted in lower revenue in the first quarter than in the immediately preceding fourth quarter.

 

10


 

Fuji Xerox

 

Fuji Xerox Co., Limited is an unconsolidated entity in which Xerox Limited currently owns 25 percent and which Fuji Photo Film Co., Ltd. (“FujiFilm”) owns 75 percent. These ownership interests reflect the March 2001 sale of half our original ownership interest in Fuji Xerox to FujiFilm for $1.3 billion in cash. Fuji Xerox develops, manufactures and distributes document processing products in Japan, China, Hong Kong and other areas of the Pacific Rim, Australia and New Zealand. We retain significant rights as a minority shareholder. Our technology licensing agreements with Fuji Xerox ensure that the two companies retain uninterrupted access to each other’s portfolio of patents, technology and products.

 

Service

 

As of December 31, 2002, we had a worldwide service force of over 17,000 employees and a network of independent service agents. We are expanding our use of cost-effective remote service technology for basic product offerings while utilizing our direct service force to address customers’ more advanced technology requirements. We believe that our service force represents a significant competitive advantage in that the service force is continually trained on our products and their diagnostic equipment is state-of-the-art. Twenty-four-hours-a-day, seven-days-a-week service is available in major metropolitan areas around the world. As a result, we are able to guarantee a consistent and superior level of service worldwide.

 

Manufacturing Outsourcing

 

In the fourth quarter of 2001, we entered into purchase and supply agreements with Flextronics, a global electronics manufacturing services company. Under these agreements, Flextronics purchased related inventory, property and equipment. Pursuant to the purchase agreement, we sold our operations in Toronto, Canada; Aguascalientes, Mexico; Penang, Malaysia, Venray; The Netherlands and Resende, Brazil to Flextronics in a series of transactions, which were completed in 2002. Approximately 4,100 Xerox employees in certain of these operations transferred to Flextronics.

 

Under the supply agreement, Flextronics manufactures and supplies equipment and components, including electronic components, for the Office segment of our business. This represents approximately 50% of our overall worldwide manufacturing operations. The initial term of the Flextronics supply agreement is five years subject to our right to extend for two years. Thereafter, it will automatically be renewed for one-year periods, unless either party elects to terminate the agreement. We have agreed to purchase from Flextronics most of our requirements for certain products in specified product families. We also must purchase certain electronic components from Flextronics, so long as Flextronics meets certain pricing requirements. Flextronics must acquire inventory in anticipation of meeting our forecasted requirements and must maintain sufficient manufacturing capacity to satisfy such forecasted requirements. Under certain circumstances, we may become obligated to repurchase inventory that remains unused for more than 180 days, becomes obsolete or upon termination of the supply agreement. Our remaining manufacturing operations are primarily located in Rochester, NY for our high-end production products and consumables and Wilsonville, OR for consumable supplies and components for our Office segment products.

 

The foregoing summary of the supply agreement is not complete and is in all respects subject to the actual provisions of the supply agreement, which has been filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

International Operations

 

Our international operations represented approximately 40 percent of total revenues in 2002. Our largest interest outside the United States is Xerox Limited which operates predominately in Europe. Latin American operations are conducted through subsidiaries or distributors in over 39 countries. Fuji Xerox, an unconsolidated entity of which we own 25 percent, develops, manufactures and distributes document processing products in Japan, China, Hong Kong and other areas of the Pacific Rim, Australia and New Zealand.

 

Our financial results by geographical area for 2002, 2001 and 2000, which are included in Note 9 to the Consolidated Financial Statements in our 2002 Annual Report, are hereby incorporated by reference.

 

11


 

Other Information

 

Xerox is a New York corporation and our principal executive offices are located at 800 Long Ridge Road, P. O. Box 1600, Stamford, Connecticut 06904-1600. Our telephone number is (203) 968-3000.

 

Through the Investor Relations section of our Internet website, our Annual Reports on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K and all related amendments are available, free of charge, as soon as reasonably practicable after such material is electronically filed with or furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission. Our Internet address is http://www.xerox.com.

 

Item 2. Properties

 

We own a total of nine principal manufacturing and engineering facilities and lease two additional facilities. The manufacturing and engineering facilities, located in California, New York, Oklahoma, Canada, UK, Ireland and The Netherlands, are used jointly by the Production and Office Segments, those in Oregon by the Office Segment, and those in Brazil and India by the DMO Segment. The research activities in our principal research centers benefit all our operating segments.

 

In 2001 and the first half of 2002, as part of our outsourcing initiatives, we sold and/or subleased to Flextronics certain of our manufacturing locations in Mexico, Malaysia, Canada, The Netherlands, and Brazil. Also, as we implemented the Turnaround Program (discussed in Note 2 to the Consolidated Financial Statements in our Annual Report, incorporated by reference), several properties became surplus. In 2002, the Turnaround Program resulted in an additional 23 domestic surplus properties and 15 international properties. The surplus properties are leases that we are obligated to maintain through required contractual periods. We have disposed or subleased certain of these properties and are aggressively pursuing the successful disposition and subleasing of all remaining surplus properties.

 

In addition, we have numerous facilities, which encompass general offices, sales offices, service locations and distribution centers. The principal owned facilities are located in the United States, France, Ireland, Brazil, India and Mexico. The principal leased facilities are located in the United States, Brazil, Canada, UK, Mexico, France, Germany and Italy. In 2002, we entered into a joint venture (Xerox Capital Services) with General Electric to manage our administrative billing, credit and collection function. Xerox Capital Services licenses several of our owned and leased facilities for their use. The three principal Xerox Capital Services administrative facilities are located in Florida, Illinois and Texas.

 

Our Connecticut based corporate headquarters facility is leased; however, we own the underlying land. We also lease a portion of a training facility, located in Virginia.

 

It is our opinion that our properties have been well maintained, are in sound operating condition and contain all the necessary equipment and facilities to perform our functions.

 

Item 3. Legal Proceedings

 

The information set forth under Note 15 to the Consolidated Financial Statements, “Litigation, Regulatory Matters and Other Contingencies,” of the Xerox Corporation 2002 Annual Report is hereby incorporated by reference.

 

Item 4. Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders

 

None.

 

12


 

PART II

 

Item 5. Market for the Registrant’s Common Equity and Related Stockholder Matters

 

Market Information, Holders and Dividends

 

The information set forth under the following captions of the Xerox Corporation 2002 Annual Report to Shareholders is hereby incorporated by reference:

 

Caption

 

Stock Listed and Traded

Xerox Common Stock Prices and Dividends

Five Years in Review — Common Shareholders of Record at Year-End

 

Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

 

During the quarter ended December 31, 2002, Registrant issued the following securities in transactions that were not registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the Act):

 

1. Xerox Common Stock

 

  (a)   Securities Sold: On October 1, 2002, Registrant issued 17,909 shares of Common Stock, par value $1 per share.

 

  (b)   No underwriters participated. The shares were issued to each of the non-employee Directors of Registrant: A.A. Johnson, V.E. Jordan, Jr., Y. Kobayashi, H. Kopper, R.S. Larsen, G.J. Mitchell, N.J. Nicholas, Jr., J.E. Pepper, M.R. Seger and T.C. Theobald.

 

  (c)   The shares were issued at a deemed purchase price of $4.95 per share (aggregate price $88,625), based upon the market value on the date of issuance, in payment of the quarterly Directors’ fees pursuant to Registrant’s Restricted Stock Plan for Directors.

 

  (d)   Exemption from registration under the Act was claimed based upon Section 4(2) as a sale by an issuer not involving a public offering.

 

Item 6. Selected Financial Data

 

The following selected financial data for the five years ended December 31, 2002, as set forth and included under the caption “Five Years in Review,” of the Xerox Corporation 2002 Annual Report to Shareholders, is incorporated by reference in this Form 10-K.

 

Revenues

    

Income (Loss) from continuing operations

    

Per-Share Data

    

Earnings (Loss) from continuing operations – Basic and Diluted

    

Common Dividends declared

    

Total assets

    

Long-term debt

    

Company-obligated, mandatorily redeemable preferred securities of subsidiary trusts holding solely subordinated debentures of the Company

    

Preferred stock

    

 

13


 

Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

 

The information set forth under the caption “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Results of Operations and Financial Condition,” of the Xerox Corporation 2002 Annual Report is hereby incorporated by reference.

 

Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

 

The information set forth under the caption “Financial Risk Management,” in the Xerox Corporation 2002 Annual Report is hereby incorporated by reference.

 

Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

 

The consolidated financial statements, together with the reports thereon of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, included in the Xerox Corporation 2002 Annual Report, are incorporated by reference in this Form 10-K. With the exception of the aforementioned information and the information incorporated in Items 5, 6, 7, 7A and 8, the Xerox Corporation 2002 Annual Report is not to be deemed filed as part of this Form 10-K.

 

The quarterly financial data included under the caption “Quarterly Results of Operations (Unaudited)” of the Xerox Corporation 2002 Annual Report is incorporated by reference in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

 

The financial statement schedule required herein is filed as referenced in Item 15 of this Form 10-K.

 

Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

 

On October 4, 2001, we ended the engagement of KPMG LLP and retained PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP as our independent auditors. At that time, we filed a Current Report on Form 8-K dated September 28, 2001. The text of the Form 8-K Report that we filed is as follows:

 

“On October 4, 2001, Xerox Corporation (“Company”) determined to change the Company’s independent accountants, and, accordingly, ended the engagement of KPMG LLP (“KPMG”) in that role and retained PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP as its independent accountants for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2001. The Audit Committee of the Board of Directors (the “Audit Committee”) and the Board of Directors of the Company approved the decision to change independent accountants.

 

The reports of KPMG on the financial statements of the Company for each of the fiscal years ended December 31, 2000 and December 31, 1999 contained no adverse opinion or disclaimer of opinion and were not qualified or modified as to uncertainty, audit scope or accounting principles. Except to the extent discussed below, for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2000 and December 31, 1999 and through the date of this report, there were no disagreements with KPMG on any matter of accounting principles or practices, financial statement disclosure or audit scope or procedure which, if not resolved to the satisfaction of KPMG, would have caused it to make reference to the subject matter of such disagreement in its reports on the financial statements for such fiscal years. Nor, except to the extent discussed below, were there any reportable events within the meaning of Item 304(a)(1)(v) of Regulation S-K for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2000 and December 31, 1999 and through the date of this report. With respect to the matters discussed below, the Audit Committee discussed them with KPMG and authorized KPMG to respond fully to inquiries of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP concerning them.

 

In March 2001, KPMG informed management and the Audit Committee that it wished to expand significantly the scope of its audit work in connection with the audit of the Company’s 2000 financial statements. KPMG proposed that certain additional procedures be performed, including that the Audit Committee appoint Special Counsel to conduct an inquiry into certain issues, which procedures were performed in March, April and May 2001.

 

14


 

While the expanded procedures were being performed, KPMG informed the Audit Committee and management that KPMG was unwilling to rely on representations by two employees in one of the Company’s geographic operating units. Management removed those employees from responsibility in connection with the Company’s system of financial reporting.

 

As a result of observations during its 2000 audit, and other information discussed with the Audit Committee, KPMG reported certain material weaknesses in the Company’s internal control systems and made recommendations concerning certain components of the Company’s business:

 

  -   KPMG emphasized the importance for internal control of the tone set by the Company’s top management. KPMG noted that, as a result of its audit and information reported by Special Counsel, it believed there was evidence that management was not successful in setting the appropriate tone with respect to financial reporting. It recommended that the Company take steps to remediate appropriately those issues. Certain personnel changes have been made based in part on KPMG views offered to the Audit Committee and management.

 

  -   Customer Business Operations (“CBO”) in the Company’s North American Solutions Group. KPMG noted issues with regard to CBO’s ability to bill customers accurately for services, and noted that difficulties in that area had resulted in unfavorable billing adjustments during 2000. Although KPMG recognized that the Company had initiated several steps to address this issue, it concluded that it remained unclear when those changes would result in sustained improvement in reducing non-cash resolution adjustments of billing differences. It acknowledged that this weakness did not suggest that the net trade receivable account balance is unreasonably stated at December 31, 2000, but that proper reporting required extensive evaluation of billing adjustments during the fourth quarter. KPMG suggested various business and operational changes to address this issue.

 

  -   Communication of Accounting and Control Policies. KPMG noted that policy documents need to be updated, among other things to address issues identified by the Company’s worldwide audit function. Special Counsel and KPMG, recommended that the Company also provide increased formal training to ensure that its personnel understand the accounting and control guidance in its policies.

 

  -   Consolidation and Corporate-Level Entries. KPMG observed that the Company’s quarterly consolidation process is manually intensive, requiring numerous adjustments at corporate financial reporting levels. It recommended that the Company’s Consolidated Financial Information System be augmented to enhance the monitoring and review of corporate-level and manual entries, and further that the Company ensure adequate segregation of duties in the preparation and approval of such entries.

 

  -   Appropriateness of the Concessionaire Business Model in Latin American Countries. KPMG noted that during 2000, analysis by the Company’s worldwide audit function indicated that certain issues existed with respect to this business model, including that certain concessionaires may lack economic substance independent of the Company, and that certain business practices involving concessionaires resulted in allowances with respect to receivables in 2000. KPMG suggested periodic assessment of the financial position of prospective and existing concessionaires, and that the Company monitor its business relationship with them to ensure that they are substantive independent distributors of the Company’s products.

 

In addition to those items, KPMG noted that organizational changes, including the Company’s Turnaround Program and associated reductions in headcount, had and would continue to stress the Company’s internal control structure. KPMG recommended that the Company take steps to ensure that issues likely to impact the control environment receive appropriate management attention. KPMG also recommended improved balance sheet account reconciliation and analysis on a global basis, in particular with respect to intercompany balances.

 

The foregoing matters were considered by KPMG in connection with their 2000 audit and did not result in any adverse opinion or disclaimer of opinion or any qualification or modification as to uncertainty, audit scope or accounting principles. KPMG’s auditor’s report dated May 30, 2001 contained a separate paragraph stating that the Company’s 1999 and 1998 consolidated financial statements had been restated.

 

15


 

The Company commenced actions in fiscal 2000 and expanded actions in fiscal 2001 which, collectively, it believes have addressed the above-discussed matters.

 

The Company has provided KPMG a copy of this Report and requested KPMG to furnish it with a letter addressed to the Securities and Exchange Commission stating whether it agrees with the statements made herein. A copy of such letter, dated October 4, 2001, is filed as an Exhibit to the Company’s Form 8-K.”

 

16


 

PART III

 

Item 10. Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant 

 

The information regarding compliance with Section 16(a) of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934 is incorporated herein by reference from the section entitled “Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance” of our definitive Proxy Statement (the “Proxy Statement”) to be filed pursuant to Regulation 14A of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, for our Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held on May 15, 2003. The Proxy Statement will be filed within 120 days after the end of our fiscal year ended December 31, 2002.

 

The information regarding directors is incorporated herein by reference from the section entitled “PROPOSAL #1: ELECTION OF DIRECTORS” in the Proxy Statement.

 

Executive Officers of Xerox

 

The following is a list of the executive officers of Xerox, their current ages, their present positions and the year appointed to their present positions. Anne M. Mulcahy, Chairman of the Board and CEO and Thomas J. Dolan, Senior Vice President, are sister and brother. There are no other family relationships between any of the executive officers named.

 

Each officer is elected to hold office until the meeting of the Board of Directors held on the day of the next annual meeting of shareholders, subject to the provisions of the By-Laws.

 

Name


  

Age


  

Present Position


    

Year Appointed to Present Position


  

Officer Since


Anne M. Mulcahy*

  

50

  

Chairman of the Board and

Chief Executive Officer

    

2002

  

1992

Carlos Pascual

  

57

  

Executive Vice President

President, Developing Markets Operations

    

2000

  

1994

Lawrence A. Zimmerman

  

60

  

Senior Vice President and

Chief Financial Officer

    

2002

  

2002

Ursula M. Burns

  

44

  

Senior Vice President

President, Business Group Operations

    

2002

  

1997

Thomas J. Dolan

  

58

  

Senior Vice President

President, Xerox Global Services

    

2001

  

1997

James A. Firestone

  

48

  

Senior Vice President

President, Corporate Operations Group

    

2001

  

1998

Hervé J. Gallaire

  

58

  

Senior Vice President

President, Xerox Innovation Group and Chief Technology Officer

    

2001

  

1997

Gilbert J. Hatch

  

53

  

Senior Vice President

President, Production Systems Group

    

2002

  

1997

Michael C. MacDonald

  

48

  

Senior Vice President

President, North American Solutions Group

    

2000

  

1997


*   Member of Xerox Board of Directors

 

17


 

Executive Officers of Xerox, Continued

 

Name


  

Age


  

Present Position


    

Year Appointed to Present Position


  

Officer Since


Hector J. Motroni

  

59

  

Senior Vice President and

Chief Staff Officer and

Chief Ethics Officer

    

2003

  

1994

Harry R. Beeth

  

58

  

Vice President and Controller

    

2002

  

2002

Christina E. Clayton

  

55

  

Vice President and

General Counsel

    

2000

  

2000

Jean-Noel Machon

  

50

  

Vice President

President, Xerox Europe Group

    

2000

  

2000

James J. Miller

  

51

  

Vice President

President, Office Group

    

2002

  

2000

Leslie F. Varon

  

46

  

Vice President Investor Relations and Corporate Secretary

    

2001

  

2001

Gary R. Kabureck

  

49

  

Assistant Controller and

Chief Accounting Officer

    

2001

  

2000

 

18


 

Each officer named above, with the exception of Lawrence A. Zimmerman, Harry R. Beeth and James A. Firestone, has been an officer or an executive of Xerox or its subsidiaries for at least the past five years.

 

Prior to joining Xerox in 2002, Mr. Zimmerman had been with System Software Associates, Inc. where he was Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer from 1998 – 1999. Prior to that, he retired from International Business Machines Corporation (IBM), where he was Senior Finance Executive for IBM’s Server Division from 1996 – 1998, Vice President of Finance for Europe, Middle East and Africa Operations from 1994 – 1996 and IBM Corporate Controller from 1991 – 1994. He held various other positions at IBM from 1967 – 1991.

 

Prior to joining Xerox in 1998, Mr. Firestone had been with IBM where he was General Manager, Consumer Division from 1995 to 1998. He was President, Consumer Services at Ameritech Corporation from 1993 to 1995. Prior to that he was with American Express Company where he was President, Travelers Cheques in 1993, Executive Vice President, Small Business and Corporate Services from 1989 to 1993, President, Travel Related Services-Japan from 1984 to 1989, Vice President, Finance and Planning, Travel Related Services-Japan from 1982 to 1984 and he held various other positions at American Express in Japan and at their headquarters from 1978 to 1982.

 

Prior to joining Xerox in 2002, Mr. Beeth had retired from IBM where he was Vice President, Finance for the Server division from 1998 until his retirement in 2000; Vice President, Finance, Microelectronics division from 1996-1998; Assistant Controller from 1994-1996; Group Director of Finance and Planning Operations for the North American sales organization form 1991-1994; and Vice President, Finance and Planning for the National Services organization from 1988-1990. He held various positions at IBM from 1967-1988.

 

Item 11. Executive Compensation

 

Information regarding executive compensation is incorporated herein by reference from the section entitled “Executive Officer Compensation” in the Proxy Statement.

 

Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

 

Information regarding security ownership of certain beneficial owners and management and securities authorized for issuance under equity compensation plans is incorporated herein by reference from the sections entitled “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management” and “Equity Compensation Plan Information” in the Proxy Statement.

 

Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions

 

Information regarding certain relationships and related transactions is incorporated herein by reference from the section entitled “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions” in the Proxy Statement.

 

19


 

Item 14. Controls and Procedures

 

(a) Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures.

 

Under the supervision, and with the participation of our management, including our principal executive officer and principal financial officer, we conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures, as defined in Rules 13a-14(c) and 15d-14(c) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, within 90 days of the filing date of this report (the “Evaluation Date”). Based on this evaluation, our principal executive officer and principal financial officer concluded that as of the Evaluation Date our disclosure controls and procedures were effective such that the material information required to be included in our Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) reports is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in SEC rules and forms relating to Xerox Corporation, including our consolidated subsidiaries, and was made known to them by others within those entities, particularly during the period when this report was being prepared.

 

(b) Changes in Internal Controls.

 

Since the Evaluation Date, there have not been any significant changes in our internal controls or in other factors that could significantly affect such controls.

 

PART IV

 

Item 15. Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedule and Reports on Form 8-K

 

(a)   (1) Index to Financial Statements and Financial Statement Schedule, filed as part of this report:

 

Report of Independent Accountants

 

Consolidated Statements of Income for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2002

 

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2002 and 2001

 

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2002

 

Consolidated Statements of Common Shareholders’ Equity for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2002

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Financial Statement Schedule

 

 I—Financial statements of Fuji Xerox Co., Limited to be filed by June 30, 2003 (financial statements required by

Regulation S-X which are excluded from the annual report to shareholders by Rule 14a-3(b))

 

II—Valuation and qualifying accounts

 

All other schedules are omitted as they are not applicable, or the information required is included in the financial statements or notes thereto.

 

(2) Supplementary Data:

 

Quarterly Results of Operations (unaudited)

 

20


 

Five Years in Review

 

Commercial and Industrial (Article 5) Schedule

 

(3) The exhibits filed herewith or incorporated herein by reference are set forth in the Index of Exhibits included herein.

 

(b)   Current Reports on Form 8-K dated September 26, 2002 (filed October 1, 2002), September 30, 2002 (filed October 3, 2002), October 21, 2002, November 19, 2002 and December 20, 2002 reporting Item 5 “Other Events” were filed during the last quarter of the period covered by this Report.

 

(c)   The management contracts or compensatory plans or arrangements listed in the Index of Exhibits that are applicable to the executive officers named in the Summary Compensation Table which appears in Registrant’s 2003 Proxy Statement are preceded by an asterisk (*).

 

(d)   Financial statements required by Regulation S-X which are excluded from the annual report to shareholders by Rule 14a-3(b), including (1) separate financial statements of subsidiaries not consolidated and fifty-percent-or-less-owned persons and (2) schedules, are filed under Item 15(a) of this Report which is incorporated herein by reference.

 

21


Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

 

XEROX CORPORATION

By:

 

/s/    ANNE M. MULCAHY        


   

Anne M. Mulcahy

Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer

March 31, 2003

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the date indicated.

 

March 31, 2003

 

Signature


  

Title


Principal Executive Officer:

    

/s/    ANNE M. MULCAHY        


Anne M. Mulcahy

  

Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer and Director

Principal Financial Officer:

    

/s/    LAWRENCE A. ZIMMERMAN        


Lawrence A. Zimmerman

  

Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

Principal Accounting Officer:

    

/s/    GARY R. KABURECK        


Gary R. Kabureck

  

Assistant Controller and Chief Accounting Officer

 

22


 

/s/    ANTONIA AX:SON JOHNSON        


Antonia Ax:son Johnson

  

Director

/s/    VERNON E. JORDAN, JR.      


Vernon E. Jordan, Jr.

  

Director

/s/    YOTARO KOBAYASHI      


Yotaro Kobayashi

  

Director

/s/    HILMAR KOPPER        


Hilmar Kopper

  

Director

/s/    RALPH S. LARSEN        


Ralph S. Larsen

  

Director

/s/    N. J. NICHOLAS, JR.      


N. J. Nicholas, Jr.

  

Director

/s/    JOHN E. PEPPER      


John E. Pepper

  

Director

 

23


 

CEO CERTIFICATIONS

 

I, Anne M. Mulcahy, Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer, certify that:

 

1.   I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Xerox Corporation;

 

2.   Based on my knowledge, this Annual Report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this Annual Report;

 

3.   Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this Annual Report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this Annual Report;

 

4.   The registrant’s other certifying officers and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-14 and 15d-14) for the registrant and have:

 

a)   Designed such disclosure controls and procedures to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this Annual Report is being prepared;

 

b)   Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures as of a date within 90 days prior to the filing date of this Annual Report (the “Evaluation Date”); and

 

c)   Presented in this Annual Report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures based on our evaluation as of the Evaluation Date.

 

5.   The registrant’s other certifying officers and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

a)   All significant deficiencies in the design or operation of internal controls which could adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial data and have identified for the registrant’s auditors any material weaknesses in internal controls; and

 

b)   Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal controls;and

 

6.   The registrant’s other certifying officers and I have indicated in this Annual Report whether there were significant changes in internal controls or in other factors that could significantly affect internal controls subsequent to the date of our most recent evaluation, including any corrective actions with regard to significant deficiencies and material weaknesses.

 

March 31, 2003

 

/s/    ANNE M. MULCAHY        


Anne M. Mulcahy

Principal Executive Officer

 

24


 

CFO CERTIFICATIONS

 

I, Lawrence A. Zimmerman, Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, certify that:

 

1.   I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Xerox Corporation;

 

2.   Based on my knowledge, this Annual Report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this Annual Report;

 

3.   Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this Annual Report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this Annual Report;

 

4.   The registrant’s other certifying officers and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-14 and 15d-14) for the registrant and have:

 

a)   Designed such disclosure controls and procedures to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this Annual Report is being prepared;

 

b)   Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures as of a date within 90 days prior to the filing date of this Annual Report (the “Evaluation Date”); and

 

c)   Presented in this Annual Report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures based on our evaluation as of the Evaluation Date;

 

5.   The registrant’s other certifying officers and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

a)   All significant deficiencies in the design or operation of internal controls which could adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial data and have identified for the registrant’s auditors any material weaknesses in internal controls; and

 

b)   Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal controls; and

 

6.   The registrant’s other certifying officers and I have indicated in this Annual Report whether there were significant changes in internal controls or in other factors that could significantly affect internal controls subsequent to the date of our most recent evaluation, including any corrective actions with regard to significant deficiencies and material weaknesses.

 

March 31, 2003

 

/s/    LAWRENCE A. ZIMMERMAN         


Lawrence A. Zimmerman

Principal Financial Officer

 

 

25


 

Report of Independent Accountants on Financial Statement Schedule

 

To the Board of Directors of Xerox Corporation

 

Our audits of the consolidated financial statements referred to in our report dated January 28, 2003, except for Note 15, which is as of March 27, 2003, appearing in the 2002 Annual Report to Shareholders of Xerox Corporation (which report and consolidated financial statements are incorporated by reference in this Annual Report on Form 10-K) also included an audit of the financial statement schedule listed in Item 15(a)(1) of this Form 10-K. In our opinion, this financial statement schedule presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein when read in conjunction with the related consolidated financial statements.

 

As discussed in Note 1, the Company adopted the provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets” on January 1, 2002.

 

/s/  PRICEWATERHOUSECOOPERS LLP

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Stamford, Connecticut

January 28, 2003

 

26


 

SCHEDULE II

 

Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

Year ended December 31, 2002, 2001 and 2000

 

(in millions)


  

Balance at

Beginning

of period


  

Additions

charged to

bad debt

provision (1)


    

Additions

charged to

other income

statement

accounts(1)


      

Deductions

and other, net of recoveries (2)


    

Balance at end

of period


2002

Allowance for Losses on:

                                          

Accounts Receivable

  

$

306

  

$

187

    

$

(3

)

    

$

(208

)

  

$

282

Finance Receivables

  

 

368

  

 

145

    

 

24

 

    

 

(213

)

  

 

324

    

  

    


    


  

    

$

674

  

$

332

    

$

21

 

    

$

(421

)

  

$

606

    

  

    


    


  

2001

Allowance for Losses on:

                                          

Accounts Receivable

  

$

289

  

$

154

    

$

30

 

    

$

(167

)

  

$

306

Finance Receivables

  

 

345

  

 

284

    

 

38

 

    

 

(299

)

  

 

368

    

  

    


    


  

    

$

634

  

$

438

    

$

68

 

    

$

(466

)

  

$

674

    

  

    


    


  

2000

Allowance for Losses on:

                                          

Accounts Receivable

  

$

148

  

$

299

    

$

58

 

    

$

(216

)

  

$

289

Finance Receivables

  

 

331

  

 

173

    

 

82

 

    

 

(241

)

  

 

345

    

  

    


    


  

    

$

479

  

$

472

    

$

140

 

    

$

(457

)

  

$

634

    

  

    


    


  

 

(1)   Bad debt provisions relate to estimated losses due to credit and similar uncollectibility issues. Other provisions relate to reserves necessary to reflect events of non-payment such as customer accommodations and contract terminations.

 

(2)   Deductions and other, net of recoveries primarily relates to receivable write-offs, but also includes the impact of foreign currency translation adjustments and recoveries of previously written off receivables.

 

27


INDEX OF EXHIBITS

 

Document and Location    

(3)(a)(1)

  

Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Registrant filed with the Department of State of New York on October 29, 1996, as amended by Certificate of Amendment of the Certificate of Incorporation of Registrant filed with the Department of State of New York on May 21, 1999.

    

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3(a) to Amendment No. 5 to Registrant’s Form 8-A Registration Statement dated February 8, 2000.

        (2)

  

Certificate of Amendment of Certificate of Incorporation of Registrant filed with the Department of State of New York on September 9, 2002.

    

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3(a) to Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2002.

(b)     

  

By-Laws of Registrant, as amended through September 1, 2002.

    

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3(b) to Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2002.

(4)(a)(1)

  

Indenture dated as of December 1, 1991, between Registrant and Citibank, N.A., as trustee, relating to unlimited amounts of debt securities which may be issued from time to time by Registrant when and as authorized by or pursuant to a resolution of Registrant’s Board of Directors (the “December 1991 Indenture”).

    

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4(a) to Registration Nos. 33-44597, 33-49177 and 33-54629.

(2)

  

Instrument of Resignation, Appointment and Acceptance dated as of February 1, 2001, among Registrant, Citibank, N.A., as resigning trustee, and Wilmington Trust Company, as successor trustee, relating to the December 1991 Indenture.

    

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4 (a)(2) to Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2000 filed on June 7, 2001.

(b)(1)

  

Indenture dated as of September 20, 1996, between Registrant and Citibank, N.A., as trustee, relating to unlimited amounts of debt securities which may be issued from time to time by Registrant when and as authorized by or pursuant to a resolution of Registrant’s Board of Directors (the “September 1996 Indenture”).

    

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4(a) to Registration Statement No. 333-13179.

(2)

  

Instrument of Resignation, Appointment and Acceptance dated as of February 1, 2001, among Registrant, Citibank, N.A., as resigning trustee, and Wilmington Trust Company, as successor trustee, relating to the September 1996 Indenture.

    

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4 (b)(2) to Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2000 filed on June 7, 2001.

(c)(1)

  

Indenture dated as of January 29, 1997, between Registrant and Bank One, National Association (as successor by merger with The First National Bank of Chicago) (“Bank One”), as trustee (the “January 1997 Indenture”), relating to Registrant’s Junior Subordinated Deferrable Interest Debentures (“Junior Subordinated Debentures”).

 

28


 

    

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to Registration Statement No. 333-24193.

(2)

  

Form of Certificate of Exchange relating to Junior Subordinated Debentures.

    

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit A to Exhibit 4.1 to Registration Statement No. 333-24193.

(3)

  

Certificate of Trust of Xerox Capital Trust I executed as of January 23, 1997.

    

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to Registration Statement No. 333-24193.

(4)

  

Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust of Xerox Capital Trust I dated as of January 29, 1997.

    

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4 to Registration Statement No. 333-24193.

(5)

  

Form of Exchange Capital Security Certificate for Xerox Capital Trust I.

    

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit A-1 to Exhibit 4.4 to Registration Statement No. 333-24193.

(6)

  

Series A Capital Securities Guarantee Agreement of Registrant dated as of January 29, 1997, relating to Series A Capital Securities of Xerox Capital Trust I.

    

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.6 to Registration Statement No. 333-24193.

(7)

  

Registration Rights Agreement dated January 29, 1997, among Registrant, Xerox Capital Trust I and the initial purchasers named therein.

    

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.7 to Registration Statement No. 333-24193.

(8)

  

Instrument of Resignation, Appointment and Acceptance dated as of November 30, 2001, among Registrant, Bank One as resigning trustee, and Wells Fargo Bank Minnesota, National Association (“Wells Fargo”), as successor Trustee, relating to the January 1997 Indenture.

    

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit (c)(8) to Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2001, as amended.

(d)(1)

  

Indenture dated as of October 1, 1997, among Registrant, Xerox Overseas Holding Limited (formerly Xerox Overseas Holding PLC), Xerox Capital (Europe) plc (formerly Rank Xerox Capital (Europe) plc) and Citibank, N.A., as trustee, relating to unlimited amounts of debt securities which may be issued from time to time by Registrant and unlimited amounts of guaranteed debt securities which may be issued from time to time by the other issuers when and as authorized by or pursuant to a resolution or resolutions of the Board of Directors of Registrant or the other issuers, as applicable (the “October 1997 Indenture”).

    

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4(b) to Registration Statement Nos. 333-34333, 333-34333-01 and 333-34333-02.

(2)

  

Instrument of Resignation, Appointment and Acceptance dated as of February 1, 2001, among Registrant, the other issuers under the October 1997 Indenture, Citibank, N.A., as resigning trustee, and Wilmington Trust Company, as successor trustee, relating to the October 1997 Indenture.

    

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4 (d)(2) to Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2000 filed on June 7, 2001.

(e)(1)

  

Indenture dated as of April 21, 1998, between Registrant and Bank One, as trustee, relating to $1,012,198,000 principal amount at maturity of Registrant’s Convertible Subordinated Debentures due 2018 (the “April 1998 Indenture”).

 

 

29


 

    

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4(b) to Registration Statement No. 333-59355.

(2)

  

Instrument of Resignation, Appointment and Acceptance dated as of July 26, 2001, among Registrant, Bank One as resigning trustee, and Wells Fargo, as successor Trustee, relating to the April 1998 Indenture (the “April 1998 Indenture Trustee Assignment”).

    

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4 (e)(2) to Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2001, as amended July 1, 2002.

(3)

  

Amendment to Instrument of Resignation, Appointment and Acceptance dated as of October 22, 2001, among Registrant, Bank One as resigning trustee, and Wells Fargo, as successor Trustee, relating to the April 1998 Indenture Trustee Assignment.

    

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4(e)(3) to Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2001, as amended July 1, 2002.

(f)     

  

Indenture, dated as of July 1, 2001, between Xerox Equipment Lease Owner Trust 2001-1 (“Trust”) and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee, relating to $513,000,000 Floating Rate Asset Backed Notes issued by the Trust .

    

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4(f) to Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2001, as amended July 1, 2002.

(g)(1)

  

Indenture, dated as of November 27, 2001, between Registrant and Wells Fargo, as trustee, relating to Registrant’s 7-1/2% Convertible Junior Subordinated Debentures Due 2021.

    

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4(g)(1) to Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2001, as amended July 1, 2002.

(2)

  

Indenture, dated as of November 27, 2001, between Xerox Funding LLC II and Wells Fargo, as trustee, relating to Xerox Funding LLC II’s 7-1/2% Convertible Junior Subordinated Debentures Due 2021.

    

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4(g)(2) to Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2001, as amended July 1, 2002.

(3)

  

Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust of Xerox Capital Trust II, dated as of November 27, 2001, by Registrant, as sponsor, Wells Fargo, as property trustee, Wilmington Trust Company, as Delaware trustee, and the administrative trustees named therein, relating to Xerox Capital Trust II’s 7-1/2% Convertible Trust Preferred Securities and 7-1/2% Convertible Common Securities.

    

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4(g)(3) to Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2001, as amended July 1, 2002.

(4)

  

Pledge Agreement, made as of November 27, 2001, by Xerox Funding LLC II in favor of Wells Fargo, as trustee and for the holders of Xerox Funding LLC II’s 7-1/2% Convertible Junior Subordinated Debentures Due 2021.

    

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4(g)(4) to Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2001, as amended July 1, 2002.

(h)(1)

  

Indenture, dated as of January 17, 2002, between Registrant and Wells Fargo, as trustee, relating to Registrant’s 9-3/4% Senior Notes due 2009 (Denominated in U.S. Dollars) (the “January 17, 2002 U.S. Dollar Indenture”).

    

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4(h)(1) to Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal

 

 

30


    

year ended December 31, 2001, as amended July 1, 2002.

(2)

  

Indenture, dated as of January 17, 2002, between Registrant and Wells Fargo, as trustee, relating to Registrant’s 9-3/4% Senior Notes due 2009 (Denominated in Euros) (the “January 17, 2002 Euro Indenture”).

    

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4(h)(2) to Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2001, as amended July 1, 2002.

(3)

  

Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of January 17, 2002, among Registrant and the initial purchasers named therein, relating to Registrant’s $600,000,000 9-3/4% Senior Notes due 2009.

    

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4(h)(3) to Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2001, as amended July 1, 2002.

(4)

  

Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of January 17, 2002, among Registrant and the initial purchasers named therein, relating to Registrant’s (euro)225,000,000 9-3/4% Senior Notes due 2009.

    

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4(h)(4) to Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2001, as amended July 1, 2002.

(5)

  

First Supplemental Indenture dated as of June 21, 2002 between Registrant and Wells Fargo, as trustee, to the January 17, 2002 U.S. Dollar Indenture.

    

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit (4)(h)(5) to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated June 21, 2002.

(6)

  

First Supplemental Indenture dated as of June 21, 2002 between Registrant and Wells Fargo, as trustee, to the January 17, 2002 Euro Indenture.

    

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit (4)(h)(6) to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated June 21, 2002.

(i)    

  

Indenture dated as of October 2, 1995, between Xerox Credit Corporation (“XCC”) and State Street Bank and Trust Company (“State Street”), as trustee, relating to unlimited amounts of debt securities which may be issued from time to time by XCC when and as authorized by XCC’s Board of Directors or Executive Committee of the Board of Directors.

    

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4(a) to XCC’s Registration Statement Nos. 33-61481 and 333-29677.

(j)    

  

Rights Agreement dated as of April 7, 1997 between Registrant and The First National Bank of Boston, as Rights Agent.

    

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.10 to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated April 7, 1997.

(k)    

  

$7,000,000,000 Revolving Credit Agreement, dated October 22, 1997, among Registrant, XCC and certain Overseas Borrowers, as Borrowers, various lenders and Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New York, The Chase Manhattan Bank, Citibank, N.A. and Bank One, as Agents.

    

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4(h) to Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2000.

 

31


 

  (l)(1)   Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of June 21, 2002, among Registrant and Overseas Borrowers, as Borrowers, various Lenders and Bank One, N.A., JPMorgan Chase Bank, and Citibank, N.A. as Agents (the “Amended Credit Agreement”).

 

       Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4(l)(1) to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated June 21, 2002.

 

  (2)   Guarantee and Security Agreement dated as of June 21, 2002 among Registrant, the Subsidiary Guarantors and Bank One, N.A., as Agent, relating to the Amended Credit Agreement.

 

       Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4 (l) (2) to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated June 21, 2002.

 

  (3)   Canadian Guarantee and Security Agreement dated as of June 21, 2002 among Xerox Canada Capital Ltd., the Guarantors and Bank One, N.A., Canada Branch, as Agent, relating to the Amended Credit Agreement.

 

       Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4 (l) (3) to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated June 21, 2002.

 

  (4)   Deed of Guarantee and Indemnity Made June 21, 2002 between Bank One, N.A., as Agent, and Xerox Overseas Holdings Limited and Xerox UK Holdings Limited, as Guarantors, relating to Obligations of Xerox Capital (Europe) plc and the Amended Credit Agreement.

 

       Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4 (l) (4) to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated June 21, 2002.

 

  (5)   Debenture dated June 21, 2002 between Xerox Capital (Europe) plc and Bank One, N.A., as Agent, relating to the Amended Credit Agreement.

 

       Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4 (l) (5) to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated June 21, 2002.

 

  (6)   Mortgage, Assignment of Leases and Rents, Security Agreement, Financing Statement and Fixture Filing dated as of June 21, 2002 by Xerox Corporation, as Mortgagor, to Bank One, N.A., as Agent for the Lenders, the Mortgagee, relating to property in the County of Monroe, State of New York and the Amended Credit Agreement.

 

       Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4 (l) (6) to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated June 21, 2002.

 

  (7)   Covenant Reset Schedule Relating to the Amended Credit Agreement.

 

       Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.6 to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated September 26, 2002.

 

  (m)   Master Demand Note dated November 20, 2001 between Registrant and Xerox Credit Corporation.

 

       Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4(m) to Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2001, as amended.

 

  (n)   Instruments with respect to long-term debt where the total amount of securities authorized thereunder does not exceed 10% of the total assets of Registrant and its subsidiaries on a consolidated basis have not been filed. Registrant agrees to furnish to the Commission a copy of each such instrument upon request.

 

32


 

  (10)   The management contracts or compensatory plans or arrangements listed below that are applicable to the executive officers named in the Summary Compensation Table which appears in Registrant’s 2003 Proxy Statement are preceded by an asterisk (*).

 

  *(a)   Registrant’s Form of Salary Continuance Agreement.

 

       Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10 (a) to Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2001, as amended.

 

  *(b)   Registrant’s 1991 Long-Term Incentive Plan, as amended through October 9, 2000.

 

       Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10 (b) to Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2000 filed on June 7, 2001.

 

  (c)   Registrant’s 1996 Non-Employee Director Stock Option Plan, as amended through May 20, 1999.

 

       Incorporated by reference to Registrant’s Notice of the 1999 Annual Meeting of Shareholders and Proxy Statement pursuant to Regulation 14A.

 

  *(d)   Description of Registrant’s Annual Performance Incentive Plan.

 

  *(e)   1997 Restatement of Registrant’s Unfunded Retirement Income Guarantee Plan, as amended through October 9, 2000.

 

       Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10 (e) to Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2000 filed on June 7, 2001.

 

  *(f)   1997 Restatement of Registrant’s Unfunded Supplemental Retirement Plan, as amended through October 9, 2000

 

       Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10 (f) to Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2000 filed on June 7, 2001.

 

  *(g)   Executive Performance Incentive Plan.

 

       Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10 (g) to Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2001, as amended.

 

  (h)   1996 Amendment and Restatement of Registrant’s Restricted Stock Plan for Directors.

 

       Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10 (h) to Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2001, as amended.

 

  *(i)   Form of severance agreement entered into with various executive officers, effective October 15, 2000

 

       Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10 (i)(2) to Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2000 filed on June 7, 2001.

 

  *(j)   Registrant’s Contributory Life Insurance Program, as amended as of January 1, 1999.

 

       Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10 (j) to Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1999.

 

  (k)   Registrant’s Deferred Compensation Plan for Directors, 1997 Amendment and Restatement, as amended through October 9, 2000.

 

33


 

       Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10 (k) to Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2000 filed on June 7, 2001.

 

  *(l)   Registrant’s Deferred Compensation Plan for Executives, 1997 Amendment and Restatement, as amended through October 9, 2000.

 

       Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10 (l) to Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2000 filed on June 7, 2001.

 

  *(m)   Letter Agreement dated June 4, 1997 between Registrant and G. Richard Thoman, former President and Chief Executive Officer of Registrant.

 

       Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10 (n) to Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the Quarter Ended June 30, 1997.

 

  *(n)   Registrant’s 1998 Employee Stock Option Plan, as amended through October 9, 2000.

 

       Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10 (n) to Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2000 filed on June 7, 2001.

 

  *(o)   Registrant’s CEO Challenge Bonus Program.

 

       Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10 (o) to Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2000 filed on June 7, 2001.

 

  (p)   Separation Agreement dated May 11, 2000 between Registrant and G. Richard Thoman, former President and Chief Executive Officer of Registrant.

 

       Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10 (p) to Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the Quarter Ended June 30, 2000.

 

  (q)   Letter Agreement dated December 4, 2000 between Registrant and William F. Buehler, Vice Chairman of Registrant.

 

       Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10 (p) to Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2000 filed on June 7, 2001.

 

  (r)   (1) Separation Agreement dated October 3, 2001 between Registrant and Barry D. Romeril, Vice Chairman and Chief Financial Officer of Registrant.

 

       Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10 (r)(1) to Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2001, as amended July 1, 2002.

 

  (2)   Form of Release between Registrant and Barry D. Romeril, Vice Chairman and Chief Financial Officer of Registrant.

 

       Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10 (r)(2)) to Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2001, as amended July 1, 2002.

 

  *(s)   Letter Agreement dated July 23, 2002 between Registrant and Carlos Pascual, Executive Vice President of Registrant.

 

       Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10 (s) to Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2002, as amended.

 

34


 

  (t)   Master Supply Agreement, dated as of November 30, 2001, between Registrant and Flextronics International Ltd. **

 

       Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10 (t)(1) to Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2001, as amended.

 

  *(u)   Letter Agreement dated May 20, 2002 between Registrant and Lawrence A. Zimmerman, Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Registrant

 

       Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10 (u) to Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2002.

 

  (v)   Amended and Restated Loan Agreement dated as of October 21, 2002 between Xerox Lease Funding LLC and General Electric Capital Corporation

 

  (12)   Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed charges.

 

  (13)   Registrant’s 2002 Annual Report to Shareholders.

 

  (21)   Subsidiaries of Registrant.

 

  (23)   Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP.

 

  (99.1)   Certification of CEO and CFO pursuant to 18 U.S.C. §1350 as adopted pursuant to §906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

 

  (99.2)   Order under Section 36 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 Granting Exemptions from Certain Provisions of the Act and Rules Thereunder, dated April 11, 2002 (Release No. 45730).

 

       Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.2 to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated April 11, 2002.

 

**   Pursuant to the Freedom of Information Act, the confidential portion of this material has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

35

<PAGE>

                                                                   EXHIBIT 10(d)



                    Annual Performance Incentive Plan (APIP)


Under APIP, executive officers of the Company are eligible to receive
performance-related cash payments if approved by the Compensation Committee (the
Committee). Payments are, in general, only made if Committee-established annual
performance objectives are met.

Early in 2002, the Committee approved an annual incentive target and maximum
opportunity, expressed as a percentage of base salary, for each participating
officer. The Committee also established overall threshold, target and maximum
measures of performance for the 2002 APIP. The performance measures and
weightings for 2002 were cash management (40%), performance profit (40%), and
revenue (20%). Additional goals were also established for each officer that
included business-unit specific and/or individual performance goals and
objectives, including new product launches, and executing business turnarounds.
The weights associated with each business-unit specific or individual
performance goal and objective used vary.

In June 2002, the Company restated and adjusted its 1997 - 2001 financial
results. Following the restatement, the Committee approved mid-year payments of
one-half
 the target amounts and approved revised performance goals for 2002 on a
post-restatement basis. The mid-year payment was credited toward the full-year
APIP.

For 2002, the performance against the post-restatement goals was as follows:
cash management was below targeted levels, revenue generation was slightly below
plan and performance profit was significantly better than plan. The Company
successfully launched 17 new products and made significant progress in improving
its Developing Markets Organization. Accordingly, the Committee approved the
balance of the APIP awards to participating officers which when aggregated with
the mid-year payment ranged in total from 100% target levels to approximately
171% of target based on their individual and unit performance.


<PAGE>


                                                                  Exhibit 10 (v)

                                                                  EXECUTION COPY




                       AMENDED AND RESTATED LOAN AGREEMENT

                          Dated as of October 21, 2002

                                     between

                             XEROX LEASE FUNDING LLC

                                  as Borrower,

                                       and

                      GENERAL ELECTRIC CAPITAL CORPORATION,

                                    as Lender


<PAGE>


                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                          Page

ARTICLE I      AMOUNT AND TERMS OF CREDIT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      1

    1.1.    Credit Facilities. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      1
    1.2.    Use of Proceeds. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      5
    1.3.    Cash Management System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      5
    1.4.    Interest, Fees and Principal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      6
    1.5.    Loan Account and Accounting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      8
    1.6.    Indemnity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      9
    1.7.    Taxes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      9
    1.8.    Single Loan. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     11
    1.9.    Earnings on Funds in Controlled Accounts . . . . . . . . .     11
    1.10.   Service Provider Preparation of Certain Documents. . . . .     11

ARTICLE II     CONDITIONS PRECEDENT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     12

    2.1.    Conditions to the Initial Term Loan. . . . . . . . . . . .     12
    2.2.    Conditions to the Existing Incremental Term Loans. . . . .     12
    2.3.    Conditions to Effective Date . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     12
    2.4.    Conditions to Each Additional Incremental Loan . . . . . .     14
    2.5.    Closing Date Conditions to Each Additional Incremental
            Term Loan. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     18
    2.6.    Cure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     19

ARTICLE III    REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES BY BORROWER. . . . . . .     19

    3.1.    Limited Liability Company Existence; Compliance with Law .     20
    3.2.    Chief Executive Office; State of Organization; FEIN. . . .     20
    3.3.    Power, Authorization, Enforceable Obligations  . . . . . .     20
    3.4.    Ownership of Property; Liens . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     20
    3.5.    Labor Matters  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     21
    3.6.    Outstanding Stock; Investments . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     21
    3.7.    Government Regulation  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     21
    3.8.    Margin
 Regulations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     21
    3.9.    Charges  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     22
    3.10.   ERISA  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     22
    3.11.   No Litigation; Agent for Service of Process  . . . . . . .     23
    3.12.   Brokers  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     23
    3.13.   Full Disclosure  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     23
    3.14.   Solvency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     23
    3.15.   Liabilities  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     23
    3.16.   Controlled Accounts  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     24
    3.17.   Bulk Sales . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     24
    3.18.   Business . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     24
    3.19.   Consideration for Transferred Assets . . . . . . . . . . .     24
    3.20.   Separate Existence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     24
    3.21.   Tier I Transfer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     25
    3.22.   Equipment and Tax Payment Transfer . . . . . . . . . . . .     25
    3.23.   Borrower's Tax Election. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     25
    3.24.   No Violation of Law. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     25
    3.25.   Data Files; Statement of Cash Flows; Borrowing Request . .     26
    3.26.   Lien Priority. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     26

ARTICLE III-A  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES BY LENDER. . . . . . . .     26




<PAGE>

ARTICLE IV     NOTICE REQUIREMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     26

    4.1.    Notices. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     27

ARTICLE V      AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  . .     27

    5.1.    Maintenance of Existence and Conduct of Business . . . . .     27
    5.2.    Payment of Charges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     28
    5.3.    Books and Records; Access. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     28
    5.4.    Compliance with Laws . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     29
    5.5.    Intellectual Property. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     29
    5.6.    Further Assurances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     29
    5.7.    Defense of Collateral. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     29
    5.8.    Purchase of Financing Contracts. . . . . . . . . . . . . .     29
    5.9.    Collateral Records . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     29
    5.10.   Related Transaction Documents. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     30
    5.11.   Financing Contract Matters; Delivery of Settlement Report.     30
    5.12.   Redirection Notices. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     30
    5.13.   Deficiency Payments. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     30
    5.14.   Indemnity for Gap Period . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     30
    5.15.   Separateness Opinion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     31

ARTICLE VI     NEGATIVE COVENANTS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     31

    6.1.    Mergers, Subsidiaries, Etc.  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     31
    6.2.    Investments; Loans and Advances. . . . . . . . . . . . . .     31
    6.3.    Indebtedness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     32
    6.4.    Affiliate Transactions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     32
    6.5.    Capital Structure and Business . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     32
    6.6.    Guaranteed Indebtedness. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     32
    6.7.    Liens. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     33
    6.8.    Sale of Assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     33
    6.9.    Cancellation of Indebtedness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     33
    6.10.   Restricted Payments. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     33
    6.11.   Change of Corporate Name, Etc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     33
    6.12.   Leases; Real Estate Purchase . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     34
    6.13.   Agreements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     34
    6.14.   Tax Treatment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     34
    6.15.   Actions Affecting Rights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     34
    6.16.   Direction of Contract Payments . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     34
    6.17.   Margin Stock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     35
    6.18.   Changes to Transferred Assets. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     35
    6.19.   Bring-down of Legal Opinion. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     35
    6.20.   Adjustments to Loss Rates; Amendment to Annex B. . . . . .     35

ARTICLE VII    EVENTS OF DEFAULT; RIGHTS AND REMEDIES. . . . . . . . .     35

    7.1.    Events of Default. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     35
    7.2.    Remedies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     36
    7.3.    Waivers by Borrower. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     37

ARTICLE VIII   SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     37

    8.1.    Successors and Assigns . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     37

ARTICLE IX     MISCELLANEOUS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     39




<PAGE>

    9.1.    Complete Agreement; Modification of Agreement. . . . . . .     39
    9.2.    Amendments and Waivers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     39
    9.3.    Fees and Expenses. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     39
    9.4.    No Waiver. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     40
    9.5.    Severability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     41
    9.6.    Conflict of Terms. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     41
    9.7.    Confidentiality. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     41
    9.8.    GOVERNING LAW. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     42
    9.9.    Notices. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     42
    9.10.   Section Titles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     44
    9.11.   Counterparts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     44
    9.12.   WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     44
    9.13.   Press Releases and Related Matters . . . . . . . . . . . .     44
    9.14.   Reinstatement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     45
    9.15.   Advice of Counsel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     45
    9.16.   No Strict Construction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     45
    9.17.   Survival of Obligations Upon Termination of Financing
            Arrangements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     45
    9.18.   Non-Business Days. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     46
    9.19.   Effect of Amendment and Restatement. . . . . . . . . . . .     46



                               INDEX OF APPENDICES

Annex A                    - Definitions
Annex B                    - Loss Rates
Annex C                    - Historical Loss Data
Annex D-1                  - Pre-Effective Date Credit Approval Policy
Annex D-2                  - Post-Effective Date Credit Approval Policy
Annex E                    - Calculation of Discount Rate and Funding Amount
Exhibit 1.1(b)             - Form of Additional Term Note
Exhibit 1.1(c)(ii)         - Form of Incremental Data Certification
Exhibit 1.1(c)(v)          - Form of Incremental Borrowing Request
Exhibits 2.3(e)(i)
   through (iii)           - Forms of Nixon Peabody LLP Legal Opinions
Exhibit 2.3(f)             - Form of Xerox General Counsel Opinion
Exhibit 2.3(g)             - Form of Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP
                                  Legal Opinion

Exhibits 2.3(h)(i) and     - Forms of Weil, Gotshal & Manges LLP Legal
   (ii)                         Opinions
Exhibit 2.3(i)             - Form of General Electric Capital Corporation
                                 Counsel Opinion

Schedule 1.1(a)            - Existing Term Loans
Schedule 2.4(v)            - Concentration Threshholds
Schedule 9.19(f)           - Amended and Restated Documents
Disclosure Schedule 3.2    - Executive Offices; State of Organization; Trade
                                   Names; FEIN

Disclosure Schedule 3.10   - ERISA Plans


<PAGE>


          AMENDED AND RESTATED LOAN AGREEMENT (this "Agreement"), dated as of
October 21, 2002, between XEROX LEASE FUNDING LLC, a Delaware limited liability
company ("Borrower"), and GENERAL ELECTRIC CAPITAL CORPORATION, a Delaware
corporation, as lender ("Lender").

                               RECITALS

          These Recitals shall be construed as part of this Agreement.

          A. Borrower and Lender are parties to a Loan Agreement dated as of
November 20, 2001 (as amended to the date hereof, the "Existing Loan
Agreement").

          B. Pursuant to the terms of the Existing Loan Agreement, Lender has
made the Existing Term Loans (as defined below) to Borrower.

          C. Pursuant to the Framework Agreement (as defined below), Borrower
has agreed to provide Lender the first opportunity to make loans against certain
Financing Contracts (as defined below) on the terms and conditions set forth in
the Program Agreement (as defined below) and Lender has agreed, on the terms and
conditions set forth herein, to make such loans.

          D. Borrower has requested that Lender amend and restate the Existing
Loan Agreement on the terms and conditions set forth herein (i) to amend the
terms and conditions of the Existing Term Loans and (ii) in order to effect the
agreements referred to in Recital C above, to make Additional Incremental Term
Loans (as defined below) to Borrower, in an aggregate principal amount not
exceeding for all such Additional Incremental Term Loans at any time
outstanding, the Maximum Amount (as defined below).

          E. Borrower and Lender do not intend that this Agreement constitute a
novation of the Existing Term Loans or any of the Obligations (as defined below)
under the Existing Loan Agreement or evidence any repayment of such Existing
Term Loans or Obligations, but that this Agreement only amend and restate in its
entirety the Existing Loan Agreement and provide for Additional Incremental
Terms Loans as set forth herein.

          F. Capitalized terms used in this Agreement shall have the meanings
ascribed to them in Annex A, and, for purposes of this Agreement, the rules of
construction set forth in Annex A shall govern. All Appendices hereto, or
expressly identified to this Agreement, are incorporated herein by reference,
and taken together with this Agreement, shall constitute but a single agreement.

          NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual
covenants hereinafter contained, and for other good and valuable consideration,
the parties hereto agree as follows:

                                    ARTICLE I
                           AMOUNT AND TERMS OF CREDIT

     1.1. Credit Facilities.

           (a) Existing Term Loan Facility. Schedule 1.1(a)(i) sets forth the
original principal amount of the Term Loans heretofore made by Lender to
Borrower under the Existing Loan Agreement (each, an "Existing Term Loan" and


                                       1


<PAGE>

collectively the "Existing Term Loans"), each of which is evidenced by the
corresponding promissory note in the form of Exhibit 1.1(a)(ii) or 1.1(a)(iii)
of the Existing Loan Agreement (each an "Existing Term Note" and collectively,
the "Existing Term Notes"). From and after the Effective Date, the Existing Term
Loans shall be governed by the terms of this Agreement.

           (b) Additional Incremental Term Loan Facility. Lender agrees, on the
terms and conditions set forth herein, to make loans (each an "Additional
Incremental Term Loan") to Borrower, on each Incremental Closing Date during the
period from the Effective Date until a Termination Event shall have occurred, in
a principal amount equal to the Funding Amount for such Additional Incremental
Term Loan; provided, in no event shall Lender be obligated to make any
Additional Incremental Term Loan hereunder if the then aggregate outstanding
principal amount of all Additional Incremental Term Loans, together with the
principal amount of the proposed Additional Incremental Term Loan, would exceed
the Maximum Amount. All Additional Incremental Term Loans shall be evidenced by
one promissory note in the form of Exhibit 1.1(b) (the "Additional Term Note"
and collectively with the Existing Term Notes, the "Notes").

           (c) Borrowing Procedures for Additional Incremental Term Loans.

                (i) Additional Incremental Term Loans shall be made only on an
Incremental Closing Date unless otherwise agreed by Lender.

               (ii) Not later than the fifth (5th) Business Day of each calendar
month, Borrower shall deliver (or cause Portfolio Servicer to deliver) to Lender
a Data Certification for a proposed Additional Incremental Term Loan.

              (iii) Upon Lender's receipt of a Data Certification, Lender shall
have five (5) Business Days in which to review such Data Certification and
deliver to Borrower an Exception Notice or Acceptance Notice. If Lender
determines that (a) any of the components or calculations contained in or
delivered in connection with such Data Certification are erroneous, inaccurate
or incomplete or (b) in Lender's reasonable judgment any of the components or
calculations contained in or delivered in connection with such Data
Certification would cause any of the conditions precedent set forth in Section
2.4 and 2.5 not to be satisfied, then in either such case Lender shall give the
Borrower and the Portfolio Servicer notice thereof (which may, at Lender's
option, be telephonic or written, an "Exception Notice"), specifying in
reasonable detail, to the extent known to Lender and practicable, the nature of
such errors, inaccuracies, omissions and/or other matters with a view to
assisting Borrower in identifying the actions, if any, required to cure the
same. If Lender does not have a basis to deliver an Exception Notice, then
Lender shall deliver to Borrower written notice of its acceptance thereof (an
"Acceptance Notice"); provided that if Lender has not completed its
determination as to whether it has a basis to deliver an Exception Notice, then
prior to issuing an Acceptance Notice Lender shall be entitled to request
(either telephonically or in writing) a five (5) Business Day extension of the
time frame in which Lender must deliver either an Exception Notice or Acceptance
Notice, and Borrower agrees not to unreasonably withhold its consent (which may
be oral or written) to any such extension requested by Lender. If Lender fails
to deliver either an Exception Notice or Acceptance Notice on or prior to the
fifth Business Day (or if such time period is extended pursuant to the foregoing
sentence, tenth Business Day) after Lender's receipt of a Data Certification,
then such Data


                                       2


<PAGE>

Certification shall be deemed rejected by Lender. Nothing in this Section
1.1(c)(iii) shall limit Borrower's right to submit a subsequent Data
Certification with respect to Financing Contracts covered by a Data
Certification deemed rejected pursuant to the preceding sentence. Except as
required to be disclosed in an Exception Notice, Lender's failure to identify
any (or each and every) error, inaccuracy or omission in an Exception Notice, or
in connection with Lender's acceptance of a Data Certification, shall not
constitute a waiver of Lender's rights or remedies under this Agreement or any
other Related Transaction Document.

               (iv) If Lender gives Borrower an Exception Notice, Borrower shall
(or shall cause Portfolio Servicer to) correct the previously delivered Data
Certification with respect to the matters identified in such Exception Notice
and submit a modified Data Certification to Lender as soon as practicable, but
in any event no later than five (5) Business Days after Borrower's receipt of
such Exception Notice, whereupon the process set forth in subsections (ii) and
(iii) and this subsection (iv) shall be repeated until Lender accepts the Data
Certification pursuant to an Acceptance Notice. Such corrections shall include,
without limitation, (x) deleting Financing Contracts from such Data
Certification, but only if any matters identified with respect to such Financing
Contracts cannot be cured after Borrower's (or Xerox's) use of commercially
reasonable efforts to cure such matters without deleting such Financing
Contracts and (y) in the case of correcting any potential failure to satisfy the
conditions precedent set forth in clauses (d), (e) or (v) of Section 2.4, as
applicable, deleting Financing Contracts from such Data Certification such that
after giving effect to such deletions the conditions precedent set forth in
clauses (d), (e) or (v) of Section 2.4, as applicable, will be satisfied. In
connection with the correction of any Data Certification, Borrower shall use its
commercially reasonable efforts to maximize the principal amount of the proposed
Additional Incremental Term Loan to which such Data Certification relates.

                (v) Within two (2) Business Days after Lender has accepted a
particular Data Certification Borrower shall, subject to Section 1.1(d), deliver
to Lender a Borrowing Request (each such date of delivery, a "Borrowing Request
Delivery Date"), based on such accepted Data Certification specifying an
Incremental Closing Date which is three (3) Business Days after the date of
delivery of such Borrowing Request.

               (vi) If Borrower determines that any condition precedent set
forth in (A) Section 2.4 will not be satisfied as of the relevant Borrowing
Request Delivery Date or (B) Section 2.5 will not be satisfied as of the
relevant Incremental Closing Date, then, in either case, concurrently with
Borrower's delivery of a Borrowing Request pursuant to Section 1.1(c)(v),
Borrower shall deliver to Lender a written request for a waiver of such
condition(s) precedent specifying in reasonable detail the event(s) or
circumstance(s) giving rise to the non-satisfaction of such condition(s)
precedent (a "Waiver Request").

              (vii) If Borrower delivers a Waiver Request to Lender in
accordance with the terms set forth above, then Borrower shall not be liable for
any charges and assessments referred to in Section 1.1(c)(ix) in respect of the
related Borrowing Request. If Lender grants the relief set forth in the Waiver
Request (or such other relief as may be agreed to in writing by Borrower and
Lender) then (A) the Incremental Closing Date specified in such Borrowing
Request shall be automatically extended to the third Business Day after Lender
grants such relief; (B) the Borrowing Request Delivery Date


                                       3


<PAGE>

(including, without limitation, for purposes of Section 2.4) shall be deemed to
be the date Lender grants such relief; and (C) all representations, warranties
and certifications in the related Borrowing Request shall be deemed made as of
such new Borrowing Request Delivery Date. If Lender does not grant the waivers
set forth in the Waiver Request (or other relief as may be agreed to in writing
by Borrower and Lender) on or prior to the proposed Incremental Closing Date set
forth in the related Borrowing Request, then such Borrowing Request shall be
deemed terminated as of such proposed Incremental Closing Date; provided that,
except as otherwise expressly provided in the Program Agreement, (x) Lender
shall not be deemed to forfeit its rights under the Program Agreement with
respect to the Candidate Financing Contracts covered by such Borrowing Request,
(y) Lender shall not be released of its obligations to make Term Loans relating
to such Candidate Financing Contracts if included in subsequent Data
Certifications in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement
(including Sections 2.4 and 2.5) and (z) Borrower shall be entitled and
obligated to include such Candidate Financing Contracts in any subsequent
Incremental Data Certification and related Borrowing Request submitted by
Borrower under this Section 1.1.

             (viii) Upon satisfaction of all of the conditions set forth above
and in Sections 2.4 and 2.5, as applicable, Lender shall make the Additional
Incremental Term Loan specified in such Borrowing Request in a principal amount
equal to the Funding Amount for such Additional Incremental Term Loan.

               (ix) Except as set forth in Section 1.1(c)(vii), once executed
and delivered a Borrowing Request shall be irrevocable by Borrower. In addition
to all amounts required to be paid by Borrower pursuant to Section 1.4, Borrower
shall compensate Lender for any and all charges or assessments imposed by Lender
on its Vendor Financial Services operating business as a result of the failure
of a proposed Term Loan to be funded on the date specified therefor in an
irrevocable Borrowing Request related thereto for any reason (other than as a
result of a wrongful refusal by Lender, in violation of the terms of this
Agreement, to make the Term Loan in accordance with the terms hereof); provided
that Borrower's liability for such charges or assessments shall not exceed the
amount of interest that would have accrued on the principal amount of such
proposed Additional Incremental Term Loan specified in the Borrowing Request
relating thereto (with such interest to be calculated at the proposed Discount
Rate specified in the Borrowing Request relating to such proposed Additional
Incremental Term Loan) during the period from and including the date of the
proposed Incremental Closing Date for such proposed Additional Incremental Term
Loan as specified in the related Borrowing Request to but excluding the next
Business Day occurring after such proposed Incremental Closing Date.
Furthermore, Borrower shall not be liable for any such charges or assessments
unless Lender makes a demand therefor within ten (10) Business Days after the
proposed Incremental Closing Date that describes the calculation and amount of
such assessments.

           (d) Minimum Funding Amounts. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary
contained in this Agreement, (i) Borrower shall not be obligated to submit any
Borrowing Request with respect to any Incremental Data Certification unless the
principal amount of the proposed Additional Incremental Term Loan is at least
$10,000,000; and (ii) Lender shall not be obligated to make any Additional
Incremental Term Loan unless the principal amount thereof is at least
$2,500,000. If Borrower or Lender exercise their


                                       4


<PAGE>

rights under this Section 1.1(d), Borrower shall not be excused from its
obligation to deliver the related Data Certification as provided in Section
1.1(c)(ii) and all Financing Contracts covered by such Data Certification must
be included in the next Data Certification required to be submitted by Borrower
pursuant to Section 1.1(c)(ii).

           (e) Excluded Financing Contracts. If Lender waives one or more
elements of the definition of Excluded Financing Contract with respect to any
Candidate Financing Contract, Lender shall be deemed to have also waived any
breach of the representations, warranties and covenants as to such Candidate
Financing Contract made in any Related Transaction Document, to the extent (and
solely to the extent) such breach is based on the existence of the element so
waived. A waiver of any such element, representation, warranty or covenant as to
any particular Candidate Financing Contract shall not be deemed a waiver of any
other element or a waiver with respect to any other Candidate Financing
Contract.

           (f) Reliance on Certifications and Requests. Lender shall be entitled
to rely upon, and shall be fully protected in relying upon, any Borrowing
Request or Data Certification purporting to be executed by an Authorized Officer
of Borrower and believed by Lender to be genuine. Lender may assume that each
Person purporting to be an Authorized Officer of Borrower executing and
delivering such a request was duly authorized, unless the responsible individual
acting thereon for Lender has actual knowledge to the contrary.

     1.2. Use of Proceeds.

           (a) Borrower shall utilize the proceeds of the Existing Term Loans
(net of the proceeds otherwise required to be applied pursuant to Sections
1.3(b) and 1.4(b)) solely to finance the payments required to be made by
Borrower to Xerox pursuant to Section 2.01 of the Sale and Contribution
Agreement in respect of the Tier I Transfers made on the applicable Closing
Date.

           (b) Borrower shall use the proceeds of each Additional Incremental
Term Loan solely to make the payments required to be made by Borrower to Xerox
pursuant to Section 2.01 of the Sale and Contribution Agreement in respect of
the Tier I Transfers made on the Closing Date of such Additional Incremental
Term Loan.

     1.3.  Cash Management System

           (a) Establishment and Maintenance of Accounts.

                (i) Payment Account and Related Accounts. On or before the
Initial Closing Date, each of the Lockboxes, Lockbox Deposit Accounts, Lockbox
Concentration Account and the Payment Account shall have been established in
accordance with the terms of the Lockbox Account Agreement (as in effect on the
Initial Closing Date) and Payment Account Agreement (as in effect on the Initial
Closing Date), as applicable, and the Collateral Agent shall have legal title to
each of the Lockboxes, Lockbox Deposit Accounts, Lockbox Concentration Account
and the Payment Account for the benefit of the Beneficial Owners (as of the
Initial Closing Date), and each such agreement shall be in full force and
effect.


                                       5


<PAGE>

               (ii) GE Capital Control Account. On or before the Initial Closing
Date, Borrower shall have established an account with Citibank, N.A. in the name
of Borrower (the "GE Capital Control Account") under account number 795253 and
with respect to which Lender has sole dominion and control and a perfected,
first priority security interest therein and the funds on deposit therein
pursuant to the Deposit Account Control Agreement (as in effect on the Initial
Closing Date).

              (iii) Other Monetization Accounts. On or before the Initial
Closing Date, each of the Monetization Accounts and the Controlled Accounts
(other than the GE Capital Control Account) shall have been established in
accordance with the terms of the Allocation Agreement.

           (b) Funding of the Holdback Account. (1) On the Initial Closing Date,
pursuant to the letter of direction delivered by Borrower pursuant to Section
2.1(l) of the Existing Loan Agreement, Lender caused $75 million of the proceeds
of the Initial Term Loan to be deposited in the Holdback Account.

              (ii) On the first Incremental Closing Date, pursuant to the letter
of direction delivered by Borrower pursuant to Section 2.3(i) of the Existing
Loan Agreement, Lender caused $40 million of the proceeds of such Incremental
Term Loan to be deposited in the Holdback Account.

             (iii) On the second Incremental Closing Date, pursuant to the
letter of direction delivered by Borrower pursuant to Section 2.3(i) of the
Existing Loan Agreement, Lender caused $35 million of the proceeds of such
Incremental Term Loan to be deposited in the Holdback Account.

           (c) Return of Funds in the Controlled Accounts. On the Termination
Date, Lender shall cause all funds then on deposit in the Controlled Accounts
(other than any funds necessary to pay third party service and supply providers
through the Termination Date, or, if later, through the earlier to occur of (X)
the date at which Lender may terminate the contract(s) with such third party
service or supply providers without penalty and (Y) the date which is one (1)
year following the Termination Date) to be transferred to the MPE 1 Account.

     1.4.  Interest, Fees and Principal

           (a) Interest Rate. Interest shall accrue on each outstanding Term
Loan at a rate per annum equal to the Discount Rate specified in the Initial
Borrowing Request or Incremental Borrowing Request, as applicable, related
thereto.

           (b) Fees. (i) Borrower has paid to Lender on the Initial Closing Date
a non-refundable origination fee equal to 0.65% of the amount of the Initial
Term Loan made by Lender.

               (ii) Borrower has paid to Lender on each Incremental Closing Date
occurring prior to the Effective Date, a non-refundable origination fee equal to
(a) 0.65% of the amount of the Term Loan made by Lender on such Closing Date
minus (b) the sum of the Fee Credit Amounts (calculated as of the Tagging Date
relating to the relevant Replacement Financing Contracts) for all Replacement
Financing Contracts listed on the Statement of Cash Flows for such Incremental
Closing Date and which were acquired by Borrower from Xerox on such Incremental
Closing Date.


                                       6


<PAGE>

           (c) Application of Monthly Aggregate Payment Amount. With respect to
each outstanding Term Loan, on each Actual Application Date, Lender shall cause
the Monthly Aggregate Payment Amount to be applied or distributed from the GE
Capital Control Account as follows:

                (i) if, as of such Actual Application Date, no Turbo Event shall
have occurred and be continuing:

                first, to all accrued and unpaid interest on such Term Loan for
     the Applicable Interest Period (and any prior Applicable Interest
     Period(s));

                second, to the outstanding principal balance of such Term Loan
     to the extent necessary to reduce the outstanding principal balance thereof
     to the corresponding Targeted Principal Balance for such Term Loan as of
     the immediately preceding Determination Date (after giving effect to any
     adjustment to such Targeted Principal Balance based on the information
     contained in the related Settlement Report);

                third, to all accrued and unpaid interest on each other Term
     Loan;

                fourth, to the outstanding principal balance of each other Term
     Loan to the extent necessary to reduce the outstanding principal balance
     thereof to the corresponding Targeted Principal Balance for such Term Loan
     as of the immediately preceding Determination Date (after giving effect to
     any adjustment to such Targeted Principal Balance based on the information
     contained in the related Settlement Report); and

                fifth, to the MPE 1 Account;

provided, however, if sufficient funds are not available to fund all payments to
be made in respect of any category of Obligation described in the third or
fourth clauses above, the available funds being applied to such Obligations
shall be allocated to the payment of such Obligations on a Term Loan-by-Term
Loan basis, beginning with the oldest outstanding Term Loan and continuing
thereafter in chronological order of the outstanding Term Loans, based on the
date on which each Term Loan was advanced.

               (ii) if, as of such Actual Application Date, a Turbo Event shall
have occurred and be continuing, then first as set forth in clauses first
through fourth of subclause (i) above, and thereafter:

               first, to the remaining outstanding principal balance of all
     outstanding Term Loans until each such Term Loan has been paid in full;

               second, to any other Obligations then due and owing; and

               third, to the MPE 1 Account;

provided, however, if sufficient funds are not available to fund all payments to
be made in respect of any category of Obligation described in the first clause
above, the available funds being applied to any such Obligations shall be
allocated to the payment of such Obligations on a Term Loan-by-Term Loan basis,
beginning with the oldest outstanding Term Loan and continuing thereafter in
chronological order of the outstanding Term Loans, based on the


                                       7


<PAGE>

date on which each Term Loan was advanced; and provided further if Lender
affirmatively waives in writing the failure of Borrower to have satisfied any
condition precedent set forth in Sections 2.4 or 2.5 which failure also
constitutes a Turbo Event, such Turbo Event shall be deemed, for purposes of
this Section 1.4(c), to cease to be continuing.

           (d) Computation of Interest. All computations of interest shall be
made by Lender on the basis of a 365/366-day year, as applicable, in each case
for the actual number of days occurring in the Applicable Interest Period for
which such interest is payable. For purposes of computing interest on the
Obligations as of any date, no deposits to the GE Capital Control Account shall
be deemed received by Lender until applied in accordance with Section 1.4(c).

           (e) Acceptance of Settlement Report. The acceptance by Lender of the
Settlement Report after the Settlement Date to which it relates shall not be
deemed to be a waiver by Lender of any failure by Borrower to perform any
provision of this Agreement or any Default or Event of Default arising from such
failure or otherwise related to the delivery of such Settlement Report.

           (f) Maximum Lawful Rate. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set
forth in this Section 1.4, if a court of competent jurisdiction determines in a
final order that the rate of interest payable hereunder exceeds the highest rate
of interest permissible under law (the "maximum lawful rate"), then so long as
the maximum lawful rate would be so exceeded, the rate of interest payable
hereunder shall be equal to the maximum lawful rate; provided, however, that if
at any time thereafter the rate of interest payable hereunder is less than the
maximum lawful rate, Borrower shall continue to pay interest hereunder at the
maximum lawful rate until such time as the total interest received by Lender is
equal to the total interest that would have been received had the interest rate
payable hereunder been (but for the operation of this paragraph) the interest
rate payable since the applicable Closing Date as otherwise provided in this
Agreement. Thereafter, interest hereunder shall be paid at the rate(s) of
interest and in the manner provided in Sections 1.4(a) through (e), unless and
until the rate of interest again exceeds the maximum lawful rate, and at that
time this paragraph shall again apply. In no event shall the total interest
received by Lender pursuant to the terms hereof exceed the amount that Lender
could lawfully have received had the interest due hereunder been calculated for
the full term hereof at the maximum lawful rate. If the maximum lawful rate is
calculated pursuant to this paragraph, such interest shall be calculated at a
daily rate equal to the maximum lawful rate divided by the number of days in the
year in which such calculation is made. If, notwithstanding the provisions of
this Section 1.4(f), a court of competent jurisdiction shall finally determine
that Lender has received interest hereunder in excess of the maximum lawful
rate, Lender shall, to the extent permitted by applicable law, promptly apply
such excess in the order specified in Section 1.4(c) and thereafter shall refund
any excess to Borrower or as a court of competent jurisdiction may otherwise
order.

     1.5. Loan Account and Accounting.

           Lender shall maintain a loan account (the "loan account") on its
books to record the borrowing of the Initial Term Loan and any borrowing of an
Incremental Term Loan, all payments made by or on behalf of Borrower and all
other debits and credits as provided in this Agreement with respect to the Term
Loans or any other Obligations. All entries in the loan account


                                       8


<PAGE>

shall be made in accordance with Lender's customary accounting practices as in
effect from time to time. The balance in the loan account, as recorded on
Lender's most recent printout or other written statement, shall, absent manifest
error and subject to each of Borrower's and Lender's rights under the Allocation
Agreement to receive Misapplied Proceeds and/or Misdirected Contract Payments
which may affect the balance reflected in the loan account, be presumptive
evidence of the amounts due and owing by Borrower under this Agreement;
provided, that any failure to so record or any error in so recording shall not
limit or otherwise affect Borrower's duty to pay the Obligations.

     1.6. Indemnity.

           (a) Borrower's Indemnification. Borrower shall indemnify and hold
harmless each Indemnified Person from and against any and all Damages which may
be suffered or incurred by any such Indemnified Person resulting from, arising
out of, based on or relating to (i) credit having been extended, suspended or
terminated under this Agreement (including by reason of Borrower's failure to
satisfy any condition to lending set forth in Article II hereof) and the other
Loan Documents, the administration of such credit and/or the enforcement of
Lender's rights and remedies under the Related Transaction Documents (except
that Borrower shall not be liable for any indemnification to an Indemnified
Person to the extent that any indemnified liabilities result from that
Indemnified Person's gross negligence, willful misconduct or violation of law)
and (ii) any representations, warranties, covenants and/or obligations set forth
in any Related Transaction Document (other than those made by Lender) which have
been breached or are otherwise unfulfilled, incorrect, untrue, misleading or
inaccurate (as applicable).

           (b) Lender's Indemnification. Lender shall indemnify and hold
harmless each Indemnified Person from and against any and all Damages which may
be suffered or incurred by such Indemnified Person resulting from, arising out
of, based on or relating to, any breach of Lender's warranties set forth in
Section 3A.1 or Lender's breach of contract arising from (i) any failure by
Lender to perform its contractual obligations hereunder (except that Lender
shall not be liable for any indemnification to any Indemnified Person to the
extent that any indemnified liabilities result from that Indemnified Person's
gross negligence, willful misconduct or violation of law) and (ii) any
representations, warranties, covenants and/or obligations set forth in any
Related Transaction Document (other than those made by any Transaction Party)
which have been breached or are otherwise unfulfilled, incorrect, untrue
misleading or inaccurate (as applicable).

           (c) GENERAL LIMITATION. NO INDEMNIFIED PERSON SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE OR
LIABLE TO ANY OTHER PARTY TO ANY LOAN DOCUMENT, ANY SUCCESSOR, ASSIGNEE OR THIRD
PARTY BENEFICIARY OF SUCH PERSON OR ANY OTHER PERSON ASSERTING CLAIMS
DERIVATIVELY THROUGH SUCH PARTY, FOR INDIRECT, PUNITIVE, EXEMPLARY OR
CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES.

     1.7  Taxes.

          (a) Tax Forms. Lender shall provide Borrower with a completed IRS Form
W-9 (or other applicable IRS forms) and all required renewals thereof (or any
successor forms).

          (b) Gross-Up. Any and all payments made or deemed made by


                                       9


<PAGE>

Borrower hereunder or under the Notes shall be made, in accordance with this
Section 1.7, free and clear of and without deduction for any and all present or
future Taxes. If Borrower shall be required by law to deduct any Taxes from or
in respect of any sum payable hereunder or under the Notes, (i) the sum payable
shall be increased as much as shall be necessary so that after making all
required deductions (including deductions applicable to additional sums payable
under this Section 1.7) Lender receives an amount equal to the sum it would have
received had no such deductions been made, (ii) Borrower shall make such
deductions, and (iii) Borrower shall pay the full amount deducted to the
relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable law.

           (c) Other Taxes. Borrower shall be obligated to pay any stamp or
documentary Taxes or any other excise Taxes arising from any payment made
hereunder or under the Notes or from the execution, delivery or enforcement of,
or otherwise with respect to, this Agreement, the Term Loans or Borrower's
obligations hereunder.

           (d) Borrower Indemnity. Borrower shall indemnify and, within ten (10)
days of demand therefor, pay Lender for the full amount of Taxes paid by Lender
on or with respect to this Agreement or the Notes, or with respect to any
payment hereunder or under the Notes, and any liability (excluding penalties and
additions to Taxes imposed solely as a result of Lender's willful misconduct,
negligence or violation of law) arising therefrom or with respect thereto,
whether or not such Taxes were correctly or legally asserted. If Lender receives
a refund of all or any part of indemnified Taxes paid by Borrower, Lender shall
promptly pay Borrower the amount of such refund.

           (e) Withholding Tax Liability. In the event that Lender assigns all
or any portion of the Term Loans or grants a participation therein, Lender shall
be the paying agent and "withholding agent" (within the meaning of section
1.1441-7 of the Treasury regulations) with respect to any such assignment or
participation (and, in addition, shall be responsible for any related federal
information reporting). Lender shall indemnify and, within ten (10) days of
demand therefor, pay Borrower for the full amount of any and all federal
withholding taxes (including interest, penalties and additions to taxes) for
which Borrower is liable as the "withholding agent" (within the meaning of
section 1.1441-7 of the Treasury regulations) with respect to payments made on
(i) any participation in the Term Loans granted by Lender or (ii) Term Loans
that have been assigned by Lender.

           (f) Tax Receipts. As soon as reasonably practicable after the payment
of any indemnified Taxes by Borrower to a Governmental Authority, Borrower shall
deliver to Lender the original or a certified copy of a receipt issued by such
Governmental Authority evidencing such payment, a copy of the return reporting
such payment or other evidence of such payment reasonably available to Borrower
and satisfactory to Lender.

           (g) After-Tax Basis. All payments under Section 1.7(d) or (e) shall
be made on an "after-tax" basis, by increasing the amount of any payment as
necessary so that after payment of all Taxes imposed on such payment the
recipient receives an amount equal to the same it would have received had no
Taxes been payable thereon.

           (h) Assignees and Participants. The provisions and indemnity of this
Section 1.7 do not apply to any Taxes, or any liability with respect


                                       10


<PAGE>

thereto, which may be incurred by any successor, assignee (including without
limitation any foreign branch, division or Affiliate of Lender) or participant
of Lender to the extent the indemnity payable hereunder is greater than the
amount that would have resulted if such successor, assignee or participant were
GE Capital, a U.S. corporation.

           (i) Notice/Contest. If Lender receives notice of a claim for Taxes
the liability for which is imposed on Borrower pursuant to this Section 1.7,
Lender shall provide prompt notice of such claim and shall contest, upon the
request of and at the sole expense of Borrower, such claim for Taxes (but only
if such contest may be made in good faith). Lender will not settle the subject
claim without the prior written consent of Borrower, which consent shall not be
unreasonably withheld or delayed, unless and to the extent Lender waives its
right to payment of the amount owing by Borrower under this Section 1.7.

           (j) Tax Treatment. Borrower and Lender agree, for federal and state
income tax purposes, to treat the Term Loans as debt of Borrower and not to
treat Lender as the owner of any Collateral or Equipment which is subject to a
lease agreement (and not as entitled to any depreciation thereon). Neither
Borrower nor Lender shall take any position for federal or state income tax
purposes contrary to the foregoing (whether on its tax returns or otherwise)
unless required to do so by a taxing authority.

     1.8. Single Loan.

           All Term Loans to Borrower and all of the other Obligations of
Borrower arising under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall
constitute one general obligation of Borrower secured, until the Termination
Date, by all of the Collateral.

     1.9. Earnings on Funds in Controlled Accounts.

           The funds on deposit in each Controlled Account shall be invested in
one or more Specified Investments; provided, that Lender shall not be liable for
any loss of principal or income on such funds due to the choice of Specified
Investments or any conversion of invested funds into cash when such funds are
required to be released or applied to any obligation under a Related Transaction
Document. No interest or other amounts earned on funds on deposit shall
constitute Collateral. All interest or other amounts earned on funds in the
Controlled Accounts shall be payable to Borrower and reported as such for income
tax purposes. On each Actual Application Date, prior to the application of funds
in the GE Capital Control Account in accordance with Section 1.4(c), Lender
shall cause all interest income (net of losses) actually earned on the funds on
deposit in each Controlled Account (as determined by Portfolio Servicer and
specified on the related Settlement Report) to be distributed to the MPE 1
Account.

     1.10. Service Provider Preparation of Certain Documents.

            Borrower hereby agrees that notwithstanding the fact that after the
JV Operational Date, the JV will initially prepare the Incremental Data File and
Statement of Cash Flows for Term Loans made after such date, Borrower is and
continues to be responsible for the accuracy of each Incremental Data File,
Statement of Cash Flows and the Incremental Data Certification and calculations,
analyses, any notices or certifications related to any and all Term Loans (and
each other component thereof) and any


                                       11


<PAGE>

representation or warranty contained herein or in any other Loan Document
relating thereto. Borrower hereby waives as a defense to any inaccuracy of any
portion of any such Incremental Data File, Statement of Cash Flows, the
Incremental Data Certification related thereto and calculations, analyses, any
notices or certifications, or any representation or warranty contained herein or
any other Loan Document with respect thereto, that such information was
initially prepared by the JV. Nothing in this Section 1.10 shall be deemed to
constitute a waiver of Borrower's rights or remedies against the JV under or
pursuant to any Related Transaction Document.

                                   ARTICLE II

                              CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

     2.1. Conditions to the Initial Term Loan.

           Lender shall not be obligated to make the Initial Term Loan on the
Initial Closing Date, or to take, fulfill, or perform any other action or
obligation hereunder, until the conditions set forth in Sections 2.1 and 2.2 of
the Existing Loan Agreement have been satisfied or provided for in a manner
satisfactory to Lender, in Lender's sole discretion, or waived in writing by
Lender.

     2.2. Conditions to the Existing Incremental Term Loans.

           Lender shall not be obligated to make any Existing Incremental Term
Loan until the conditions set forth in Sections 2.2 and 2.3 of the Existing Loan
Agreement have been satisfied or provided for in a manner satisfactory to
Lender, in Lender's sole discretion, or waived in writing by Lender.

     2.3. Conditions to Effective Date.

           This Agreement shall not be effective, and Lender shall not be
obligated to take, fulfill or perform any action or obligation hereunder, until
the conditions set forth in this Section 2.3 have been satisfied or provided for
in a manner satisfactory to Lender, in Lender's reasonable judgment, or waived
by Lender in writing.

           (a) Certain Documents. Lender shall have received, in each case, in
form and substance reasonably satisfactory to it (i) this Agreement duly
executed by Borrower and delivered to Lender; (ii) the Security Agreement duly
executed by Borrower, together with all instruments, documents and agreements
executed pursuant thereto; (iii) the Collateral Assignment duly executed by each
Transaction Party which is a party thereto; (iv) the Lockbox Account Agreement
duly executed by Borrower, MPE 2, the Collateral Agent and the Lockbox Bank; (v)
the Payment Account Agreement duly executed by the Collateral Agent and all
other Persons party thereto; (vi) the Allocation Agreement duly executed by
Borrower, Lender and each other Transaction Party which is a party thereto;
(vii) the Program Agreement duly executed by Xerox, Borrower and MPE 2; (viii)
the Deposit Account Control Agreement duly executed by Borrower and the
Depository Bank; and (ix) any other agreement referenced in the definition of
Related Transaction Documents which has been amended and/or restated in
connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, in each case
duly executed by each party thereto;

            (b) Charter and Good Standing Certificate. For each Transaction
Party (other than XCC and the JV), such Person's (i) charter (or other


                                       12


<PAGE>

equivalent organizational documentation) and all amendments thereto, (ii) good
standing certificates (including verification of good standing as to franchise
taxes other than with respect to Xerox) in its state of organization or
formation, as applicable, each certified as of the Effective Date by such
Person's corporate secretary or an assistant secretary as being in full force
and effect without any modification or amendment;

           (c) Bylaws and Resolutions. For each Transaction Party (other than
XCC and the JV), (i) such Person's bylaws, operating agreement or limited
partnership agreement, as applicable, together with all amendments thereto and
(ii) resolutions of such Person's Board of Directors (or equivalent managers)
and Stockholders, if required, approving and authorizing the execution, delivery
and performance of the Loan Documents and the other Related Transaction
Documents to which such Person is a party and the transactions to be consummated
in connection therewith, each certified as of the Effective Date by such
Person's corporate secretary or an assistant secretary as being in full force
and effect without any modification or amendment;

           (d) Incumbency Certificates. For each Transaction Party (other than
XCC), signature and incumbency certificates of the officers of each such Person
executing any of the Loan Documents or the other Related Transaction Documents,
certified as of the Effective Date by such Person's corporate secretary or an
assistant secretary as being true, accurate, correct and complete;

           (e) Opinions of Nixon Peabody. Lender shall have received duly
executed originals of opinions of Nixon Peabody LLP, counsel for the Transaction
Parties, each in the forms set forth as Exhibits 2.3(e)(i) through (iii) hereto,
respectively;

           (f) Opinion of Xerox General Counsel. Lender shall have received duly
executed originals of an opinion, in the form set forth as Exhibit 2.3(f)
hereto, of the General Counsel or an Associate General Counsel of Xerox
addressed to Lender;

           (g) Opinion of Skadden Arps. Lender shall have received duly executed
originals of opinions of Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP, special
counsel for the Transaction Parties, in the form set forth as Exhibit 2.3(g)
hereto;

           (h) Opinions of Lender's Counsel. Lender shall have received duly
executed originals of opinions of Weil, Gotshal & Manges LLP, counsel for
Lender, each in the forms set forth as Exhibits 2.3(h)(i) through (iii) hereto,
respectively; provided that neither Xerox nor any other Person (other than
Lender) shall be entitled to rely on the opinions in the forms of Exhibits
2.3(h)(i) and (ii);

           (i) Opinion of GE Capital Operations Counsel. Lender shall have
received duly executed originals of an opinion, in the form set forth as Exhibit
2.3(i) hereto, of an Operations Counsel of GE Capital addressed to MPE 1 and
Xerox;

           (j) Security Interests and Code Filings. Lender shall have received
evidence satisfactory to Lender that Lender has a valid and perfected first
priority security interest in the Collateral, including (i) such documents duly
executed by each Transaction Party (including


                                       13


<PAGE>

financing statements under the Code and other applicable documents under the
laws of any jurisdiction with respect to the perfection of Liens) as Lender may
request in order to perfect its security interests in the Collateral and (ii)
copies of Code search reports listing all effective financing statements that
name any Transaction Party as debtor, together with copies of such financing
statements, none of which shall cover the Collateral, except for those relating
to the Tier I Transfers and Equipment and Tax Payment Transfers;

           (k) Borrower's Certificate. Lender shall have received a certificate
in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Lender, from an Authorized
Person of Borrower, certifying that as of the date hereof:

                (i) No Down-Grade of Index Debt. (i) All Index Debt of Xerox is
rated at least "B+" by S&P and at least "B1" by Moody's, and (ii) Xerox has
Index Debt rated by both S&P and Moody's,

               (ii) No Litigation. No Litigation has been commenced against
Xerox which would require Xerox, in accordance with GAAP as in effect as of
September 11, 2001, to recognize a liability or post a reserve in respect
thereof, in either case, in excess of $500 million,

              (iii) No Default. No Default or Event of Default under (and as
defined in) the Existing Loan Agreement has occurred and is continuing, and

               (iv) Approvals. Borrower and the other Transaction Parties have
obtained all required consents and approvals of all Persons (including, without
limitation, all requisite Governmental Authorities) to the execution, delivery
and performance of this Agreement, the other Loan Documents and the other
Related Transaction Documents;

           (l) Required Lenders Confirmation. Lender shall have received a
confirmation in the form attached hereto as Exhibit 2.3(l) pertaining to the
Existing Revolving Credit Agreement and executed by the Required Lenders (as
defined therein); and

           (m) Other Documents. Lender shall have received such other
certificates, documents and agreements respecting any Transaction Party as
Lender may, in its reasonable discretion, request.

The execution and delivery by Borrower of this Agreement shall be deemed to
constitute, as of the date of such execution and delivery, (X) a representation
and warranty by Borrower that the statements set forth in clauses (i) through
(iv) of subsection 2.3(k) are true and correct as of the date hereof and (Y) a
reaffirmation by Borrower of the granting and continuance of Lender's Liens
pursuant to the Collateral Documents.

     2.4. Conditions to Each Additional Incremental Loan.

           Lender shall not be obligated to make any Additional Incremental Term
Loan (including without limitation, the initial Additional Incremental Term
Loan) on any Closing Date if, either before or after giving pro forma effect to
such Additional Incremental Term Loan, one or more of the conditions set forth
in Section 2.5 and in this Section 2.4 shall not, as of the related Borrowing
Request Delivery Date, have been satisfied or provided for in a manner
satisfactory to Lender, in Lender's reasonable judgment, or


                                       14


<PAGE>

waived in writing by Lender.

           (a) Sale and Contribution Agreement. All of the representations and
warranties set forth in subclauses (a)(iv) (as to the valid transfer of the
Transferred Assets), (a)(xii), (a)(xiii) and (b) through (e) of Section 4.01 of
the Sale and Contribution Agreement in respect of the Candidate Financing
Contracts and related Transferred Assets to be acquired on such Incremental
Closing Date by Borrower from Xerox pursuant to the Sale and Contribution
Agreement shall be true and correct in all respects;

           (b) Compliance with Credit Policy. Each of the Candidate Financing
Contracts included in the relevant Data Certification shall have been approved
by the Portfolio Servicer in compliance with the Credit Policy unless otherwise
specifically approved in writing by Lender.

           (c) Additional Related Transaction Documents. Lender shall have
received, prior the making of the initial Additional Incremental Term Loan, the
duly executed original of the Additional Term Note dated as of the Effective
Date. Lender shall have received duly executed copies of each Related
Transaction Document which was not executed and delivered to Lender as part of
any prior Tier I Transfer or prior Equipment and Tax Payment Transfer and which
relates to the Tier I Transfer or Equipment and Tax Payment Transfer to occur on
the relevant Incremental Closing Date.

           (d) Service Coverage Test. The Service Coverage Test in respect of
the Candidate Financing Contracts (taken as a whole) has been satisfied in
accordance with Section 4.01(c)(xxii) of the Sale and Contribution Agreement.

           (e) Supply Coverage Test. The Supply Coverage Test in respect of the
Candidate Financing Contracts (taken as a whole) has been satisfied in
accordance with Section 4.01(c)(xxii) of the Sale and Contribution Agreement.

           (f) Compliance with Section 1.1(c). Borrower shall have complied with
its obligations under Section 1.1(c).

           (g) Loss Rate Adjustments. The Portfolio Servicer shall have
delivered to Lender and Borrower the information required to permit the Loss
Rates to be adjusted in accordance with Section 6.20 and such Loss Rates
applicable to such Candidate Financing Contracts shall have been adjusted in
compliance with Section 6.20 (including as a result of any automatic adjustment
mechanism contained in Annex B).

           (h) Accuracy of Certain Representations and Warranties.

                (i) Except for the representations and warranties expressly
referred to in subsection (ii) below and Section 2.5(d) all of the
representations and warranties of Borrower contained in this Agreement shall be
true and correct (except to the extent that such representation or warranty
expressly relates to an earlier date (in which case such representation or
warranty shall be true and correct as of such earlier date)).

               (ii) All of the representations and warranties contained in the
following provisions shall be true and correct except to the extent that such
representation or warranty expressly relates to an earlier date (in which case
such representation or warranty shall be true and correct as of such earlier
date) and except to the extent that the failure of any such


                                       15


<PAGE>

representation or warranty to be true and correct would not give rise,
individually or in the aggregate, to either a Prospective Collateral Defect or a
Separateness/True Sale Concern: (A) clause (d) of Section 3.1, the last sentence
of Section 3.4, the third sentence of Section 3.21, the second sentence of
Section 3.22 and Section 3.24 and (B) to the extent applicable to Financing
Contracts then comprising the Portfolio (and not the Candidate Financing
Contracts) the second sentence of Section 3.4 and Sections 3.25 and 3.26.

           (i) Related Transaction Document Representations and Warranties.
Except as set forth in clauses (a) and (h) above and clause (o) below, all of
the representations and warranties of any Transaction Party contained in the
Related Transaction Documents (other than this Agreement) shall be true and
correct in all material respects.

           (j) Performance of Certain Loan Agreement Covenants. Borrower shall
have performed, kept and observed all of the provisions of Section 1.2, Article
IV (other than Section 4.01(e) thereof), clauses (a) and (b) of Section 5.1,
Sections 5.3, 6.1, 6.3, 6.4, 6.5, 6.6, Section 6.8 through Section 6.17, clauses
(a) and (b) of Section 6.18 and Section 6.19 and Borrower's charter shall not
have been revoked or otherwise terminated by its state of organization.

           (k) Compliance with Section 4.01(e). Borrower shall have performed,
kept and observed all of the provisions of Section 4.01(e) if, in Lender's
reasonable determination, the information requested thereunder by Lender which
has not been timely delivered is necessary for Lender to determine whether any
other condition precedent set forth in this Section 2.4 or Section 2.5 has been
or will be satisfied as of the required date for satisfaction of such condition
precedent.

           (l) Compliance with Section 6.2. Borrower shall have performed, kept
and observed all of the provisions of Section 6.2 unless any noncompliance
therewith either (i) would not give rise to Prospective Collateral Defect or a
Separateness/True Sale Concern or (ii) involves investments, loans, advances or
acquisitions exceeding, in the aggregate, $1 million.

           (m) Compliance with Sections 6.7 and 6.18. Borrower shall not have
created, or suffered a Lien to be created, in contravention of Section 6.7 or
clause (c) of Section 6.18 unless (i) any such Lien was not created by or
assented to by Borrower, (ii) the Person asserting or creating such Lien is not
the PBGC, (iii) the Person asserting or creating such Lien has not taken any
action to enforce such Lien, (iv) Borrower has created a reserve on its books
for such Lien and (v) either (A) Borrower has, within thirty (30) days from the
date such Lien was initially asserted or created, contested such Lien and
diligently prosecuted such contest so that such Lien and any claim relating
thereto has been released no later than the sixtieth (60th) day following the
initial assertion or creation of such Lien or (B) if such Lien relates only to
Financing Contracts then comprising the Portfolio (and not to Candidate
Financing Contracts) such Lien would not, either individually or in the
aggregate with all other Liens, give rise to a Prospective Collateral Defect or
a Separateness/True Sale Concern.

           (n) Compliance with Certain Affirmative Covenants. Borrower shall
have performed, kept and observed all of the provisions of clauses (c) and (d)
of Section 5.1, and Sections 5.2 and 5.4 unless either (i) such


                                       16


<PAGE>

noncompliance would not give rise to a Prospective Collateral Defect or a
Separateness/True Sale Concern or (ii) Borrower shall have failed to cure such
noncompliance within thirty (30) days from the earlier to occur of (A) the
knowledge of any Responsible Person of Borrower (or the knowledge of any
Responsible Person of any other Transaction Party other than the JV) of such
failure or neglect and (B) the date on which Lender provided notice of such
failure or neglect to Borrower.

           (o) Other Covenants in the Loan Agreement and Warranties in the
Related Transaction Documents. Borrower shall have performed, kept and observed
all other material provisions of this Agreement or of any of the other Loan
Documents (other than provisions covered by any other subsection of this Section
2.4 or Section 2.5) except to the extent such noncompliance would not give rise
to a Prospective Collateral Defect or a Separateness/True Sale Concern.

           (p) Certain Sale and Contribution Agreement Representations and
Warranties. All of the representations and warranties made by Xerox in any of
subsections (a)(iv) (as to the valid transfer of the Transferred Assets),
(a)(xii), (a)(xiii), (b), (c), (d) and (e) of Section 4.01 of the Sale and
Contribution Agreement shall be true and correct with respect to the Financing
Contracts and Transferred Assets then comprising the Portfolio as of the date
when made or deemed made except to the extent either (i) Xerox shall have
repurchased from Borrower the Financing Contract to which such representation or
warranty relates on the date on which any such repurchase may be required by the
terms of the Sale and Contribution Agreement or (ii) Xerox shall have made the
payments (if any) required by Article V or Section 6.04 of the Sale and
Contribution Agreement on or before the date such payment is required by the
Sale and Contribution Agreement.

           (q) Judgments. There are no final judgments or judgments for the
payment of money outstanding against Borrower which have not, within thirty (30)
days after the entry thereof, been discharged or the execution thereof stayed or
bonded pending appeal (unless such judgments have been discharged prior to the
expiration of any such stay).

           (r) Valid and Binding Agreements. Each material provision of each
Loan Document and other Related Transaction Documents shall be valid, binding
and enforceable in accordance with its terms (and no Transaction Party other
than the JV (when acting at the direction or with the concurrence of GE Capital)
shall have challenged the enforceability of any Loan Document or other Related
Transaction Document or shall have asserted in writing, or engaged in any action
or inaction based on any such assertion, that any provision of any of the Loan
Documents or other Related Transaction Documents has ceased to be or otherwise
is not valid, binding and enforceable in accordance with its terms) unless such
failure, challenge or assertion would not give rise to a Prospective Collateral
Defect or a Separateness/True Sale Concern.

            (s) Undertaking and Replacement Agreement. Xerox shall have
performed, kept and observed the provisions of Section 6.01 of the Undertaking
and Replacement Agreement within ten (10) Business Days after the date specified
in such Section 6.01 for compliance therewith.

            (t) Compliance with Other Related Transactions Documents. Except as
otherwise specified in this Section 2.4, each Transaction Party other than
Borrower or the JV shall have performed, kept and observed each of


                                       17


<PAGE>

the provisions of the Loan Documents and other Related Transaction Documents
(other than subsections (f) and (j) of Section 6.01 of the Sale and Contribution
Agreement) except to the extent any noncompliance therewith would not give rise
to a Prospective Collateral Defect or a Separateness/True Sale Concern.

           (u) Compliance with Section 6.01(k) of the Sale and Contribution
Agreement. Xerox shall have performed, kept and observed the provisions of
Section 6.01(k) of the Sale and Contribution Agreement.

           (v) Concentration Percentage; Obligor Exposure. Either (i) the
Concentration Percentage with respect to any Obligor under any Candidate
Financing Contract does not exceed one percent (1%) or (ii) the Obligor Exposure
for such Obligor does not exceed the dollar amount specified for such Obligor,
if any, on Schedule 2.4(v) (as such Schedule may be modified from time to time
by Lender in its sole discretion, by giving notice of such modification to
Borrower).

The request and acceptance by Borrower of the proceeds of any Additional
Incremental Term Loan shall be deemed to constitute, as of the date thereof, (i)
a representation and warranty by Borrower that except to the extent described in
a Waiver Request, the conditions in this Section 2.4 have been satisfied, (ii) a
representation and warranty that any conditions imposed by Lender to the
effectiveness of any waiver granted by Lender of a condition precedent described
in a Waiver Request have been satisfied and (iii) a reaffirmation by Borrower of
the granting and continuance of Lender's Liens pursuant to the Collateral
Documents.

     2.5. Closing Date Conditions to Each Additional Incremental Term Loan.

           Lender shall not be obligated to make any Additional Incremental Term
Loan on any Incremental Closing Date unless the conditions set forth in this
Section 2.5 shall have been, as of such Incremental Closing Date, satisfied or
provided for in a manner satisfactory to Lender, in Lender's reasonable
judgment, or waived in writing by Lender.

           (a) Defaults, Events of Default. No Default or Event of Default shall
have occurred and be continuing.

           (b) GE Termination Event. No GE Termination Event shall have occurred
and be continuing.

           (c) Title, Liens. Borrower shall have good and marketable title to
each of the Candidate Financing Contracts free and clear of all Liens except
Liens in favor of Lender and Permitted Liens and Lender shall have a valid,
enforceable and first priority Lien thereon.

           (d) Certain Representations. The representations and warranties set
forth in Sections 3.1(a) and (c) and in Section 3.3 (other than clauses (e) and
(g)) and Section 3.7 shall be true and correct in all respects.

           (e) Material Agreements and Consents. The representations and
warranties contained in clauses (e) and (g) of Section 3.3 shall be true and
correct with respect to all periods prior to the instant Incremental Closing
Date with respect to (A) all agreements referred to in such clause (e) that are
material and (B) all consents or approvals required from any Person which is not
also a Governmental Authority in respect of any material agreements


                                       18


<PAGE>

referred to in clause (A) above, respectively.

           (f) Certain Covenants. Borrower shall be in compliance with Sections
5.16, 6.1 and 6.14 of this Agreement.

           (g) Tagging Date Current. No Candidate Financing Contract has a
Tagging Date that precedes the related Incremental Closing Date by more than
thirty (30) days.

           (h) Delinquent Payments. Neither Xerox nor Borrower shall have failed
to make any payment to Borrower or Lender due under any of the Related
Transaction Documents within five (5) Business Days after written demand
therefor from Lender, unless (i) Xerox or Borrower, as the case may be, is in
good faith disputing its obligation to make such payments and gives Lender
written notice thereof within five (5) Business Days of its receipt of such
written demand and (ii) if the aggregate amount of all such disputed payments
exceeds $250,000, Xerox or Borrower, as applicable, shall, within two (2)
Business Days after written request therefor from Lender, have deposited cash in
an amount equal to the aggregate amounts so disputed into an escrow account
(with documentation governing such account in form and substance reasonably
satisfactory to Lender, the "Escrowed Funds"). Any and all of Borrower's rights
in and to the Escrowed Funds shall constitute additional Collateral for the
payment of the Obligations. Upon the resolution of the dispute pertaining to a
particular amount of Escrowed Funds, such Escrowed Funds shall be released to
the party legally entitled thereto (and if such party is Borrower or Lender,
such funds shall be deposited directly from such escrow account into the Payment
Account and allocated and distributed in accordance with the Allocation
Agreement and Payment Account Agreement).

           The request and acceptance by Borrower of the proceeds of any
Additional Incremental Term Loan shall be deemed to constitute, as of the date
thereof, (i) a representation and warranty by Borrower that the conditions in
this Section 2.5 have been satisfied and (ii) a reaffirmation by Borrower of the
granting and continuance of Lender's Liens pursuant to the Collateral Documents.

     2.6. Cure.

           If, at any date of determination, Borrower fails to satisfy a
condition precedent set forth in Section 2.4 or 2.5, such condition precedent
shall (solely for purposes of Sections 2.4 and 2.5, and without limiting
Lender's rights under Section 5.14 or under any other Related Transaction
Document, be deemed cured if and when the event or circumstance which is the
basis for such failure shall cease to exist and the adverse consequences to
Borrower and Lender arising therefrom shall have been reversed or remedied if
necessary to the extent that, after giving effect to such reversal or remedy,
such condition precedent would, on a pro forma basis after giving effect to such
remediation, have been satisfied.

                                  ARTICLE III
                    REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES BY BORROWER

           To induce Lender to make the Term Loans, Borrower makes the following
representations and warranties to Lender and its successors and permitted
assigns, each and all of which shall survive the execution and delivery of this
Agreement.


                                       19


<PAGE>

     3.1. Limited Liability Company Existence; Compliance with Law.

           Borrower (a) is a limited liability company duly formed, validly
existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware; (b) is
duly qualified to conduct business and is in good standing in each other
jurisdiction where its ownership or lease of property or the conduct of its
business requires such qualification; (c) has the requisite power and authority
and the legal right to own, pledge, mortgage or otherwise encumber and operate
its properties, to lease the property it operates under lease and to conduct its
business as now, and proposed to be, conducted; (d) has all necessary and
material licenses, permits, consents or approvals from or by, and has made all
material filings with, and has given all material notices to, all Governmental
Authorities having jurisdiction, to the extent required for such ownership,
operation and conduct; (e) is in compliance with its certificate of formation
and operating agreement (and any other constituent documents); and (f) is in
compliance in all material respects with all material applicable Requirements of
Law.

     3.2. Chief Executive Office; State of Organization; FEIN

           As of each Closing Date, the current location of Borrower's chief
executive office, state of organization and charter number are set forth in
Disclosure Schedule (3.2). In addition, Disclosure Schedule (3.2) lists the
federal employer identification number of Borrower and any trade names used or
proposed to be used by Borrower.

     3.3. Power, Authorization, Enforceable Obligations

           The execution, delivery and performance by Borrower of the Related
Transaction Documents to which it is a party, the creation of all Liens provided
for therein and the consummation by Borrower of the transactions contemplated
thereby: (a) are within Borrower's power; (b) have been duly authorized by all
necessary or proper limited liability company action; (c) do not contravene any
provision of Borrower's certificate of formation and operating agreement (or any
other constituent documents); (d) do not violate any applicable Requirements of
Law, or any order or decree of any court or Governmental Authority applicable to
Borrower; (e) do not conflict with or result in the breach or termination of,
constitute a default under or accelerate or permit the acceleration of any
performance required by, any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, lease,
agreement, commitment or other instrument to which Borrower is a party or by
which Borrower or any of its property is bound; (f) do not result in the
creation or imposition of any Lien upon any of the property of such Person other
than those in favor of Lender pursuant to the Loan Documents; and (g) do not
require the consent or approval of, or the giving of notice to, the registration
with, or the taking of any action in respect of, any Governmental Authority or
any other Person, except those referred to in Section 2.3(k), all of which will
have been duly obtained, made or complied with prior to and be effective as of
each Closing Date. Each of the Related Transaction Documents to which Borrower
is a party has been duly executed and delivered by Borrower and each such
Related Transaction Document constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation
of Borrower enforceable against it in accordance with its terms.

     3.4. Ownership of Property Liens.

           Borrower does not own, lease or sublease any real property other than
as permitted in the Separateness Agreement. Borrower has good and


                                       20


<PAGE>

marketable title to all of its personal property and assets. As of each Closing
Date, none of the properties and assets of Borrower are subject to any Liens
other than Permitted Encumbrances, and there are no facts, circumstances or
conditions known to Borrower that may result in any Liens other than Permitted
Encumbrances. Borrower has received all deeds, assignments, waivers, consents,
nondisturbance and attornment or similar agreements, bills of sale and other
documents, and has duly effected all recordings, filings and other actions
necessary to establish, protect and perfect its right, title and interest in and
to all of its assets.

     3.5. Labor Matters.

           Borrower does not have any paid employees or paid officers.

     3.6. Outstanding Stock; Investments.

           All of the issued and outstanding Stock of Borrower is directly owned
legally and beneficially by Xerox, and such Stock is validly issued, fully paid
and nonassessable and is not subject to any Lien. There are no outstanding
rights to purchase, options, warrants or similar rights or agreements pursuant
to which Borrower may be required to issue, sell, repurchase or redeem any of
its Stock or other equity securities. All of the issued and outstanding Stock of
MPE 2 is directly owned legally and beneficially by Borrower and such stock is
validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable and is not subject to any Lien.
Borrower does not have any Subsidiaries other than MPE 2. Borrower has no
investments other than Specified Investments and the Stock of MPE 2.

     3.7. Government Regulation.

           Borrower is not an "investment company" or an "affiliated person" of,
or "promoter" or "principal underwriter" for, an "investment company," as such
terms are defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940. Borrower is not subject
to regulation under the Public Utility Holding Company Act of 1935, the Federal
Power Act, or any other federal or state statute that restricts or limits its
ability to incur Indebtedness or to perform its obligations hereunder. The
making of the Term Loans by Lender to Borrower, the application of the proceeds
thereof and repayment thereof and the consummation of the Related Transactions
do not violate any provision of any such statute or any rule, regulation or
order issued by the Securities and Exchange Commission.

     3.8. Margin Regulations.

           Borrower is not engaged principally, or as one of its important
activities, in the business of extending credit for the purpose of "purchasing"
or "carrying" any "margin stock" as such terms are defined in Regulation U of
the Federal Reserve Board as now and from time to time hereafter in effect (such
securities being referred to herein as "Margin Stock"). Borrower does not own
any Margin Stock, and none of the proceeds of the Term Loans or other extensions
of credit under this Agreement have been used, directly or indirectly, for the
purpose of purchasing or carrying any Margin Stock, for the purpose of reducing
or retiring any Indebtedness that was originally incurred to purchase or carry
any Margin Stock or for any other purpose that might cause any of the Term Loans
or other extensions of credit under this Agreement to be considered a "purpose
credit" within the meaning of Regulations T, U or X of the Federal Reserve
Board.


                                       21


<PAGE>

     3.9. Charges.

           All tax returns, reports and statements, including information
returns, required by any Governmental Authority to be filed by Borrower have
been filed with the appropriate Governmental Authority and all Charges have been
paid prior to the date on which any fine, penalty, interest or late charge may
be added thereto for nonpayment thereof (or any such fine, penalty, interest,
late charge or loss has been paid), excluding Charges or other amounts being
contested in accordance with Section 5.2(b). If any Tax return filed by Borrower
has been or is currently being audited by any applicable Governmental Authority,
there are no material assessments currently outstanding or threatened material
assessments in connection with such audited Tax returns. Borrower has not
executed or filed with any Governmental Authority any agreement or other
document extending, or having the effect of extending, the period for assessment
or collection of any Charges. Borrower is not liable for any Charges: (a) under
any agreement (including any tax sharing agreements) or (b) to its knowledge, as
a transferee.

     3.10. ERISA.

            (a) Borrower does not sponsor or contribute to any "employee benefit
plan" as such term is defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA. To Borrower's knowledge,
neither Xerox nor any ERISA Affiliate has failed to make any contribution or pay
any amount due as required by either Section 412 of the IRC or Section 302 of
ERISA or the terms of any Title IV Plan except to the extent the failure to make
such contribution or pay such amount would not (i) subject Xerox or any ERISA
Affiliate (other than Borrower) to any liability, in excess of $1,000,000,
singly or in the aggregate or (ii) subject Borrower to a lien described in
Section 412(n) of the IRC. To Borrower's knowledge, neither Xerox nor any ERISA
Affiliate has engaged in a "prohibited transaction", as defined in Section 406
of ERISA and Section 4975 of the IRC, in connection with any Plan of such ERISA
Affiliate, that could subject Borrower or such ERISA Affiliate to a material tax
on prohibited transactions imposed by Section 502(i) of ERISA or Section 4975 of
the IRC.

             (b) Except as set forth in Disclosure Schedule (3.10) or where the
failure of any of the following to be true would not give rise to (A) a funding
obligation required by Section 412 of the IRC or Section 302 of ERISA that Xerox
or any of its ERISA Affiliates (other than Borrower) fails to timely pay, or a
termination liability under Title IV of ERISA that Xerox or any of its ERISA
Affiliates (other than Borrower) fails to timely pay, in either case, in excess
of $1,000,000, singly or in the aggregate, or (B) a lien described in Section
412(n) of the IRC against Borrower's assets: (i) no Title IV Plan has any
Unfunded Pension Liability; (ii) no ERISA Event or event described in Section
4062(e) of ERISA with respect to any Title IV Plan has occurred or is reasonably
expected to occur; (iii) neither Xerox nor any ERISA Affiliate has incurred or
reasonably expects to incur any liability as a result of a complete or partial
withdrawal from a Multiemployer Plan maintained by Xerox or any ERISA Affiliate;
(iv) within the last five (5) years no Title IV Plan of Xerox or any ERISA
Affiliate has been terminated, whether or not in a "standard termination" as
that term is used in Section 4041(b)(1) of ERISA, nor has any Title IV Plan of
Xerox or any ERISA Affiliate (determined at any time within the last five (5)
years) with Unfunded Pension Liabilities been transferred outside of the
"controlled group" (within the meaning of Section 4001(a)(14) of ERISA) of Xerox
or any


                                       22


<PAGE>

ERISA Affiliate (determined at such time); and (v) except in the case of any
ESOP, Stock of Xerox and all ERISA Affiliates makes up, in the aggregate, no
more than ten percent (10%) of the fair market value of the assets of any Title
IV Plan maintained by Xerox or any ERISA Affiliate measured on the basis of fair
market value as of the latest valuation date of any such Plan.

     3.11. No Litigation; Agent for Service of Process.

            No Litigation is now pending or, to the knowledge of Borrower,
threatened against any Transaction Party (a) that challenges any Transaction
Party's right or power to enter into or perform any of its obligations under the
Related Transaction Documents to which it is a party, or the validity or
enforceability of any Related Transaction Document or any action taken
thereunder, (b) that seeks to prevent the consummation of the Related
Transactions on an Incremental Closing Date or (c) that relates to or affects
any of the Candidate Financing Contracts or related Transferred Assets. As of
the Initial Closing Date there was, and as of the Effective Date there is, no
Litigation pending or, to Borrower's knowledge, threatened against Borrower. CSC
Corporation is Borrower's agent for service of process in the State of New York.

     3.12. Brokers.

            Except for Merrill Lynch, which was retained by Xerox in connection
with transactions relating to Related Transactions occurring prior to the
Effective Date only, no broker or finder brought about the obtaining, making or
closing of the Related Transactions, and neither Borrower nor any Affiliate
thereof (other than Xerox) has any obligation to any Person, including Merrill
Lynch, in respect of any finder's or brokerage fees in connection therewith.

     3.13. Full Disclosure.

            To the knowledge of an Authorized Officer of Borrower, after due
inquiry, no material information contained in this Agreement, any of the other
Loan Documents, or any of the other Related Transaction Documents, or any
collateral reports or other written reports from time to time delivered
hereunder or any written statement furnished by or on behalf of Borrower to
Lender pursuant to the terms of this Agreement contains or will contain any
material misstatement of a material fact or omits or will omit to state a
material fact necessary to make the statements contained herein or therein not
misleading in any material respect in light of the circumstances under which
they were made.

     3.14. Solvency.

            Both before and after giving effect to (a) the Term Loans to be made
on the Initial Closing Date and each Incremental Closing Date, (b) the
disbursement of the proceeds of such Term Loans pursuant to the instructions of
Borrower, (c) the consummation of the other Related Transactions, (d) the
payment by Borrower of any dividends as permitted herein and (e) the payment and
accrual of all transaction costs in connection with the foregoing, Borrower is
and will be Solvent.

     3.15. Liabilities.

            Other than (a) the liabilities, commitments or obligations





                                       23


<PAGE>

(whether absolute, accrued, contingent or otherwise) arising under or in respect
of the Related Transaction Documents, (b) immaterial amounts due and payable in
the ordinary course of business of a special-purpose company, (c) liabilities
owing by Borrower to any Obligor for which Borrower is entitled to
indemnification from the Portfolio Servicer and (d) liabilities not exceeding in
the aggregate $7.5 million for which Borrower is entitled to indemnification
from Xerox, Borrower does not have any liabilities, commitments or obligations
(whether absolute, accrued, contingent or otherwise), whether due or to become
due.

     3.16. Controlled Accounts.

            Each of the Controlled Accounts is free and clear of any Lien (other
than the Lien in favor of Lender).

     3.17. Bulk Sales.

            The execution, delivery and performance of the Related Transaction
Documents do not require compliance with any "bulk sales" law by Borrower or any
other Transaction Party.

     3.18. Business.

            Since its formation, Borrower has conducted no business other than
(i) the acquisition of Transferred Assets from Xerox under the Sale and
Contribution Agreement, (ii) the contribution of the Equipment, Sales Tax
Payments and Uplift Payments to MPE 2 under the Contribution Agreement, (iii)
the execution and delivery of the Related Transaction Documents to which it is a
party and the consummation of the transactions contemplated thereby (including
the borrowing of the Term Loans) and (iv) such other activities as are
incidental to each of the foregoing.

     3.19. Consideration for Transferred Assets.

            (a) Borrower shall have given reasonably equivalent value to Xerox
in consideration for each Tier I Transfer and no such transfer shall have been
made for or on account of an antecedent debt owed by Borrower to Xerox. The
purchases by and contributions to Borrower constitute valid and true sales and
transfers for consideration (and not merely a pledge of the Transferred Assets
for security purposes), and shall be effective protection against any claim by a
creditor of Xerox to the Transferred Assets and no such Transferred Assets shall
constitute property of Xerox.

            (b) MPE 2 shall have given reasonably equivalent value to Borrower
in consideration for the transfers made to it pursuant to the Contribution
Agreement and no such transfer shall have been for or on account of an
antecedent debt owed by MPE 2 to Borrower. The contributions to MPE 2 constitute
valid and true sales and transfers for consideration (and not merely a pledge of
the assets subject to each Equipment and Tax Payment Transfer for security
purposes), and shall be effective protection against any claim by a creditor of
Borrower to such assets and no such assets shall constitute property of
Borrower.

      3.20. Separate Existence.

             Borrower is operated as an entity with assets and liabilities
distinct from those of Xerox and MPE 2, and Borrower acknowledges that Lender


                                       24


<PAGE>

is entering into the Loan Documents in reliance upon Borrower's identity as a
separate legal entity from each of Xerox and MPE 2. From and after the date of
its formation, Borrower has been and will be operated in such a manner as to
comply with (a) the provisions of its constituent documents and (b) the
Separateness Agreement.

     3.21. Tier I Transfer.

            The Sale and Contribution Agreement is the only agreement pursuant
to which Borrower purchases or acquires Transferred Assets or any other assets.
Borrower has furnished to Lender true, correct and complete copies of each
Related Transaction Document to which Borrower is a party, each of which is in
full force and effect. Neither Borrower nor any other Transaction Party is in
default of any of its obligations under the Related Transaction Documents. Upon
the purchase by or contribution to Borrower of each Financing Contract under the
Sale and Contribution Agreement and prior to giving effect to any Equipment and
Tax Payment Transfer, Borrower shall be the lawful owner of, and have good title
to, the Transferred Assets, free and clear of any Liens (except for Permitted
Encumbrances). All Transferred Assets are purchased without recourse to Xerox
except as described in the Sale and Contribution Agreement.

     3.22. Equipment and Tax Payment Transfer.

            The Contribution Agreement is the only agreement pursuant to which
Borrower transfers the Equipment, Sales Tax Payments and Uplift Payments or any
other assets to MPE 2. Upon the contribution to MPE 2 of the Equipment, Sales
Tax Payments and Uplift Payments under the Contribution Agreement, MPE 2 shall
be the lawful owner of, and have good title to, the Equipment, Sales Tax
Payments and Uplift Payments, free and clear of any Liens (except for Permitted
Encumbrances). All Equipment, Sales Tax Payments and Uplift Payments are
transferred without recourse to Borrower except as described in the Contribution
Agreement.

     3.23. Borrower's Tax Election.

Borrower has not made any election to be treated as a corporation and,
consequently, it will be treated as a disregarded entity for United States
federal income tax purposes.

     3.24. No Violation of Law.

            (a) Borrower owns and operates, and at all times since its
acquisition thereof has owned and operated, each of the Transferred Assets
(other than the Equipment, Sales Tax Payments and Uplift Payments transferred to
MPE 2) in compliance with all Requirements of Law applicable to it, including
but not limited to laws pertaining to usury, installment or conditional sales
and sales financing, (b) neither the billing and collection nor enforcement of
any Financing Contract or Credit Enhancement in accordance with the terms
thereof has resulted or will result in the violation of any Requirement of Law
applicable to it, (c) Borrower has not received any written notice of violation
of any Requirement of Law from any Governmental Authority relating to the
acquisition, collection, administration or enforcement of any Financing Contract
or Credit Enhancement and (d) Borrower is not subject to any judgment, writ,
decree, injunction or order of any Governmental Authority relating to the
foreclosure, acquisition or disposition of any Transferred Asset or, in each
case, any transactions or


                                       25


<PAGE>

activities incidental thereto.

     3.25. Data Files; Statement of Cash Flows; Borrowing Request.

            (a) The Data File delivered as a part of any Initial Data
Certification or Incremental Data Certification, as applicable, is and on the
relevant Closing Date will be, true, complete and correct in all respects as of
the Tagging Date for the Financing Contracts included in such Data File.

            (b) The Statement of Cash Flows delivered as a part of any Initial
Data Certification or Incremental Data Certification, as applicable, is and on
the relevant Closing Date will be true, complete and correct in all respects as
of the Tagging Date for the Financing Contracts included in such Statement of
Cash Flows.

            (c) The calculations contained in any Data Certification and
Borrowing Request delivered in connection with any Term Loan have been
calculated in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

     3.26. Lien Priority.

            The Liens granted to Lender pursuant to this Agreement and the other
Collateral Documents are and will at all times be fully perfected first priority
Liens in and to the Collateral described herein and therein.

                                  ARTICLE III-A

                    REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES BY LENDER

     3A.1 To induce Borrower to enter into this Agreement, Lender makes the
following representations and warranties to Borrower, each and all of which
shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement:

           (a) Power, Authorization, etc. The execution, delivery and
performance by Lender of the Related Transaction Documents to which it is a
party and the consummation by Lender of the transactions contemplated thereby:
(i) are within Lender's power; (ii) have been duly authorized by all necessary
or proper corporate action; (iii) do not contravene any provision of Lender's
charter or by-laws (or any other constituent documents); (d) do not violate any
applicable Requirements of Law, or any order or decree of any court or
Governmental Authority applicable to Lender; (iv) do not conflict with or result
in the breach or termination of, constitute a default under or accelerate or
permit the acceleration of any performance required by, any indenture, mortgage,
deed of trust, lease, agreement, commitment or other instrument to which Lender
is a party or by which Lender or any of its property is bound; and (v) do not
require the consent or approval of, or the giving of notice to, the registration
with, or the taking of any action in respect of, any Governmental Authority or
any other Person (other than the filing of any UCC-1 financing statements
against Borrower).

           (b) Enforceable Obligations. Each of the Related Transaction
Documents to which Lender is a party has been duly executed and delivered by
Lender and each such Related Transaction Document constitutes a legal, valid and
binding obligation of Lender enforceable against it in accordance with its
terms.

                                   ARTICLE IV


                                       26


<PAGE>

                               NOTICE REQUIREMENTS

     4.1. Notices .

           (a) Borrower hereby agrees that from and after the Initial Closing
Date and until the Termination Date, it shall deliver to Lender the following:

           (b) Default Notices. As soon as practicable, and in any event within
five (5) Business Days after an officer or manager of Borrower has actual
knowledge of the existence of any Default or any Event of Default, telephonic or
telecopied notice specifying the nature of such Default or Event of Default,
including the anticipated effect thereof, which notice, if given telephonically,
shall be promptly confirmed in writing on the next Business Day.

           (c) Litigation. Promptly upon learning thereof, written notice of any
Litigation commenced or threatened against Borrower or any allegation of
criminal misconduct by Borrower.

           (d) Revocations, Etc. Promptly upon learning thereof, copies of any
notice that (i) any license, permits, charter registration or approval necessary
for the conduct of Borrower's business has been or may be revoked, terminated,
limited or modified in any adverse way or (ii) Borrower is to cease and desist
any practice, procedure or policy employed by it in the conduct of its business.

           (e) Adverse Claim. Immediately upon learning thereof, notice of any
Adverse Claim made or asserted against any of the Financing Contracts then owned
by Borrower.

           (f) Other Documents. Within five (5) Business Days after receipt
thereof, such other financial and other information respecting Borrower's
business or financial condition as Lender shall, from time to time, reasonably
request.

                                    ARTICLE V

                              AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

           Borrower agrees that from and after the Initial Closing Date and
until the Termination Date:

     5.1. Maintenance of Existence and Conduct of Business.

           Borrower shall: (a) do or cause to be done all things necessary to
preserve and keep in full force and effect its existence as a limited liability
company and its rights, licenses, franchises and privileges under the laws of
each jurisdiction where the ownership of its properties and the conduct of its
business require such qualification; (b) continue to conduct its business
substantially as now conducted or as otherwise permitted hereunder; (c) at all
times maintain, preserve and protect all of its assets and properties used or
useful in the conduct of its business, and keep the same in good repair, working
order and condition in all material respects (taking into consideration ordinary
wear and tear) and from time to time make, or cause to be made, all necessary or
appropriate repairs, replacements and improvements thereto consistent with
industry practices; and (d) transact business only in such corporate and trade
names as are set forth in


                                       27


<PAGE>

Disclosure Schedule (3.2).

     5.2. Payment of Charges.

           Subject to Section 5.2(b), Borrower shall pay and discharge or cause
to be paid and discharged promptly all Charges payable by it, including (i)
Charges imposed upon it, its income and profits, or any of its property (real,
personal or mixed), (ii) lawful claims for labor, materials, supplies and
services or otherwise, and (iii) all storage or rental charges payable to
warehousemen or bailees, in each case, before any thereof shall become past due.

           (a) Borrower may in good faith contest, by appropriate proceedings,
the validity or amount of any Charges described in Section 5.2(a); provided, (i)
adequate reserves with respect to such contest are maintained on the books of
Borrower, in accordance with GAAP; (ii) no Lien shall be imposed to secure
payment of such Charges (other than payments to warehousemen and bailees) that
is superior to any of the Liens securing the Obligations and such contest is
maintained and prosecuted continuously and with diligence and operates to
suspend collection or enforcement of such Charges; (iii) none of the Collateral
becomes subject to forfeiture or loss as a result of such contest; (iv) Borrower
shall promptly pay or discharge such contested Charges and all additional
charges, interest, penalties and expenses, if any, and shall deliver to Lender
evidence reasonably acceptable to Lender of such compliance, payment or
discharge, if such contest is terminated or discontinued adversely to Borrower
or the conditions set forth in this Section 5.2(b) are no longer met; and (v)
Lender has not advised Borrower in writing that Lender reasonably believes that
nonpayment or nondischarge thereof could have or result in a Material Adverse
Effect.

     5.3. Books and Records; Access.

           (a) Borrower shall keep, at its principal place of business, adequate
books and records with respect to its business activities, separate from those
of Xerox or any of its Affiliates, in which full, true and correct entries,
reflecting all financial transactions, are made in accordance with GAAP and
Requirements of Law.

           (b) Borrower shall, during normal business hours, from time to time
upon five (5) Business Days' prior notice, at Lender's sole expense, and as
frequently as Lender determines to be appropriate, but not more than once during
any three-month period if no Default or Event of Default then exists: (i)
provide Lender and any of its officers, employees and agents (collectively, its
"representatives") access to its properties, facilities, advisors and employees
(including officers) of Borrower and to the Collateral, (ii) permit Lender, and
any of its representatives, to inspect, audit and make extracts from Borrower's
books and records and (iii) permit Lender, and its representatives, to inspect,
review, evaluate and make test verifications and counts of the Collateral of
Borrower. If a Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, or if
access is necessary to preserve or protect the Collateral as determined by
Lender, Borrower shall provide such access during normal business hours and
without advance notice. Borrower shall make available to Lender and its
representatives, as quickly as is possible under the circumstances, originals or
copies of all books and records that Lender or such representative may
reasonably request; provided that if no Default or Event of Default then exists,
Lender shall not make more than one such request in any three-month period.
Borrower shall deliver


                                       28


<PAGE>

any document or instrument necessary for Lender and its representatives, as
Lender may from time to time reasonably request, to obtain Records from any
service bureau or other Person that maintains Records for Borrower, and shall
maintain duplicate Records or supporting documentation on media, including
computer tapes and discs owned by Borrower; provided that if no Default or Event
of Default then exists, Lender shall not make more than one such request in any
three-month period. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall the
provisions of this Section 5.3(b) abrogate or otherwise limit any rights of
Lender to have access to any Transaction Party (including Borrower) and/or
otherwise audit any Transaction Party (including Borrower) pursuant to the
express terms of any other Related Transaction Document to which Lender is a
party.

     5.4. Compliance with Laws.

           (a) Borrower shall comply in all material respects with all
Requirements of Law applicable to it and to the Transferred Assets.

           (b) Borrower shall cause the Portfolio Servicer to perform its
obligations with respect to, and otherwise comply in all material respects with,
the applicable Policies in regard to the Transferred Assets.

     5.5. Intellectual Property.

           Borrower will conduct its business and affairs without infringement
of or interference with any intellectual property of any other Person in any
material respect.

     5.6. Further Assurances.

           Borrower agrees that it shall, at its expense and upon request of
Lender, duly execute and deliver, or cause to be duly executed and delivered, to
Lender such further instruments and do and cause to be done such further acts as
may be necessary or proper in the reasonable opinion of Lender to carry out more
effectively the provisions and purposes of this Agreement or any other Loan
Document.

     5.7. Defense of Collateral.

           Borrower shall defend the right, title, claim of possession and
interest of Lender in, to and under the Collateral, whether now existing or
hereafter created, against all claims of third parties claiming through or under
Borrower, MPE 2 or Xerox. Borrower will duly fulfill all material obligations on
its part to be fulfilled under or in connection with each item of Collateral and
will do nothing to impair its rights or the rights of Lender in such Collateral.
Borrower shall pay any property, excise, transfer or similar Taxes arising with
respect to the Collateral or on account of the transactions contemplated by the
Related Transaction Documents.

     5.8. Purchase of Financing Contracts.

           Borrower shall purchase Financing Contracts solely pursuant to the
Sale and Contribution Agreement.

     5.9. Collateral Records.

           Borrower shall maintain and implement, or cause the Portfolio




                                       29


<PAGE>

Servicer to maintain and implement, administrative and operating procedures
(including, without limitation, an ability to recreate Records in the event of
the destruction of the originals thereof consistent with the disaster recovery
procedures of Xerox delivered to Lender prior to the Initial Closing Date), and
keep and maintain, or cause to be kept and maintained, all Records and other
information reasonably necessary or advisable for the collection of the Contract
Payments and administration of the Transferred Assets.

     5.10. Related Transaction Documents.

            Borrower shall comply with the terms of, employ the procedures
outlined in, and enforce the obligations of Xerox and MPE 2 under all of the
Related Transaction Documents to which Borrower is a party.

     5.11. Financing Contract Matters; Delivery of Settlement Report.

            Borrower shall promptly remit to the Portfolio Servicer all notices,
financial statements and other deliveries and information received by it from
any Obligor under the Financing Contracts. Borrower shall deliver copies of all
documents required by Xerox's credit or investment approval with respect to each
Financing Contract to the Portfolio Servicer. Borrower shall cause the Portfolio
Servicer to deliver, on each Settlement Date, the Settlement Report for the
immediately preceding Settlement Period.

     5.12. Redirection Notices.

            With respect to any Obligor to whom Xerox shall not have delivered
an Initial Monetization Invoice prior to the applicable Closing Date, Borrower
shall, pursuant to the Initial Monetization Invoice issued to such Obligor,
direct such Obligor (by means of including the correct address for a Lockbox on
the face of such invoice), to remit all Contract Payments and/or payments with
respect to IM/Pooling Contracts invoiced to such Obligor on or after the date of
such Initial Monetization Invoice (other than the Excluded Payments) in respect
of such Obligor's Financing Contract to a Lockbox; provided that the fact that
an Obligor has been given an option to remit its Contract Payment by means of
(a) electronic funds transfer to either the EFT Lockbox Account or the EBPP
Lockbox Account or (b) credit card to the Credit Card Lockbox Account shall not
cause Borrower to be in violation of this Section 5.12 (except to the extent
otherwise provided in the Program Agreement or the Sale and Contribution
Agreement).

     5.13. Deficiency Payments.

            If Xerox shall not have deposited into the Payment Account the
amount required to be paid by it pursuant to any of Section 2.17(b), Article V
or Section 6.04 or Section 6.05 of the Sale and Contribution Agreement in
respect of any Financing Contract, then Borrower shall, within one (1) Business
Day after such payment was required to be paid into the Payment Account pursuant
to the Sale and Contribution Agreement, deposit into the Payment Account an
amount equal to the excess of the aggregate amount which would have been
distributed to any of the Controlled Accounts in accordance with the terms of
the Allocation Agreement and Payment Account Agreement if Xerox had made the
required deposit over the amount, if any, deposited by Xerox into the Payment
Account.

     5.14. Indemnity for Gap Period.


                                       30


<PAGE>

            Borrower shall indemnify and hold harmless each Indemnified Person
from and against any and all Damages which may be suffered or incurred by such
Indemnified Person resulting from, arising out of, based on or relating to, the
failure by Borrower to satisfy, as of any Incremental Closing Date, any of the
conditions precedent set forth in subsections (a) through (v) of Section 2.4,
notwithstanding that, for purposes of Section 2.4, satisfaction of such
conditions precedent are measured as of the Borrowing Request Delivery Date. The
obligations of the Borrower under this Section 5.14 shall not be modified,
affected or impaired in any way by, and Borrower hereby irrevocably waives as an
excuse for performance of such obligations and as a defense to the
indemnification provided herein, any knowledge (whether actual or constructive)
of Lender that any such condition has not been satisfied as of any such
Incremental Closing Date or the relevant Borrowing Request Delivery Date ,
unless affirmatively waived in writing by an authorized representative of Lender
as of such date.

     5.15. Separateness Opinion.

            Upon the breach of any representation, warranty, or covenant in this
Agreement that is the basis of a condition precedent set forth in Section 2.4
which is qualified by "Separateness/True Sale Concern," Borrower shall, if
requested by Lender, engage Nixon Peabody LLP (or another law firm reasonably
acceptable to Borrower and Lender) to review the relevant events, actions,
circumstances, omissions or other items and to issue (or conclude that it
cannot, consistent with its professional standards, issue) an opinion on which
Lender may rely, in substantially the form of Exhibit 3.27 hereto. The issuance
or failure to issue such an opinion shall not be conclusive as to whether a
"Separateness/True Sale Concern" exists, but shall serve only to assist Lender
in determining whether the relevant condition precedent has been satisfied.

     5.16. Payment of Liabilities.

            Borrower shall, within sixty (60) days after a liability becomes (a)
a nondisputed liquidated sum or (b) a liquidated sum reduced to a judgment which
is not then stayed, pay all liabilities described in clause (c) of Section 3.15.

                                   ARTICLE VI

                               NEGATIVE COVENANTS

           Borrower agrees that from and after the Initial Closing Date until
the Termination Date:

     6.1. Mergers, Subsidiaries, Etc.

           Borrower shall not directly or indirectly, by operation of law or
otherwise, (a) form or acquire any Subsidiary (other than MPE 2) or (b) merge
with, consolidate with, acquire all or substantially all of the assets or Stock
of, or otherwise combine with or acquire, any Person.

     6.2. Investments; Loans and Advances.

           Except as otherwise expressly permitted by this Section 6, Borrower
shall not make or permit to exist any investment in or to any Person except that
Borrower may (a) own Credit Enhancements, so long as such Credit Enhancements
are subject to a first priority perfected security interest in


                                       31


<PAGE>

favor of Lender and (b) hold or cause funds on deposit in any account referred
to herein to be invested in Specified Investments. Except pursuant to Section
3.03(a) of the Transition Proceeds Agreement, under no circumstances shall
Borrower make or permit to exist any loan or advance to any Person or acquire,
by operation of law or otherwise, any Stock in any partnership or other entity
or association in which any investor therein or holder of Stock thereof does not
have limited liability.

     6.3. Indebtedness.

           Borrower shall not create, incur, assume or permit to exist any
Indebtedness, except Indebtedness to Lender under this Agreement and the other
Loan Documents.

     6.4. Affiliate Transactions. Borrower shall not enter into or be a party to
any transaction with any Affiliate of Borrower except:

           (a) the transactions expressly contemplated by or in furtherance of
the Related Transaction Documents; and

           (b) to the extent not otherwise prohibited under this Agreement,
other transactions in the nature of directors' fees upon fair and reasonable
terms that are no less favorable to Borrower than would be obtained in a
comparable arm's length transaction with a Person not an Affiliate of Borrower.

     6.5  Capital Structure and Business.

          Borrower shall not (a) engage at any time in any business or business
activity or own any assets other than (i) the acquisition and ownership of
Transferred Assets pursuant to the Sale and Contribution Agreement, the
disposition of Equipment, Sales Tax Payments and Uplift Payments pursuant to the
Contribution Agreement, (ii) the transactions contemplated by this Agreement,
including the borrowing of the Term Loans and (iii) any activity incidental to
the foregoing and necessary or convenient to accomplish the foregoing, or enter
into or be a party to any agreement or instrument other than in connection with
the foregoing, except those agreements or instruments permitted under Section
6.13, (b) make any change in its capital structure as described in Section 3.6,
including the issuance or sale of any shares of Stock, warrants or other
securities convertible into Stock or any revision of the terms of its
outstanding Stock, (c) amend its certificate of formation or operating agreement
(or any other constituent document) or (d) hire or contract for the services of
any person as a paid employee or officer of Borrower.

     6.6. Guaranteed Indebtedness.

           Borrower shall not create, incur, assume or permit to exist any
obligation guaranteeing, providing comfort or otherwise supporting any
indebtedness, lease, dividend, or other obligation ("primary obligation") of any
other Person (the "primary obligor") in any manner, including any obligation or
arrangement of such Person to (a) purchase or repurchase any such primary
obligation, (b) advance or supply funds (i) for the purchase or payment of any
such primary obligation or (ii) to maintain working capital or equity capital of
the primary obligor or otherwise to maintain the net worth or solvency or any
balance sheet condition of the primary obligor, (c) purchase property,
securities or services primarily for the purpose of


                                       32


<PAGE>

assuring the owner of any such primary obligation of the ability of the primary
obligor to make payment of such primary obligation, (d) protect the beneficiary
from loss (other than product warranties given in the ordinary course of
business) or (e) indemnify the owner of such primary obligation against loss in
respect thereof except (A) by endorsement of instruments or items of payment for
deposit to the general account of Borrower, (B) reimbursement and
indemnification obligations in favor of Lender as provided for in this Agreement
and the other Loan Documents, (C) reimbursement and indemnification obligations
in favor of any other Transaction Party as provided for in the Related
Transaction Documents, (D) the limited indemnification obligations of Borrower
in its certificate of formation and operating agreement and (E) the obligations
of Borrower to purchase Financing Contracts pursuant to the Sale and
Contribution Agreement.

     6.7. Liens.

           Borrower shall not grant, create, incur, assume or permit to exist
any Lien on or with respect to any of its revenues, properties or assets
(whether now owned or hereafter acquired) except for Permitted Encumbrances.
Sale of Assets.

     6.8.  Sale of Assets

           Borrower shall not sell, transfer, convey, assign or otherwise
dispose of all or any part of its property or assets (including the Financing
Contracts or Borrower's right to receive income in respect thereof), other than
the assignments and transfers expressly contemplated by the Related Transaction
Documents or distributions to Xerox that do not violate any of the terms of this
Agreement or the other Related Transaction Documents.

     6.9. Cancellation of Indebtedness.

           Except as expressly permitted pursuant to Sections 2.14, 2.15,
6.01(c) and (g) of the Sale and Contribution Agreement and/or Section 2(f) of
the Portfolio Service Contract, Borrower shall not, nor shall it permit any
Transaction Party to, cancel or modify any claim or debt owing to Borrower.

     6.10. Restricted Payments.

           Borrower shall not make or declare any dividend to Xerox unless (a)
any such dividend which is declared or made by Borrower shall comply with all
limited liability company formalities required for the payment of distributions
to Xerox, including that Borrower is, and after making such dividend shall
continue to be, Solvent, (b) Borrower shall have made all accruals and reserves
required in accordance with GAAP, together with a reserve for the amount by
which any anticipated obligations and liabilities of Borrower during the period
from the Initial Closing Date through the Termination Date exceed the
anticipated cash flow to be received by Borrower during such period and (c)
Borrower shall have paid to Lender all payment obligations then due and owing to
Lender by Borrower under Sections 1.6, 1.7, 5.13, 5.14 and 9.3 hereunder.

     6.11. Change of Corporate Name, Etc.

           Borrower shall not change its corporate name or any trade name, or
without at least thirty (30) days' prior written notice to Lender and after
Lender's written acknowledgment that any reasonable action requested by


                                       33


<PAGE>

Lender in connection therewith, including to continue the perfection of any
Liens in favor of Lender in any Collateral, has been completed or taken. Without
limiting the foregoing, Borrower shall not change its name, identity or
corporate structure (including its state of organization) in any manner that
might make any financing or continuation statement filed in connection herewith
seriously misleading within the meaning of Section 9-506 of the Code or any
other then applicable provision of the Code except upon prior written notice to
Lender and after Lender's written acknowledgment that any reasonable action
requested by Lender in connection therewith, including to continue the
perfection of any Liens in favor of Lender in any Collateral, has been completed
or taken.

     6.12. Leases; Real Estate Purchase.

            Except as required by the Separateness Agreement, Borrower shall not
enter into any operating lease (as lessee or sublessee) for personal property or
Real Estate. Borrower shall not purchase a fee simple ownership interest in real
estate.

     6.13. Agreements.

            Borrower shall not (a) become a party to, or permit any of its
properties to be bound by, any indenture, mortgage, instrument, contract,
agreement, lease, commitment or other undertaking, except the Related
Transaction Documents, and any lease of office space required by the
Separateness Agreement, (b) issue any power of attorney (except to Lender or the
Portfolio Servicer or except for the purpose of permitting any Person to perform
any ministerial functions on behalf of Borrower that are not prohibited by or
inconsistent with the terms of the Related Transaction Documents), or (c) amend,
supplement, modify or waive any of the provisions of any Related Transaction
Document or request, consent or agree to or suffer to exist or permit any such
amendment, supplement, modification or waiver or exercise any consent rights
granted to it thereunder, in each case, without the prior written consent of
Lender.

     6.14. Tax Treatment.

            Borrower shall not elect to be classified as an association taxable
as a corporation for United States federal or state income tax purposes.

     6.15. Actions Affecting Rights.

            Borrower shall not (a) take any action, or fail to take any action
if such action or failure to take action would reasonably be expected to
interfere with Lender's enforcement of any rights hereunder or under the other
Related Transaction Documents, including rights with respect to the Financing
Contracts or (b) fail to pay or cause to be paid any Charges or other
obligations of Borrower or its Affiliates with respect to the Transferred
Assets, or fail to defend any action, if such failure to pay or defend may
adversely affect the priority or enforceability of the Lender's Lien on the
Collateral.

     6.16. Direction of Contract Payments.

            Borrower shall not, directly or indirectly, instruct any Obligor to
make any Contract Payment and/or payments with respect to IM/Pooling


                                       34


<PAGE>

Contracts (other than the Excluded Payments) to any account or to any address
other than the Lockbox; provided that the fact that an Obligor has been given an
option to remit its Contract Payment by means of (a) electronic funds transfer
to either the EFT Lockbox Account or the EBPP Lockbox Account or (b) credit card
to the Credit Card Lockbox Account shall not cause Borrower to be in violation
of this Section 5.12 (except to the extent otherwise provided in the Program
Agreement or the Sale and Contribution Agreement).

     6.17. Margin Stock.

            Borrower will not take or permit to be taken any action which Lender
reasonably expects would cause any Loan Document or Borrower's use of the
proceeds of any Term Loan to violate any regulation of the Federal Reserve
Board.

     6.18. Changes to Transferred Assets.

            Borrower shall not, nor shall it permit the Portfolio Servicer or
any other Transaction Party to, (a) except as expressly permitted pursuant to
Sections 2.14, 2.15, 6.01(c) and (g) of the Sale and Contribution Agreement
and/or Section 2(f) of the Portfolio Service Contract, waive or commit to waive
any rights with respect to any Transferred Asset, (b) except as expressly
permitted pursuant to the Sale and Contribution Agreement and/or the Portfolio
Service Contract (other than with respect to Borrower's rights or remedies
against Xerox under the Sale and Contribution Agreement), directly or indirectly
in any way amend, modify, extend or otherwise restructure the payment schedule,
payment terms or any other material term or condition of any Transferred Asset,
or make any advance, extension, novation, modification or other accommodation to
any Obligor thereunder or (c) permit any Lien on any of the Transferred Assets
(other than Permitted Encumbrances), in each case, without the prior written
consent of Lender. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall Borrower
take any action, or permit any other Transaction Party to take any action, under
this Section 6.18, which would violate Section 6.13(c).

     6.19. Bring-down of Legal Opinion.

            On each anniversary of the Effective Date, Borrower shall cause
Nixon Peabody LLP to confirm, as of such date, the continued accuracy of the
legal opinions delivered pursuant to Section 2.3(e)(iv) pursuant to a bring-
down opinion in form and substance satisfactory to Lender.

     6.20. Adjustments to Loss Rates; Amendment to Annex B.

            The Loss Rates shall be adjusted in accordance with the procedures
set forth in Sections III and IV of Annex B attached hereto.

                              ARTICLE VII
                  EVENTS OF DEFAULT; RIGHTS AND REMEDIES

     7.1. Events of Default.

           The occurrence of any one or more of the following events (regardless
of the reason therefor) shall constitute an "Event of Default" hereunder:

           (a) A Termination Event.


                                       35


<PAGE>

           (b) A case or proceeding is commenced against Borrower seeking a
decree or order in respect of Borrower (i) under the Bankruptcy Code, as now
constituted or hereafter amended or any other applicable federal, state or
foreign bankruptcy or other similar law, (ii) appointing a custodian, receiver,
liquidator, assignee, trustee or sequestrator (or similar official) for Borrower
or for any substantial part of any Borrower's assets, or (iii) ordering the
winding-up or liquidation of the affairs of Borrower, and such case or
proceeding shall remain undismissed or unstayed for sixty (60) days or more or a
decree or order granting the relief sought in such case or proceeding is entered
by a court of competent jurisdiction.

           (c) Borrower (i) files a petition seeking relief under the Bankruptcy
Code, or any other applicable federal, state or foreign bankruptcy or other
similar law, (ii) consents to or fails to contest in a timely and appropriate
manner the institution of proceedings thereunder or the filing of any such
petition or the appointment of or taking possession by a custodian, receiver,
liquidator, assignee, trustee or sequestrator (or similar official) for Borrower
or for any substantial part of its assets, (iii) makes an assignment for the
benefit of creditors, (iv) takes any action in furtherance of any of the
foregoing, or (v) admits in writing its inability to, or is generally unable to,
pay its debts as such debts become due.

           (d) Borrower shall become an "investment company" within the meaning
of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

     7.2. Remedies.

           (a) If any Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Lender
may, without notice, take any or all of the following actions: (i) declare all
or any portion of the Obligations, including all or any portion of any Term Loan
to be forthwith due and payable, all without presentment, demand, protest or
further notice of any kind, all of which are expressly waived by Borrower;
provided that Lender may not take any such action in respect of an Event of
Default described in clause (a) of Section 7.1; (ii) terminate its commitment to
make Additional Incremental Term Loans; or (iii) exercise any rights and
remedies provided to Lender under the Loan Documents or at law or equity,
including all remedies provided under the Code; provided, however, that upon the
occurrence of an Event of Default specified in Sections 7.1(b) or (c), all of
the Obligations shall become immediately due and payable without declaration,
notice or demand by any Person.

          (b) Subject to clause (c) below, the rights and remedies of Borrower
and Lender under this Agreement shall be cumulative and nonexclusive of any
other rights and remedies that Borrower or Lender (as the case may be) may have
under any other agreement, including the other Loan Documents, by operation of
law or otherwise. Without impairing any Lien granted to Lender, in the event of
Borrower's failure to pay when due any principal of, or accrued and unpaid
interest on, any Term Loan, Lender's recourse for such failure shall be solely
against the Collateral and Lender shall not seek any personal money judgment
(including for any deficiency arising out of a failure to realize sufficient
proceeds from the Collateral) against Borrower. The provisions of the preceding
sentence shall not apply to any Obligations other than the principal of, and
accrued and unpaid interest on, the Term Loans.

          (c) The limitations on Lender's ability to seek recourse or a


                                       36


<PAGE>

deficiency against the Borrower set forth in clause (b) above shall not apply to
the extent, and only to the extent, that the validity, priority or
enforceability of Lender's Lien in any of the Financing Contracts constituting
part of the Portfolio or proceeds thereof either (i) is being challenged in a
proceeding by any Person (other than the JV, the Lender or an Affiliate of
Lender or (ii) has been found to be invalid, junior, unenforceable or is
otherwise terminated, modified, limited or impaired by a nonappealable order of
a court of competent jurisdiction (other than by reason of acts or omissions of
Lender, including, without limitation, the failure to file any required
continuation statement); provided that to the extent that (A) the limitation in
clause (b) above is not applicable for a period of time pursuant to subclause
(i) of this clause (c), (B) the challenge providing the basis for such
inapplicability is ultimately unsuccessful and (C) during such period the Lender
has received and applied to the Term Loans payments from Obligors to which
Lender would not have been entitled but for this clause (c), then Lender shall
refund to Borrower within five (5) Business Days after the date such challenge
is defeated and becomes nonappealable or is otherwise formally and permanently
abandoned an amount equal to the excess of (X) the payments so received and
applied over (Y) the aggregate amount of Lease Payments and Installment Payments
paid by Obligors during such period which have not and will not be received by
Lender; provided Lender shall have no obligation to bring any action against any
third party to enforce its rights to receive such Lease Payments or Installment
Payments.

     7.3. Waivers by Borrower.

           Except as otherwise provided for in this Agreement or by applicable
law, Borrower waives: (a) presentment, demand and protest and notice of
presentment, dishonor, notice of intent to accelerate, notice of acceleration,
protest, default, nonpayment, maturity, release, compromise, settlement,
extension or renewal of any or all commercial paper, accounts, contract rights,
documents, instruments, chattel paper and guaranties at any time held by Lender
on which Borrower may in any way be liable, and hereby ratifies and confirms
whatever Lender may do in this regard, (b) all rights to notice and a hearing
prior to Lender's taking possession or control of, or to Lender's attachment or
levy upon, the Collateral or any bond or security that might be required by any
court prior to allowing Lender to exercise any of its remedies, and (c) the
benefit of all valuation, appraisal and exemption laws.

                                  ARTICLE VIII

                             SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS

     8.1. Successors and Assigns.

           (a) Binding on Successors and Assigns. This Agreement and the other
Loan Documents shall be binding on and shall inure to the benefit of Borrower,
Lender and their respective successors and assigns (including, in the case of
Borrower, a debtor-in-possession on behalf of Borrower), except as otherwise
provided herein or therein.

           (b) No Assignment by Borrower. Borrower may not assign, transfer,
hypothecate or otherwise convey its rights, benefits, obligations or duties
hereunder or under any of the other Loan Documents without the prior express
written consent of Lender. Any such purported assignment, transfer,
hypothecation or other conveyance by Borrower without the prior


                                       37


<PAGE>

express written consent of Lender shall be void.

           (c) Assignment of Existing Term Loans. Lender may assign or
participate all or any part of its rights and obligations under this Agreement
and the other Loan Documents with respect to any Existing Term Loan (or any
interest therein) to any other Person without Borrower's consent; provided that
Lender shall not assign or participate any of its rights and obligations under
this Agreement with respect to Existing Term Loans to any Person (other than an
Affiliate of Lender) that directly engages in competition with Xerox in respect
of the marketing or selling (other than retail marketing or selling) of document
processing and imaging goods (and products ancillary thereto as part of a
document solutions system).

           (d) Assignment of Additional Incremental Term Loans. Lender may
assign or participate all or any part of its rights and obligations under this
Agreement and the other Loan Documents with respect to any outstanding
Additional Incremental Term Loan (or any interest therein) to any other Person;
provided that, so long as no GE Capital Termination Event based in whole or in
part on the breach of Section 8.02(a)(iv) of the Program Agreement has occurred,
Lender shall not assign or participate any such rights or obligations to any
Person that directly engages in competition with Xerox in respect of the
marketing or selling (other than retail marketing or selling) of document
processing and imaging goods (and products ancillary thereto as part of a
document solutions system); provided further that Lender shall not assign any of
its rights and obligations (or any interest therein) with respect to outstanding
Additional Incremental Term Loans to any Person (other than an Affiliate of
Lender) unless Lender first complies with the provisions of this Section 8.1(d).

               (i) Lender shall first offer to assign or participate such
Additional Incremental Term Loans ( or an interest therein) to Xerox by delivery
to Xerox of a written offer to sell such Additional Incremental Term Loans
setting forth the price and other terms that Lender then intends to offer to
third parties.

              (ii) If (A) within ten (10) Business Days of delivery of such
notice Xerox does not agree to purchase all of the Additional Incremental Term
Loans (or interest) specified in such notice at the price and on the terms set
forth therein or (B) within 10 (ten) Business Days after Xerox does so agree,
such purchase is not consummated, then Lender may offer such Additional
Incremental Term Loans (or interest) to third parties at the price and on the
terms specified in the notice.

             (iii) If all such Additional Incremental Terms Loans (or interests
therein) are not assigned or participated at the price and on the terms
specified in the notice, then Lender shall be entitled to offer such Additional
Incremental Term Loans (or interest therein) to third parties, and Xerox shall
be entitled to bid for such Additional Incremental Term Loans (or interest
therein) on the same basis as such third parties, and Lender shall be entitled
to negotiate with respect to, and ultimately dispose of, such Additional
Incremental Term Loans (or interest therein) on such terms and such price (which
may be higher or lower than the price and terms initially offered to Xerox) as
Lender may in its sole discretion determine is in its interest so long as Lender
does not act arbitrarily or capriciously in making such determination.

              (iv) Xerox is a third party beneficiary of this Section


                                       38


<PAGE>

8.1(d).

           (e) General Electric Capital Corporation to be Agent for Assignees.
In the event General Electric Capital Corporation assigns any of its rights and
obligations under this Agreement, Borrower shall only be required to deal solely
and directly with General Electric Capital Corporation or an Affiliate thereof,
as agent for such assignee(s), and, under such circumstances, Borrower hereby
agrees that it shall deliver its signature page to an amendment to this
Agreement which adds agency provisions (including provisions with respect to the
paying agent and withholding agent duties referred to in Section 1.7(e))
reasonably acceptable to GE Capital and Borrower within five (5) Business Days
after its receipt thereof.

           (f) No Third Party Beneficiaries. The terms and provisions of this
Agreement are for the purpose of defining the relative rights and obligations of
Borrower and Lender with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby and,
except as expressly provided in Section 8.1(d), no Person shall be a third party
beneficiary of any of the terms and provisions of this Agreement or any of the
other Loan Documents.

                                   ARTICLE IX

                                  MISCELLANEOUS

     9.1. Complete Agreement; Modification of Agreement.

           This Agreement and the other Related Transaction Documents constitute
the complete agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter
thereof and may not be modified, altered or amended except as set forth in
Section 9.2 below. The Monetization Agreement dated as of September 11, 2001,
the Framework Agreement and any other document or agreement between Borrower and
Lender or any of their respective Affiliates predating this Agreement and
relating to a financing of substantially similar form, purpose or effect shall,
except as provided in Section 9.19 below, be superseded by this Agreement and
the other Related Transaction Documents.

     9.2. Amendments and Waivers.

           No amendment, modification, termination or waiver of any provision of
this Agreement (other than Annex B in accordance with Section 6.20) or any of
the Notes, or any consent to any departure by Borrower therefrom, shall in any
event be effective unless the same shall be in writing and signed by Lender and
Borrower.

           Upon payment in full in cash and performance of all of the
Obligations (other than indemnification Obligations), termination of Lender's
obligation to lend hereunder and a release of all claims against Lender, and so
long as no suits, actions, proceedings, or claims are pending or threatened
against any Indemnified Person asserting any damages, losses or liabilities that
are liabilities described in Section 1.6, Lender shall deliver to Borrower
termination statements, Lien releases and other documents necessary or
appropriate to evidence the termination of the Liens securing payment of the
Obligations.

     9.3. Fees and Expenses.

           Borrower shall reimburse Lender for all out-of-pocket fees, costs and
expenses (including the reasonable fees and expenses of all of its


                                       39


<PAGE>

counsel, advisors, consultants and auditors) incurred in connection with:

           (a) any amendments, modifications or waivers of, or consents with
respect to, or terminations of, the Existing Loan Agreement or any of the Loan
Documents or other Related Transaction Documents requested by any of Xerox,
Borrower or MPE 2 (or any of their respective Affiliates) occurring prior to the
Effective Date (and excluding this amendment and restatement and any other
amendments and/or restatements of other Loan Documents or Related Transaction
Documents entered into in connection therewith) or advice in connection with its
rights thereunder;

           (b) any Litigation (whether instituted by Lender, Borrower or any
other Person) in any way relating to the Collateral, any of the Loan Documents,
any other Related Transaction Document or any other agreement to be executed or
delivered in connection herewith or therewith, and whether as a party, witness
or otherwise) including any Litigation and any appeal or review thereof, in
connection with a case commenced by or against Borrower or any other Person that
may be obligated to Lender by virtue of the Loan Documents; including any such
Litigation arising in connection with any work- out or restructuring of the Term
Loans during the pendency of one or more Events of Default; provided that no
Person shall be entitled to reimbursement under this clause (b) in respect of
any Litigation to the extent any of the foregoing relates to the Loan Documents
and results from such Person's gross negligence, willful misconduct, violation
of law, breach of warranty under a Loan Document or such Person's failure to
perform its contractual obligations under a Loan Document;

           (c) any attempt to enforce any remedies of Lender against any or all
of the Transaction Parties or any other Person that may be obligated to Lender
by virtue of any of the Loan Documents or other Related Transaction Documents,
including any such attempt to enforce any such remedies in the course of any
work-out or restructuring of the Term Loans during the pendency of one or more
Events of Default; and

           (d) any workout or restructuring of the Term Loans during the
pendency of one or more Events of Default, including, as to each of clauses (a)
through (d) above, all reasonable attorneys' and other professional and service
providers' fees arising from such services and other advice, assistance or
representation, including those in connection with any appellate proceedings;
and all expenses, costs, charges and other fees incurred by such counsel and
others in any way or respect arising in connection with or relating to any of
the events or actions described in this Section 9.3, all of which shall be
payable, on demand, by Borrower to Lender. Without limiting the generality of
the foregoing, such expenses, costs, charges and fees may include: fees, costs
and expenses of accountants, environmental advisors, appraisers, investment
bankers, management and other consultants and paralegals, court costs and
expenses, photocopying and duplication expenses, court reporter fees, costs and
expenses, long distance telephone charges, air express charges, telegram or
telecopy charges, secretarial overtime charges, and expenses for travel, lodging
and food paid or incurred in connection with the performance of such legal or
other advisory services.

     9.4. No Waiver.

           Lender's failure, at any time or times, to require strict




                                       40


<PAGE>

performance by Borrower of any provision of this Agreement or any other Loan
Documents shall not waive, affect or diminish any right of Lender thereafter to
demand strict compliance and performance herewith or therewith. Any suspension
or waiver of an Event of Default shall not suspend, waive or affect any other
Event of Default whether the same is prior or subsequent thereto and whether the
same or of a different type. None of the undertakings, agreements, warranties,
covenants and representations of Borrower contained in this Agreement or any of
the other Loan Documents and no Default or Event of Default by Borrower shall be
deemed to have been suspended or waived by Lender, unless such waiver or
suspension is by an instrument in writing signed by an officer of or other
authorized employee of Lender and directed to Borrower specifying such
suspension or waiver.

     9.5. Severability.

           Wherever possible, each provision of this Agreement and the other
Loan Documents shall be interpreted in such a manner as to be effective and
valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Agreement or any other
Loan Document shall be prohibited by or invalid under applicable law, such
provision shall be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or invalidity,
without invalidating the remainder of such provision or the remaining provisions
of this Agreement or such other Loan Document.

     9.6. Conflict of Terms.

           Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement or any of the other
Loan Documents by specific reference to the applicable provisions of this
Agreement, if any provision contained in this Agreement conflicts with any
provision in any of the other Loan Documents, the provision contained in this
Agreement shall govern and control.

     9.7. Confidentiality.

           Lender agrees that all Confidential Information will be kept
confidential by Lender and its Representatives and will not be (a) disclosed by
Lender or its Representatives to any Person whomsoever or (b) used by Lender or
its Representatives, in each case, except with the prior written consent of
Borrower or except as expressly otherwise permitted by the terms of this Section
9.7, Article 18 of the JV Agreement, Section 2(b) of the Retained Business
Servicing Agreement or Section 2(d)(vi) of the Portfolio Service Agreement.
Neither Lender nor its Representatives will use the Confidential Information for
any reason or purpose other than in connection with (i) the performance,
monitoring or administration of this Agreement, (ii) the enforcement of Lender's
rights and remedies hereunder or under the other Related Transaction Documents
and (iii) participations or assignments of the Term Loans as provided in Section
8.1; provided, prior to any disclosure of Confidential Information to any
potential assignee or participant, such assignee or participant shall agree (in
a manner that is enforceable by Borrower) that it will use any Confidential
Information delivered to it solely to evaluate its potential purchase of an
assignment or participation and shall agree that it shall not (i) disclose or
make available, without the prior written consent of Borrower, any Confidential
Information (including information relating to any Obligor under any Financing
Contract (including information relating to the pricing of or the provisions of
any such Financing Contract) or (ii) use any Confidential Information to
identify and directly or indirectly solicit any type of business with any
Obligor. Lender also agrees to be responsible for


                                       41


<PAGE>

enforcing the terms of this Section 9.7 as to its Representatives and the
maintenance of the confidentiality of the Confidential Information by Lender and
its Representatives and to take such action, legal or otherwise, to the extent
necessary to cause such Representatives to comply with the terms and conditions
of this Section 9.7 and thereby prevent any improper disclosure or misuse of the
Confidential Information by any of Lender's Representatives (including all
actions that Lender would take to protect its own confidential information).

     9.8. GOVERNING LAW.

           EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE EXPRESSLY PROVIDED IN ANY OF THE LOAN DOCUMENTS,
IN ALL RESPECTS, INCLUDING ALL MATTERS OF CONSTRUCTION, VALIDITY AND
PERFORMANCE, THE LOAN DOCUMENTS AND THE OBLIGATIONS SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND
CONSTRUED AND ENFORCED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE INTERNAL LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW
YORK APPLICABLE TO CONTRACTS MADE AND PERFORMED IN THAT STATE AND ANY APPLICABLE
LAWS OF THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA. BORROWER HEREBY CONSENTS AND AGREES THAT
THE STATE OR FEDERAL COURTS LOCATED IN NEW YORK COUNTY, CITY OF NEW YORK, NEW
YORK SHALL HAVE EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION TO HEAR AND DETERMINE ANY CLAIMS OR
DISPUTES BETWEEN BORROWER AND LENDER PERTAINING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OF THE
OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS OR TO ANY MATTER ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS
AGREEMENT OR ANY OF THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS, PROVIDED, THAT LENDER AND BORROWER
ACKNOWLEDGE THAT ANY APPEALS FROM THOSE COURTS MAY HAVE TO BE HEARD BY A COURT
LOCATED OUTSIDE OF NEW YORK COUNTY, AND, PROVIDED, FURTHER NOTHING IN THIS
AGREEMENT SHALL BE DEEMED OR OPERATE TO PRECLUDE LENDER FROM BRINGING SUIT OR
TAKING OTHER LEGAL ACTION IN ANY OTHER JURISDICTION TO REALIZE ON THE COLLATERAL
OR ANY OTHER SECURITY FOR THE OBLIGATIONS, OR TO ENFORCE A JUDGMENT OR OTHER
COURT ORDER IN FAVOR OF LENDER. BORROWER EXPRESSLY SUBMITS AND CONSENTS IN
ADVANCE TO SUCH JURISDICTION IN ANY ACTION OR SUIT COMMENCED IN ANY SUCH COURT,
AND BORROWER HEREBY WAIVES ANY OBJECTION THAT BORROWER MAY HAVE BASED UPON LACK
OF PERSONAL JURISDICTION, IMPROPER VENUE OR FORUM NON CONVENIENS AND HEREBY
CONSENTS TO THE GRANTING OF SUCH LEGAL OR EQUITABLE RELIEF AS IS DEEMED
APPROPRIATE BY SUCH COURT. BORROWER HEREBY WAIVES PERSONAL SERVICE OF THE
SUMMONS, COMPLAINT AND OTHER PROCESS ISSUED IN ANY SUCH ACTION OR SUIT AND
AGREES THAT SERVICE OF SUCH SUMMONS, COMPLAINTS AND OTHER PROCESS MAY BE MADE BY
REGISTERED OR CERTIFIED MAIL ADDRESSED TO BORROWER AT THE ADDRESS SET FORTH IN
SECTION 9.9 OF THIS AGREEMENT AND THAT SERVICE SO MADE SHALL BE DEEMED COMPLETED
UPON THE EARLIER OF BORROWER'S ACTUAL RECEIPT THEREOF OR FIVE (5) BUSINESS DAYS
AFTER DEPOSIT IN THE UNITED STATES MAILS, PROPER POSTAGE PREPAID.

     9.9. Notices.

           Except as otherwise provided herein, whenever it is provided herein
that any notice, demand, request, consent, approval, declaration or other
communication shall or may be given to or served upon any of the parties by any
other parties, or whenever any of the parties desires to give or serve upon any
other parties any communication with respect to this Agreement, each such
notice, demand, request, consent, approval, declaration or other communication
shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been validly served, given or
delivered (a) upon the earlier of actual receipt and five (5) Business Days
after deposit in the United States Mail, registered or certified mail, return
receipt requested, with proper postage prepaid, (b) two (2) Business Days after
deposit with a reputable overnight courier with all charges prepaid or (c) when
delivered, if hand-delivered by messenger, all of which shall be addressed to
the party to be notified and sent to the


                                       42


<PAGE>

address set forth below or to such other address as may be substituted by notice
given as herein provided:

(A) If to Lender:

           General Electric Capital Corporation
           10 Riverview Drive
           Danbury, Connecticut  06810
           Attention:  Xerox Program Manager
           Telephone No.:  (203) 749-6000

              - and -

           General Electric Capital Corporation
           10 Riverview Drive
           Danbury, Connecticut  06810
           Attention:  Business General Counsel
           Telephone No.:  (203) 749-6000

           with copies to:

           Weil, Gotshal & Manges LLP
           767 Fifth Avenue
           New York, New York
           Attention:  William M. Gutowitz, Esq.
           Telephone No.:  (212) 310-8000

(B) If to Borrower:

           Xerox Lease Funding LLC
           800 Long Ridge Road
           Mail Stop 2-4-B8
           Stamford, Connecticut  06904
           Attention:  Treasurer
           Telephone No.:  (203) 968-3000

           with copies to:

           Xerox Corporation
           800 Long Ridge Road
           P.O. Box 1600 (except for courier) Stamford, Connecticut 06904
           Attention: Office of General Counsel Telephone No.: (203) 968-3000

             - and -

           Xerox Corporation
           100 Clinton Avenue South
           Xerox Square - MS 21
           Rochester, New York  14644
           Attention:  Director of Contract Management Office
           Telephone No.:  (585) 423-5090

           - and -

           Nixon Peabody LLP


                                       43


<PAGE>

           1300 Clinton Square
           Rochester, New York  14604-1792
           Attention:  Lori B. Green, Esq.
           Telephone No.:  (585) 263-1000

           The giving of any notice required hereunder may be waived in writing
by the party entitled to receive such notice. Failure or delay in delivering
copies of any notice, demand, request, consent, approval, declaration or other
communication to any Person (other than Borrower or Lender) designated above to
receive copies shall in no way adversely affect the effectiveness of such
notice, demand, request, consent, approval, declaration or other communication.

     9.10. Section Titles.

            The Section titles and Table of Contents contained in this Agreement
are and shall be without substantive meaning or content of any kind whatsoever
and are not a part of the agreement between the parties hereto.

     9.11. Counterparts.

            This Agreement may be executed in any number of separate
counterparts, each of which shall collectively and separately constitute one
agreement.

     9.12. WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL.

            BECAUSE DISPUTES ARISING IN CONNECTION WITH COMPLEX FINANCIAL
TRANSACTIONS ARE MOST QUICKLY AND ECONOMICALLY RESOLVED BY AN EXPERIENCED AND
EXPERT PERSON AND THE PARTIES WISH APPLICABLE STATE AND FEDERAL LAWS TO APPLY
(RATHER THAN ARBITRATION RULES), THE PARTIES DESIRE THAT THEIR DISPUTES BE
RESOLVED BY A JUDGE APPLYING SUCH APPLICABLE LAWS. THEREFORE, TO ACHIEVE THE
BEST COMBINATION OF THE BENEFITS OF THE JUDICIAL SYSTEM AND OF ARBITRATION, THE
PARTIES HERETO WAIVE ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION, SUIT, OR
PROCEEDING BROUGHT TO RESOLVE ANY DISPUTE, WHETHER SOUNDING IN CONTRACT, TORT OR
OTHERWISE, BETWEEN LENDER AND BORROWER ARISING OUT OF, CONNECTED WITH, RELATED
TO, OR INCIDENTAL TO THE RELATIONSHIP ESTABLISHED AMONG THEM IN CONNECTION WITH,
THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OF THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS OR THE TRANSACTIONS RELATED
THERETO.

     9.13. Press Releases and Related Matters.

            Borrower agrees that neither it nor its Affiliates will in the
future issue any press releases or other public disclosure using the name of
Lender or its Affiliates or referring to this Agreement, the other Loan
Documents or the other Related Transactions Documents without at least two (2)
Business Days' prior notice to Lender and without the prior written consent of
Lender unless (and only to the extent that) such Borrower or Affiliate thereof
is required to do so under law and then, in any event, such Borrower or
Affiliate thereof will consult with Lender before issuing such press release or
other public disclosure. Borrower consents to the publication by Lender of a
tombstone or similar advertising material relating to the financing transactions
contemplated by this Agreement. Lender shall provide a draft of such tombstone
or similar advertising material to Borrower for review and comment prior to the
publication thereof. Lender reserves the right to provide to industry trade
organizations information necessary and customary for inclusion in league table
measurements.


                                       44


<PAGE>

     9.14. Reinstatement.

            This Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and continue to
be effective should any petition be filed by or against Borrower for liquidation
or reorganization, should Borrower become insolvent or make an assignment for
the benefit of any creditor or creditors or should a receiver or trustee be
appointed for all or any significant part of Borrower's assets, and shall
continue to be effective or to be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time
payment and performance of the Obligations, or any part thereof, is, pursuant to
applicable law, rescinded or reduced in amount, or must otherwise be restored or
returned by any obligee of the Obligations, whether as a "voidable preference,"
"fraudulent conveyance," or otherwise, all as though such payment or performance
had not been made. In the event that any payment, or any part thereof, is
rescinded, reduced, restored or returned (whether pursuant to the conditions or
circumstances described above or as a result of Lender's being required pursuant
to the Allocation Agreement to return any amounts applied to the Obligations as
a result of such amounts constituting Misdirected Xerox Proceeds or Misapplied
Proceeds), the Obligations shall be reinstated and deemed reduced only by such
amount paid and not so rescinded, reduced, restored or returned.

     9.15.  Advice of Counsel

            Each of the parties represents to each other party hereto that it
has discussed this Agreement and, specifically, the provisions of Sections 9.8
and 9.12, with its counsel.

     9.16. No Strict Construction.

            The parties hereto have participated jointly in the negotiation and
drafting of this Agreement. In the event an ambiguity or question of intent or
interpretation arises, this Agreement shall be construed as if drafted jointly
by the parties hereto and no presumption or burden of proof shall arise favoring
or disfavoring any party by virtue of the authorship of any provisions of this
Agreement.

     9.17. Survival of Obligations Upon Termination of Financing Arrangements.

            Except as otherwise expressly provided for in the Loan Documents, no
termination or cancellation (regardless of cause or procedure) of any financing
arrangement under this Agreement shall in any way affect or impair the
obligations, duties and liabilities of Borrower or the rights of Lender relating
to any unpaid portion of the Term Loans or any other Obligations, due or not
due, liquidated, contingent or unliquidated or any transaction or event
occurring prior to such termination, or any transaction or event, the
performance of which is required after the Termination Date. Except as otherwise
expressly provided herein or in any other Loan Document, all undertakings,
agreements, covenants, warranties and representations of or binding upon
Borrower, and all rights of Lender, all as contained in the Loan Documents,
shall not terminate or expire, but rather shall survive any such termination or
cancellation and shall continue in full force and effect until the Termination
Date; provided, that the provisions of Article IX, the payment obligations under
Section 1.7, and the indemnities contained in the Loan Documents shall survive
the Termination Date.


                                       45


<PAGE>

     9.18. Non-Business Days.

            If the payment of any Obligation becomes due and payable, or the
performance of any covenant, undertaking or agreement is to be performed, on a
day other than a Business Day, the date for payment or performance thereof will
be extended to the next succeeding Business Day and, with respect to payments of
Obligations, interest thereon shall be payable at the applicable Discount Rate.

     9.19. Effect of Amendment and Restatement.

            (a) On the Effective Date, the Existing Loan Agreement shall be
amended and restated in its entirety by this Agreement and the Existing Loan
Agreement shall thereafter be of no further force and effect except to evidence
(i) the incurrence by Borrower of the "Obligations" under and as defined in the
Existing Loan Agreement (whether or not such "Obligations" are contingent as of
the Effective Date), (ii) the representations and warranties made by Borrower
prior to the Effective Date and (iii) any action or omission performed or
required to be performed pursuant to such Existing Loan Agreement prior to the
Effective Date (including any failure, prior to the Effective Date, to comply
with the covenants contained in such Existing Loan Agreement). The amendments
and restatements set forth herein shall not cure any breach of the Existing Loan
Agreement existing prior to the Effective Date. This Agreement is not in any way
intended to constitute a novation of the obligations and liabilities existing
under the Existing Loan Agreement or evidence payment of all or any portion of
such obligations and liabilities.

            (b) The terms and conditions of this Agreement and Lender's rights
and remedies under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall apply to
all of the Obligations incurred under the Existing Loan Agreement and the
promissory notes issued thereunder.

            (c) Borrower reaffirms the Liens granted pursuant to the Loan
Documents to the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Lender, which Liens
shall continue in full force and effect during the term of this Agreement and
any renewals thereof and shall continue to secure the Obligations.

            (d) On and after the Effective Date, (i) all references to the
Existing Loan Agreement (or to any amendment or any amendment and restatement
thereof) in the Loan Documents (other than this Agreement) shall be deemed to
refer to the Existing Loan Agreement as amended and restated hereby, (ii) all
references to any section (or subsection) of the Existing Loan Agreement or in
any Loan Document (but not herein) shall be amended to become, mutatis mutandis,
references to the corresponding provisions of this Agreement and (iii) except as
the context otherwise provides, on or after the Effective Date, all references
to this Agreement herein (including for purposes of indemnification) shall be
deemed to be references to the Existing Loan Agreement as amended and restated
hereby.

            (e) This amendment and restatement is limited as written and except
as set forth in clause (f) below is not a consent to any other amendment,
restatement or waiver, whether or not similar and, except as expressly provided
herein or in any other Loan Document, all terms and conditions of the Loan
Documents remain in full force and effect unless otherwise specifically amended
hereby or any other Loan Document.

            (f) Lender hereby consents to the amendment and restatement, as


                                       46


<PAGE>

of the Effective Date, of each of the documents listed on Schedule 9.19(f)
hereto each in the form and substance executed by (or in the case of any such
documents to which Lender is not a party, a fully executed copy thereof was
delivered to) Lender on the Effective Date.

           [THE REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE IS INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]



     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been duly executed as of the date
first written above.

                                   XEROX LEASE FUNDING LLC,
                                   as Borrower

                                   By:_______________________________
                                   Title:____________________________


                                   GENERAL ELECTRIC CAPITAL
                                   CORPORATION, as Lender

                                   By:_______________________________
                                   Title:____________________________










                                     ANNEX A

                                       to

                                 LOAN AGREEMENT

                                   DEFINITIONS

          Capitalized terms used in this Agreement shall have (unless otherwise
provided elsewhere in this Agreement) the following respective meanings and all
references to Articles, Sections, Exhibits, Schedules or Annexes in the
following definitions shall refer to Articles, Sections, Exhibits, Schedules or
Annexes of or to this Agreement:

         "Acceptance Notice" has the meaning set forth in Section 1.1(c)(iii).

         "Activation Date" means, with respect to any Financing Contract, the
date upon which the XEEP System initiates a receivable reflecting the Obligor's
obligation under such Financing Contract, thereby permitting the commencement of
billing, all based upon Xerox's provision of all Equipment and initial related
services and/or installation services, as applicable, to


                                       47


<PAGE>

an Obligor under such Financing Contract.

          "Active Financing Contract" means, as of any Determination Date, a
Financing Contract other than a Financing Contract (a) which has been terminated
or otherwise prepaid in full by the Obligor thereunder on or prior to such
Determination Date, (b) which is a Deemed Write-Off or an Actual Write-Off as of
such Determination Date, (c) for which the final contractually scheduled Lease
Payment or Installment Payment, as applicable, thereunder has become due and
payable on or prior to such Determination Date or (d) with respect to which
payments were made or required to be made by Xerox to Borrower on or prior to
such Determination Date pursuant to Section 2.16, Section 2.17, Article V,
Section 6.04 or Section 6.05 of the Sale and Contribution Agreement or Section
6.01 of the Undertaking and Replacement Agreement.

          "Actual Application Date" means the Business Day immediately following
the date upon which a Settlement Report is actually received by Lender.

         "Actual Write-Off" means, when used in respect of any Financing
Contract, a Financing Contract which, as of the date of determination, has been
or was otherwise required to be written off, in whole or in part, in accordance
with the Write-Off Policy.

         "Additional Incremental Term Loan" has the meaning ascribed to it in
Section 1.1(b).

         "Additional Incremental Term Loan TPB" means, with respect to any
Additional Incremental Term Loan as of any Determination Date, an amount derived
as follows: (a) first, for each Active Financing Contract, as of such
Determination Date, the purchase price for which was paid by Borrower with the
proceeds of such Additional Incremental Term Loan, determine the net present
values (as of such Determination Date) of each Lease Payment or Installment
Payment, as applicable, to first become due thereunder after such Determination
Date (to the extent not prepaid on or prior to such Determination Date), such
net present values to be derived using a discount rate equal to the Discount
Rate applicable to such Additional Incremental Term Loan, (b) next, aggregate
each of the amounts derived pursuant to clause (a), and (c) finally, multiply
the sum derived in clause (b) by the Term Loan Advance Rate applicable to such
Additional Incremental Term Loan.

          "Additional Term Note" has the meaning ascribed to it in Section
1.1(b).

          "Adverse Claim" means any claim of ownership or any Lien other than
any ownership interest or Lien created under the Sale and Contribution Agreement
or the Loan Documents.

          "Affiliate" means, with respect to any Person, (a) each Person that,
directly or indirectly, owns or controls, whether beneficially, or as a trustee,
guardian or other fiduciary, 10% or more of the Stock having ordinary voting
power in the election of directors of such Person, (b) each Person that
controls, is controlled by or is under common control with such Person and (c)
each of such Person's officers, directors, joint venturers and partners,
provided, however, that the term "Affiliate," when used in respect of Borrower,
shall specifically exclude the JV (but only to the extent that Lender or a
Subsidiary of Lender has an equity interest in the JV) and


                                       48


<PAGE>

Lender. For the purposes of this Agreement, "control" of a Person shall mean the
possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the
direction of its management or policies, whether through the ownership of voting
securities, by contract or otherwise.

          "Agreement" means this Amended and Restated Loan Agreement between
Borrower and Lender, as the same may be amended, supplemented, restated or
otherwise modified from time to time.

          "Allocation Agreement" means that certain Allocation and Distribution
Agreement dated as of the Initial Closing Date by and among Xerox, MPE 2,
Borrower, Lender, the Portfolio Servicer and the Collateral Agent, as amended
and restated as of the Effective Date.

          "Appendices" means all collective references to all Annexes,
Disclosure Schedules, Exhibits and other attachments to this Agreement.

          "Applicable Interest Period" means:

          (a) with respect to all Existing Loans:

               (i) the interest periods specified in Section 1.4(d) of the
Existing Loan Agreement for all such periods ending prior to the last Actual
Application Date that occurs prior to the Effective Date; and

              (ii) if the Effective Date occurs on or prior to the Actual
Application Date in the calendar month in which the Effective Date occurs, the
Applicable Interest Periods shall be: (A) as at such Actual Application Date, an
interest period from (and including) the Actual Application Date in the month
preceding the Effective Date to (and excluding) the first day of the Settlement
Period in which the Effective Date occurs, and (B) as at the Actual Application
Date in the calendar month succeeding the month in which the Effective Date
occurs, an interest period from (and including) the first day of the Settlement
Period in which the Effective Date occurs to (and excluding) the earlier of the
Termination Date (if any) or the first day of the first full Settlement Period
commencing on or after the Effective Date; and

             (iii) if the Effective Date occurs after the Actual Application
Date in the calendar month in which the Effective Date occurs, the Applicable
Interest Period shall be as at the Actual Application Date in the next calendar
month from (and including) the Actual Application Date in the calendar month in
which the Effective Date occurs to (and excluding) the earlier of the
Termination Date (if any) or the first day of the first full Settlement Period
commencing on or after the Effective Date; and

          (b) with respect to an Additional Incremental Term Loan having a
Closing Date within the calendar month in which the Effective Date occurs, the
Applicable Interest Period shall be as at the Actual Application Date in the
next calendar month from (and including) the Closing Date for such Term Loan to
(and excluding) the earlier of the Termination Date (if any) or the first day of
the first full Settlement Period commencing on or after the Effective Date; and

          (c) with respect to all Term Loans, the Applicable Interest Period
shall be as at the Actual Application Dates related to each Settlement Date in
months after the calendar month following the month in which the Effective


                                       49


<PAGE>

Date occurred from (and including) the later of (A) the first day of the
immediately preceding Settlement Period and (B) the Closing Date for such Term
Loan to (and excluding) the earlier of the Termination Date (if any) or the
first day of the current Settlement Period.

          "Authorized Officer" means in respect of Borrower its President and
any Vice President.

          "Bankruptcy Code" means the provisions of Title 11 of the United
States Code, 11 U.S.C. Sections 101 et seq.

          "Bankruptcy Event" means, with respect to any Obligor, (i) the
commencement by such Obligor of a voluntary case under, or the consent by such
Obligor to the entry of an order for relief in an involuntary case under, any
federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance, reorganization,
moratorium or other similar law now or hereafter in effect, or (ii) the consent
by such Obligor to the appointment of, or taking possession by, a receiver,
custodian, liquidator, assignee, trustee or sequestrator (or other similar
official) of such Obligor or of any substantial part of its property, or (iii)
the making of a general assignment by such Obligor generally to pay its debts as
they benefit creditors, or (iv) the admission in writing of such Obligor of its
inability to pay its debts as they become due in the ordinary course of
business, or (v) the adoption of a resolution by its directors or shareholders
(or analogous managers or equity owners) in furtherance of any of the foregoing,
or (vi) the entry by a court of competent jurisdiction of an order for relief in
respect of such Obligor in an involuntary case under any bankruptcy, insolvency,
fraudulent conveyance, reorganization, moratorium or other similar law now or
hereafter in effect, or the appointment of a receiver, custodian, liquidator,
assignee, trustee or sequestrator (or other similar official) of such Person or
of any substantial part of its Property, or the ordering of the winding up or
liquidation of its affairs.

          "Beneficial Owners" means each of MPE 2, Borrower, and GE Capital.

          "Borrower" has the meaning ascribed to it in the preamble to this
Agreement.

          "Borrowing Request" means an Initial Borrowing Request or Incremental
Borrowing Request, as applicable.

          "Borrowing Request Delivery Date" has the meaning ascribed to it in
Section 1.1(c)(v).

          "Business Day" means any day that is not a Saturday, a Sunday or a day
on which banks are required or permitted to be closed in the State of New York.

          "Candidate Financing Contract" means, with respect to each Additional
Incremental Term Loan, each Financing Contract conveyed or proposed to be
conveyed by Xerox to Borrower pursuant to the Sale and Contribution Agreement in
connection with such Additional Incremental Term Loan.

          "Charges" means all federal, state, county, city, municipal, local,
foreign or other governmental taxes (including taxes owed to the PBGC at the
time due and payable), levies, assessments, charges, liens, claims or


                                       50


<PAGE>

encumbrances upon or relating to (a) the Collateral, (b) the Obligations, (c)
the income or gross receipts of Borrower, (d) Borrower's ownership or use of any
properties or other assets or (e) any other aspect of Borrower's business.

          "Closing Date" means any of the Initial Closing Date and each
Incremental Closing Date.

          "Code" means the Uniform Commercial Code as the same may, from time to
time, be enacted and in effect in the State of New York; provided that in the
event that, by reason of mandatory provisions of law, any or all of the
attachment, perfection or priority of, or remedies with respect to, Lender's
Lien on any Collateral is governed by the Uniform Commercial Code as enacted and
in effect in a jurisdiction other than the State of New York, the term "Code"
shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code as enacted and in effect in such other
jurisdiction solely for purposes of the provisions hereof relating to such
attachment, perfection, priority or remedies and for purposes of definitions
related to such provisions.

          "Collateral" means the property referred to in the Security Agreement
together with the property covered by the other Collateral Documents, and any
other property, real or personal, tangible or intangible, now existing or
hereafter acquired, that may at any time be or become subject to a security
interest or Lien in favor of Lender to secure the Obligations. "Collateral
Agent" has the meaning ascribed to it in the Payment Account Agreement.

          "Collateral Assignment" means that certain Collateral Assignment of
Rights dated as of the Initial Closing Date by and between Borrower and Lender,
and acknowledged and agreed to by the other Transaction Parties named therein,
as amended and restated as of the Effective Date.

          "Collateral Documents" means the Security Agreement, the Deposit
Account Control Agreement, the Collateral Assignment and all similar agreements
entered into after the Initial Closing Date guaranteeing payment of, or granting
a Lien upon property as security for payment of, the Obligations.

          "Concentration Percentage" means, with respect to each Obligor, a
fraction (expressed as a percentage) (i) the numerator of which is the Obligor
Exposure for such Obligor and (ii) the denominator of which is the sum of the
outstanding principal amount of (x) the proposed Term Loan in connection with
which the Concentration Percentage is then being determined plus (y) all other
then-outstanding Term Loans.

          "Confidential Information" means all information relating to Xerox or
any of Xerox's customers, the Borrower or MPE 2, that has been or may hereafter
be provided or shown to Lender by such disclosing party or its Representatives
or is otherwise obtained from review of disclosing party's documents or property
or discussions with any such disclosing party's Representatives, irrespective of
the form of the communication, and also includes all notes, analyses,
compilations, studies, summaries or other material prepared by such disclosing
party or Representatives containing or based, in whole or in part, on any
information included in the foregoing; provided that Confidential Information
shall not include any information which (i) is or becomes available to the
public other than as a result of a disclosure by Lender or any of Lender's
Representatives; (ii) becomes


                                       51


<PAGE>

available to Lender on a non-confidential basis and not in contravention of
applicable Law from a source other than any such disclosing party or any of its
Representatives which is not known to Lender or any of its Representatives to be
bound by a confidential relationship with or obligation of confidentiality to
the disclosing party or by a confidentiality or other similar agreement; (iii)
was known to Lender or any of its Representatives on a non-confidential basis
and not in contravention of applicable Law or a confidentiality or other similar
agreement prior to its disclosure to such recipient by any such disclosing party
or its Representatives; or (iv) is acquired or developed by Lender or any of its
Representatives without violating any obligation under Section 9.7.

          "Contract Payments" has the meaning ascribed to it in the Allocation
Agreement.

          "Contracts" means any one or more leases, installment sales contracts,
agreements giving rise to trade receivables and other similar agreements to
which Xerox or any of its Subsidiaries is, or may from time to time be, a party.

          "Contractually Scheduled Term" has the meaning ascribed to it in the
Sale and Contribution Agreement.

          "Contribution Agreement" means that certain Contribution Agreement
dated as of the Initial Closing Date between MPE 2 and Borrower, as amended and
restated as of the Effective Date.

          "Controlled Accounts" means a collective reference to the GE Capital
Control Account, the Equipment Servicing Collateral Account, the Equipment
Supply Collateral Account, and the Holdback Account.

          "Credit Card Lockbox Account" has the meaning ascribed to it in the
Sale and Contribution Agreement.

          "Credit Classification" means the code representing the credit
classification of an Obligor, as of the date a Financing Contract was
originated, determined in accordance with the Credit Policy relating to such
Obligor's Financing Contract.

          "Credit Enhancement" has the meaning ascribed to it in the Allocation
Agreement.

          "Credit Policy" means (a) with respect to any Financing Contract in
existence as of the Initial Closing Date, the credit policy of Xerox in effect
at the time of the creation of such Financing Contract, (b) with respect to any
Financing Contract created after the Initial Closing Date but prior to the
Effective Date, the credit policy attached hereto as Annex D-1 and (c) with
respect to any Financing Contract created on or after the Effective Date, the
credit policy attached hereto as Annex D-2, as the same is in effect on the
Effective Date and as subsequently modified or amended with the written approval
of the Management Committee of the Portfolio Servicer, Lender and Borrower;
provided, that for purposes of this definition, the Credit Policy referred to in
clause (c) above shall be such Credit Policy without giving effect to any
delegation pursuant to the third sentence of such Credit Policy of the authority
of the Chief Risk Officer (as defined in such Credit Policy) to act in his or
her "Reasonable Discretion" (as defined in such Credit Policy) or any provisions
of such Credit Policy


                                       52


<PAGE>

that allow exceptions, modifications or waivers thereof with the approval or
consent of any Person (including, without limitation, Xerox, its Office of
General Counsel, a "Xerox Approval Authority" or other designation) unless, in
each such case, Lender shall have also given its written consent to such
delegation, exception, modification or waiver; provided further, however, that
(i) for purposes of approving extensions of credit with respect to any Obligor,
an exception, modification or waiver recommended by the Chief Risk Officer and
approved by a "Xerox Approval Authority" within the parameters of such
recommendation allowing the Chief Risk Officer to increase, in general, or
exceed, on a case-by-case basis, the applicable limits set forth in Article II
of such Credit Policy for such Obligor shall be given effect and (ii) an
exception, modification or waiver of the first sentence of the third and fourth
"bulleted" paragraphs of Section IV of such Credit Policy and the sixth
"bulleted" paragraph of Section IV of such Credit Policy shall not be deemed to
be inconsistent with such Credit Policy, in each case with respect to clauses
(i) and (ii) whether or not Lender shall have given its written consent to such
exception, modification or waiver.

          "Damages" shall mean, with respect to any Indemnified Person, (a) any
and all losses (including, but not limited to, liquidated damages), claims,
damages, liabilities, obligations, judgments, equitable relief granted,
settlements, awards (including back pay awards), demands, offsets, defenses,
counterclaims, actions or proceedings, reasonable out-of-pocket costs, expenses
and attorneys' fees (including any such reasonable costs, expenses and
attorneys' fees incurred in enforcing any right of indemnification held by such
Person or with respect to any appeal), interest and penalties, if any, and (b)
shall be deemed to include any and all losses resulting from the failure of any
Indemnified Person to receive any amounts payable with respect to any Financing
Contract.

          "Data Certification" means the Initial Data Certification or any
Incremental Data Certification, as applicable.

          "Data File" means the Initial Data File or any Incremental Data File,
as applicable.

          "Deemed Write-Off" means, when used in respect of any Financing
Contract, a Financing Contract that, as of the date of determination, does not
constitute a Qualifying Financing Contract.

          "Default" means any event that, with the passage of time or notice or
both, would, unless cured or waived, become an Event of Default.

          "Deposit Account Control Agreement" means that certain letter
agreement dated as of the Initial Closing Date by and among Borrower, Lender and
the Depository Bank, as amended and restated as of the Effective Date.

          "Depository Bank" shall have the meaning ascribed to it in the
Allocation Agreement.

          "Determination Date" means, with respect to any Term Loan, the last
day of a Settlement Period relating to such Term Loan.

          "Discount Rate" shall mean: (i) with respect to each Existing Loan,
the per annum rate indicated for such Existing Loan on Schedule 1.1(a) hereto
and (ii) with respect of each Additional Incremental Term Loan, a rate per annum
equal to the "Discount Rate" determined in accordance with Annex E


                                       53


<PAGE>

to this  Agreement.

          "Dollars" or "$" means lawful currency of the United States of
America.

          "EBPP Lockbox Account" shall have the meaning ascribed to it in the
Sale and Contribution Agreement.

          "Effective Date" means October 21, 2002.

          "EFT Lockbox Account" shall have the meaning ascribed to it in the
Sale and Contribution Agreement.

          "Equipment" means, with respect to any Financing Contract, all
equipment and other property subject to such Financing Contract.

          "Equipment and Tax Payment Transfer" means the transfer by Borrower to
MPE 2 pursuant to the Contribution Agreement of all of Borrower's right, title
and interest in and to the Transferred Equipment (as defined in the Sale and
Contribution Agreement) and the Sales Tax Payments and the Uplift Payments
payable in respect of the Financing Contracts related thereto.

          "Equipment Servicing Collateral Account" has the meaning ascribed to
it in the Allocation Agreement.

          "Equipment Supply Collateral Account" has the meaning ascribed to it
in the Allocation Agreement.

          "ERISA" means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (or
any successor legislation thereto), as amended from time to time, and any
regulations promulgated thereunder.

          "ERISA Affiliate" means, with respect to Xerox or Borrower, any trade
or business (whether or not incorporated) that, together with Xerox or Borrower,
are treated as a single employer within the meaning of Sections 414(b), (c), (m)
or (o) of the IRC.

          "ERISA Event" means, with respect to Xerox, Borrower or any ERISA
Affiliate, (a) any event described in Section 4043(c) of ERISA with respect to a
Title IV Plan; (b) the withdrawal of Xerox, Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate from
a Title IV Plan subject to Section 4063 of ERISA during a plan year in which it
was a substantial employer, as defined in Section 4001(a)(2) of ERISA; (c) the
complete or partial withdrawal of Xerox, Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate from
any Multiemployer Plan; (d) the filing of a notice of intent to terminate a
Title IV Plan or the treatment of a plan amendment as a termination under
Section 4041 of ERISA; (e) the institution of proceedings to terminate a Title
IV Plan or Multiemployer Plan by the PBGC; (f) the failure by Xerox, Borrower or
any ERISA Affiliate to make when due required contributions to a Multiemployer
Plan or Title IV Plan unless such failure is cured within 30 days; (g) any other
event or condition which might reasonably be expected to constitute grounds
under Section 4042 of ERISA for the termination of, or the appointment of a
trustee to administer, any Title IV Plan or Multiemployer Plan or for the
imposition of liability under Section 4069 or 4212(c) of ERISA; (h) the
termination of a Multiemployer Plan under Section 4041A of ERISA or the
reorganization or insolvency of a Multiemployer Plan under Section 4241 or 4245
of ERISA; (i) the loss of a Qualified Plan's qualification or tax exempt status;
or (j) the termination of a Plan


                                       54


<PAGE>

described in Section 4064 of ERISA.

          "Escrow Agent" means Citibank, N.A., or any other financial
institution acceptable to Borrower and Lender.

          "Escrow Agreement" means that certain Escrow Agreement dated as of the
Initial Closing Date, as amended and restated as of the Effective Date, by and
among Xerox, Lender and Escrow Agent relating to the deposit by Xerox with the
escrow agent of a list of spare parts, consumables and other supplies for the
Equipment and names of employees of Xerox engaged in servicing the Equipment.

          "Escrowed Funds" has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 2.5(h).

          "ESOP" means a Plan that is intended to satisfy the requirements of
Section 4975(e)(7) of the IRC.

          "Event of Default" has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 7.1.

          "Evergreen Payments" has the meaning ascribed to it in the Allocation
Agreement.

          "Exception Notice" has the meaning set forth in Section 1.1(c)(iii).

          "Exchange Act" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

          "Excluded Financing Contract" means any Financing Contract as to which
any one of the following circumstances or conditions is applicable as of the
Tagging Date relating thereto:

          (a) Intentionally Omitted;

          (b) unless otherwise waived in writing by Lender, a Bankruptcy Event
has occurred and is continuing with respect to any Obligor thereunder;

          (c) Intentionally Omitted;

          (d) such Financing Contract either (i) includes among the obligations
of Xerox thereunder, the provision of facilities management or similar services
or (ii) is recorded by Xerox on its books and records maintained consistent with
past practice as an "XBS" (DMA) agreement or otherwise constitutes an XBS
Agreement (as defined in the Program Agreement);

          (e) unless otherwise waived in writing by Lender, the XEEP System
identifies Xerox or any Affiliate of Xerox as the "obligor" or "lessee"
thereunder or the Person to which invoices are to be sent in respect of such
Financing Contract;

          (f) unless otherwise waived in writing by Lender, the XEEP System
shows a status code other than "active" in respect of such Financing Contract;

          (g) either (i) the first two digits of the XMC Code with respect to
such Financing Contract as reflected on the XEEP System are "88" or (ii) any of
the Equipment subject thereto is used by an Obligor thereunder for personal,
family or household use, or an Obligor thereunder is a consumer;


                                       55


<PAGE>

          (h) any Obligor under such Financing Contract is (i) the United States
federal government or any agency, department or instrumentality thereof or (ii)
a U.S. Virgin Islands Governmental Authority;

          (i) such Financing Contract constitutes a tax exempt municipal lease;

          (j) unless otherwise waived in writing by Lender, any portion of any
Contract Payment for such Financing Contract is or will be included on an
invoice to an Obligor, which invoice also includes Other Obligations, unless
such invoice is issued solely with respect to (i) IM/Pooling Contracts or (ii)
Simon Financing Contracts;

          (k) Xerox shall have suspended or waived, whether permanently or for a
period of time, the obligation of an Obligor to make Contract Payments that
would otherwise then be due and payable thereunder, and such suspension or
waiver is then in effect;

          (l) unless otherwise waived in writing by Lender, the final
contractually scheduled payment thereunder (i.e., exclusive of "evergreen
payments") shall have been due on or prior to such Tagging Date;

          (m) unless otherwise waived in writing by Lender, the Activation Date
of such Financing Contract, or the date of installation of the Equipment related
thereto, shall have occurred prior to January 1, 1996;

          (n) the Minimum Lease Payment or Periodic Installment Sale Payment, as
applicable, thereunder is less than or equal to $10.00 per month;

          (o) the Equipment related thereto is not located at an Obligor
location within any State of the United States of America, Washington, D.C. or
the U.S. Virgin Islands;

          (p) unless otherwise waived in writing by Lender, the "Lease Payment"
with respect to such Financing Contract as identified in the cost per copy
billing system does not equal the "Lease Payment" with respect to such Financing
Contract as identified in the XEEP System;

          (q) unless otherwise waived in writing by Lender, the number of due
but uncollected payments in respect thereof exceeds seven (7), without giving
effect to any right of set-off or other rights and/or defenses of an Obligor
thereunder;

          (r) unless otherwise waived in writing by Lender, the contractually
scheduled payments to be made thereunder are due other than on a monthly basis;

          (s) either there is no Credit Classification applicable to such
Financing Contract or there is no corresponding Loss Rate set forth on Exhibit B
for such Credit Classification;

          (t) unless otherwise waived in writing by Lender, following the
occurrence of a Credit Card Failure Event (as defined in the Sale and
Contribution Agreement) such Financing Contract would, if transferred to
Borrower, constitute a Mandatory Credit Card Contract (as defined in the Sale
and Contribution Agreement);


                                       56


<PAGE>

          (u) unless otherwise waived in writing by Lender, (i) such Financing
Contract shall constitute a Bundled Service Financing Contract (as defined in
the Sale and Contribution Agreement) that is in the form of an installment sale
agreement and (ii) the Tagging Date with respect to such Financing Contract
shall be both on or after June 30, 2003 and prior to the date (if any) on which
both (A) the Necessary Installment Sale EBS Changes (as defined in the Sale and
Contribution Agreement) shall have been effected and (B) Lender and Borrower
shall have agreed in writing upon mutually satisfactory adjustments to the
Service Coverage Test to take into account Bundled Service Financing Contracts
that are in the form of an installment sale agreement;

          (v) unless otherwise waived in writing by Lender, a Lockbox Transfer
Termination Event shall have occurred and the Obligor under such Financing
Contract shall be legally entitled to effect payments thereunder by means of
credit card, EBPP (as defined in the Sale and Contribution Agreement) or
electronic funds transfer;

          (w) such Financing Contract is a QRT Financing Contract and the
transfer of such QRT Financing Contract (together with all other QRT Financing
Contracts concurrently transferred) pursuant to the Sale and Contribution
Agreement (i) is subject to the provisions of Section 6.04(a)(ix) of the
Existing Revolving Credit Agreement (or a substantially identical test under any
amendment, modification, supplement, refinancing or replacement of the Existing
Revolving Credit Agreement) and (ii) results in an Investment (as defined in the
Existing Revolving Credit Agreement or a substantially identical term under any
amendment, modification, supplement, refinancing or replacement of the Existing
Revolving Credit Agreement) by Xerox in Borrower that exceeds the amount
received by Borrower as cash proceeds of the Term Loan or proposed Term Loan
relating to such QRT Financing Contracts and paid to Xerox, such result to be
determined by Xerox in compliance with the provisions of the Existing Revolving
Credit Agreement, as amended, modified, supplemented, refinanced or replaced,
interpreted in accordance with the confirmation attached hereto as Exhibit
2.3(l) or any such amendment, modification, supplement, refinancing or
replacement of the Existing Revolving Credit Agreement; or

          (x) unless otherwise waived in writing by Lender, following the
occurrence of a Simon Failure Event (as defined in the Sale and Contribution
Agreement) such Financing Contract would, if transferred to Borrower, constitute
a Simon Financing Contract.

Any waiver by Lender contemplated above in this definition of Excluded Financing
Contract may, at the sole discretion of Lender, apply to a single Financing
Contract or to one or more Financing Contracts, as expressly set forth in such
waiver.

          "Excluded Payments" shall have the meaning ascribed to it in the Sale
and Contribution Agreement.

          "Existing Incremental Term Loans" means any and all of the Existing
Term Loans as of the Effective Date other than the Initial Term Loan as
described in items 2, 3, 4, 5 and 6 on Schedule 1.1(a) hereto.

          "Existing Loan Agreement" has the meaning ascribed to it in Recital A
of this Agreement.


                                       57


<PAGE>

          "Existing Revolving Credit Agreement" means that certain Amended and
Restated Credit Agreement dated as of June 21, 2002 by and among Xerox, the
overseas borrowers party thereto, the lenders from time to time party thereto,
Bank One, NA, as administrative agent, collateral agent and LC issuing bank and
the other agents from time to time party thereto, as the same is in effect on
the Effective Date.

          "Existing Term Loans" has the meaning ascribed to it in Section
1.1(a).

          "Existing Term Loan TPB" means, with respect to any Term Loan as of
any Determination Date, an amount equal to (a) the amount shown as the Targeted
Principal Balance as of such Determination Date on the Targeted Principal
Balance Schedule for such Term Loan, minus (b) with respect to each Financing
Contract relating to such Term Loan which was terminated or otherwise prepaid in
full by an Obligor thereunder on or prior to such Determination Date, an amount
equal to the Reduction Amount for such Financing Contract determined as of the
date of such termination or prepayment, minus (c) with respect to any Financing
Contract for which payments were made or required to be made by Xerox to
Borrower pursuant to Section 2.16, Section 2.17, Article V, Section 6.04 or
Section 6.05 of the Sale and Contribution Agreement or Section 6.01 of the
Undertaking and Replacement Agreement on or prior to such Determination Date, an
amount equal to the Reduction Amount for such Financing Contract determined as
of the date such amount was paid or required to be paid pursuant to the Sale and
Contribution Agreement, minus (d) with respect to each Financing Contract which
constituted a Deemed Write-Off or, to the extent such Financing Contract did not
previously constitute a Deemed Write-Off, an Actual Write- Off, in each case, on
or prior to such Determination Date, an amount equal to the Reduction Amount for
such Financing Contract determined as of the date such Financing Contract became
a Deemed Write-Off or Actual Write-Off, as applicable, plus (e) with respect to
each Financing Contract which, as of such date, no longer constitutes a Deemed
Write-Off but which is not an Actual Write-Off, the Reduction Amount for such
Financing Contract as of the date such Financing Contract became a Deemed
Write-Off.

          "Existing Term Notes" has the meaning ascribed to it in Section
1.1(a).

          "Federal Reserve Board" means the Board of Governors of the Federal
Reserve System.

          "Fee Credit Amount" means, with respect to each Replacement Financing
Contract to be purchased by Borrower from Xerox on a Closing Date prior to the
Effective Date an amount determined as follows: if and only if the NPV Amount
(as determined in accordance with Annex E to this Agreement as of the relevant
Tagging Date) for such Replacement Financing Contract is equal to or greater
than the Future Payment Amount of the related Replaced Financing Contract (as
determined on the date such Replaced Financing Contract is terminated), an
amount equal to 0.65% of the Future Payment Amount of the related Replaced
Financing Contract, otherwise, the "Fee Credit Amount" shall equal zero.

          "Financing Contract" means any contract relating to Equipment and
related services (including any schedule thereto and any amendment, assignment,
assumption, renewal or novation thereof and any ancillary


                                       58


<PAGE>

agreements thereto) that is in the form of either a lease agreement or an
installment sale contract between an Obligor, on one hand, and Xerox, on the
other hand, and which has been or is proposed to be transferred to Borrower
pursuant to the Sale and Contribution Agreement.

          "Financing Contract Advance Rate" has the meaning ascribed thereto in
Annex E to this Agreement.

          "Financing Contract Information" means, with respect to any Financing
Contract, the following information with respect to such Financing Contract and
the related Obligor(s) thereunder and under any related Credit Enhancement, in
each case (unless otherwise noted) as of the relevant Tagging Date: (a) the
customer number or contract number assigned thereto by Xerox, (b) the Market
Segment applicable thereto as of the date such Financing Contract was
originated, (c) the legal name of such Obligor, (d) the XMC Code applicable
thereto, (e) the form of such agreement (e.g., fair market value lease, fixed
purchase option lease, installment sale contract, etc.), (f) the total amount
financed by Xerox under such agreement (in dollars), (g) the annual percentage
rate applicable to such agreement (expressed as a percentage), (h) the Minimum
Lease Payment or Periodic Installment Sale Payment, as applicable, and the
allocation thereof pursuant to and in accordance with the Allocation Agreement
(in dollars), (i) the current status of such agreement (e.g., active, extend,
default, final and write-off), (j) the principal balance remaining thereunder
(in dollars), (k) the number of due, but uncollected, Minimum Lease Payments or
Periodic Installment Sale Payments, as applicable, (l) such Obligor's Credit
Classification under the Credit Policy applicable thereto at the time such
Financing Contract was originated, (m) the Index Month (as defined in the Sale
and Contribution Agreement) in respect of such Financing Contract and the Base
Equipment Servicing Payment in respect of such month and (n) the Tagging Date
with respect to such Financing Contract.

          "Framework Agreement" means that certain Framework Agreement dated as
of September 11, 2001, as amended to the Effective Date, by and between Xerox
and GE Capital.

          "Funding Amount" means the original principal amount of each Term Loan
computed in accordance with Annex E hereto.

          "Future Payment Amount" means, with respect to any Financing Contract,
the amount specified in clause (ii) of the definition of Loan Payment Amount for
such Financing Contract and determined as of the date (a) such Financing
Contract was terminated or prepaid in full by an Obligor thereunder, (b) on
which a payment was made or required to be made pursuant to any of Section 2.16,
Section 2.17, Article V, or Section 6.05 of the Sale and Contribution Agreement
or Section 5.01 of the Undertaking and Replacement Agreement or (c) solely for
the purposes of the definition of Reduction Amount, such Financing Contract
became an Actual Write-Off or Deemed Write- Off, as applicable. Notwithstanding
the foregoing, as to any Financing Contract for which a payment was required to
be made under Section 6.04 of the Sale and Contribution Agreement, the "Future
Payment Amount" with respect to such Financing Contract shall be an amount
determined by Lender in good faith to be fairly allocable to payments that would
otherwise have become due under such Financing Contract after the date of such
required payment.

          "GAAP" means generally accepted accounting principles in the United
States of America as in effect from time to time, consistently applied.


                                       59


<PAGE>

          "GE Capital Control Account" has the meaning ascribed to it in Section
1.3(a)(ii) of this Agreement.

          "GE Capital Termination Event" has the meaning ascribed to it in the
Program Agreement.

          "Governmental Authority" means any nation or government, any state or
other political subdivision thereof, and any agency, department or other entity
exercising executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory or administrative
functions of or pertaining to government.

          "Historical Loss Data" means the historical loss data tape in the form
set forth as Annex C to this Agreement.

          "Holdback Account" has the meaning ascribed to it in the Allocation
Agreement.

          "IM/Pooling Contracts" means Financing Contracts and agreements and
instruments evidencing Other Obligations for which (i) amounts due from the
Obligor thereunder are summarized and billed to such Obligor under a single,
summary invoice on a monthly basis with detail pursuant to the IM System, (ii)
amounts due from the Obligor thereunder are summarized and billed to such
Obligor under a single, summary invoice on a monthly basis without detail
pursuant to the IM System or (iii) amounts due from the Obligor thereunder are
aggregated and billed to such Obligor on a monthly basis under a single,
aggregate invoice pursuant to the Pooling System.

          "IM System" means that certain management billing system referred to
by Xerox as the "Invoice Management" or "IM" system and employed by the JV to
administer certain Contracts in a manner such that amounts due from Obligors
under one or more Contracts are summarized and billed to the Obligor under a
single, summary invoice on a monthly basis (with or without detail).

          "Incremental Borrowing Request" means, with respect to any proposed
Incremental Term Loan, a written notice substantially in the form of Exhibit
1.1(c)(v) to this Agreement, containing (in each case, as determined in
accordance with Annex E to this Agreement) (i) the original principal amount of
the relevant Incremental Term Loan and (ii) the Discount Rate applicable
thereto.

          "Incremental Closing Date" means the date upon which Lender makes an
Incremental Term Loan to Borrower;

          "Incremental Data Certification" means, with respect to any proposed
Incremental Term Loan, a written certification of Borrower, in the form of
Exhibit 1.1(c)(ii) to this Agreement, containing (i) the Term Loan Advance Rate
applicable to such Incremental Term Loan, (ii) a Statement of Cash Flows for the
Candidate Financing Contracts, (iii) the Incremental Data File with respect to
such Candidate Financing Contracts, (iv) the Tagging Date with respect to the
Candidate Financing Contracts, (v) the Base Service Percentage and Base Supply
Percentage applicable to the Candidate Financing Contracts , (vi) a
certification that, except to the extent waived by Lender in writing or through
the application of Section 1.1(e), (A) none of the Candidate Financing Contracts
constitute Excluded Financing Contracts, (B) the inclusion of such Candidate
Financing Contracts in the Data File would not result in any of the
representations and warranties set forth in


                                       60


<PAGE>

subclauses (a)(iv) (as to the valid transfer of the Candidate Financing
Contracts and the related Transferred Assets), (a)(xii), (a)(xiii) and (b)
through (e) of Section 4.01 of the Sale and Contribution Agreement being untrue
or incorrect and (C) either the Concentration Percentage with respect to each
Obligor under a Candidate Financing Contract does not exceed one percent (1%) or
the Obligor Exposure with respect to such Obligor does not exceed the amount
permitted for such Obligor by Section 2.4(v) of the Agreement.

          "Incremental Data File" means, with respect to any Financing Contracts
to be acquired by Borrower on a Closing Date after the Initial Closing Date
pursuant to the Sale and Contribution Agreement, a computer disk, computer tape
or other computer generated format setting forth the Financing Contract
Information for such Financing Contracts.

          "Incremental Financing Contract" means a Financing Contract to be
acquired by Borrower from Xerox on a particular Incremental Closing Date
pursuant to the Sale and Contribution Agreement and against which a related
Incremental Term Loan is actually advanced.

          "Incremental Term Loans" means a collective reference to the Existing
Incremental Term Loans and the Additional Incremental Term Loans.

          "Indebtedness" means, with respect to any Person, without duplication,
(a) all indebtedness of such Person for borrowed money or for the deferred
purchase price of property payment for which is deferred ninety (90) days or
more, but excluding obligations to trade creditors incurred in the ordinary
course of business unsecured and that are not overdue by more than ninety (90)
days unless being contested in good faith, (b) all reimbursement and other
obligations with respect to letters of credit, bankers' acceptances and surety
bonds, whether or not matured, (c) all obligations evidenced by notes, bonds,
debentures or similar instruments, (d) all indebtedness created or arising under
any conditional sale or other title retention agreement with respect to property
acquired by such Person (even though the rights and remedies of the seller or
lender under such agreement in the event of default are limited to repossession
or sale of such property), (e) all capital lease obligations (defined as, with
respect to any lease to which such Person is a party, the amount of the
obligation of such Person that, in accordance with GAAP, would appear on a
balance sheet of such Person in respect of such lease) and the present value of
future rental payments under synthetic leases, (f) all obligations of such
Person under commodity purchase or option agreements or other commodity price
hedging arrangements, in each case whether contingent or matured, (g) all
obligations of such Person under any foreign exchange contract, currency swap
agreement, interest rate swap, cap or collar agreement or other similar
agreement or arrangement designed to alter the risks of that Person arising from
fluctuations in currency values or interest rates, in each case whether
contingent or matured, (h) all Indebtedness referred to above secured by (or for
which the holder of such Indebtedness has an existing right, contingent or
otherwise, to be secured by) any Lien upon or in property or other assets
(including accounts and contract rights) owned by such Person, even though such
Person has not assumed or become liable for the payment of such Indebtedness,
and (i) the Obligations.

          "Indemnification Agreement" means that certain Indemnification
Agreement dated as of the Initial Closing Date by and among Xerox, Borrower and
MPE 2.


                                       61


<PAGE>

          "Indemnified Person" means, (i) with respect to Lender, Lender and its
Affiliates, and each of Lender's and its Affiliates' respective officers,
directors, employees, attorneys, agents and representatives and (ii) with
respect to Borrower, Borrower and its Affiliates, and each of Borrower's and its
Affiliates' respective officers, directors, employees, attorneys, agents and
representatives.

          "Index Debt" means, with respect to any Person, any long-term, senior
unsecured Indebtedness of such Person (without any third party credit
enhancement).

          "Initial Borrowing Request" means a written notice substantially in
the form of Exhibit 2.1(b) to the Existing Loan Agreement containing (in each
case, as determined in accordance with Annex E to the Existing Loan Agreement)
(i) the original principal amount of the Initial Term Loan, (ii) the Discount
Rate applicable thereto and (iii) the Targeted Principal Balance Schedule
related thereto.

          "Initial Closing Date" means November 20, 2001.

          "Initial Data Certification" means a written certification, in the
form of Exhibit 2.1(a) to the Existing Loan Agreement, containing (i) the
proposed Initial Closing Date, (ii) the Term Loan Advance Rate applicable to the
Initial Term Loan, (iii) the Historical Loss Data, (iv) a Statement of Cash
Flows for the Initial Financing Contracts and (v) the Initial Data File.

          "Initial Data File" means the computer disk, computer tape or other
computer generated format setting forth the Financing Contract Information as to
the Initial Financing Contracts.

          "Initial Financing Contracts" means the Financing Contracts to be
acquired by Borrower from Xerox on the Initial Closing Date pursuant to the Sale
and Contribution Agreement.

          "Initial Monetization Invoice" has the meaning ascribed to such term
in the Sale and Contribution Agreement.

          "Initial Term Loan" means the Existing Term Loan made by Lender to
Borrower on the Initial Closing Date and described in item 1 on Schedule 1.1(a)
hereto.

          "Installment Payment" has the meaning ascribed to it in the Allocation
Agreement.

          "IRC" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and any
successor thereto.

          "IRS" means the Internal Revenue Service, or any successor thereto.

          "JV" means Xerox Capital Services, LLC, a Delaware limited liability
company.

          "JV Agreement" has the meaning ascribed to such term in the Program
Agreement.

          "JV Operational Date" means May 1, 2002.


                                       62


<PAGE>

          "Lease Payment" has the meaning ascribed to it in the Allocation
Agreement.

          "Lender" means General Electric Capital Corporation and its permitted
successors and assigns.

          "Lien" means any mortgage or deed of trust, pledge, hypothecation,
assignment, deposit arrangement, lien, charge, claim, security interest,
easement or encumbrance, or preference, priority or other security agreement or
preferential arrangement of any kind or nature whatsoever (including any lease
or title retention agreement, any financing lease having substantially the same
economic effect as any of the foregoing, and the filing of, or agreement to
give, any financing statement perfecting a security interest under the Code or
comparable law of any jurisdiction).

          "Litigation" means any action, claim, lawsuit, demand, investigation
or proceeding before or by any Governmental Authority or before any arbitrator
or panel of arbitrators.

          "Loan Documents" means this Agreement, the Notes, the Collateral
Documents, the Lockbox Account Agreement, the Payment Account Agreement and all
other agreements, instruments, documents and certificates executed and delivered
to, or in favor of, Lender and including all other pledges, powers of attorney,
consents, assignments, contracts, notices, and all other written matter whether
heretofore, now or hereafter executed by or on behalf of Borrower or any other
Person, or any employee of any of them, and delivered to Lender in connection
with this Agreement or the transactions contemplated thereby. Any reference in
this Agreement or any other Loan Document to a Loan Document shall include all
annexes, appendices, exhibits, schedules or other attachments thereto, and all
permitted amendments, restatements, supplements or other modifications thereto,
and shall refer to this Agreement or such Loan Document as the same may be in
effect at any and all times such reference becomes operative.

          "Loan Payment Amount" has the meaning ascribed to it in the Sale and
Contribution Agreement.

          "Lockbox" has the meaning ascribed to it in the Lockbox Account
Agreement.

          "Lockbox Account Agreement" means that certain Lockbox Account
Agreement by and between PNC Bank, National Association and the Collateral Agent
dated as of the Initial Closing Date and acknowledged and agreed to by the
Beneficial Owners and, solely for purposes of Section 1 thereof, Xerox, as
amended and restated as of the Effective Date.

          "Lockbox Concentration Account" has the meaning ascribed to it in the
Lockbox Account Agreement.

          "Lockbox Deposit Account" has the meaning ascribed to it in the
Lockbox Account Agreement.

          "Loss Component" has the meaning ascribed thereto on Annex E to this
Agreement.

          "Loss Rates" has the meaning ascribed thereto on Annex E to this


                                       63


<PAGE>

Agreement, as the same may be adjusted from time to time in accordance with
Section 6.20 of this Agreement.

          "Margin Stock" has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 3.8.

          "Market Segment" means, with respect to any Financing Contract, the
classification by Xerox (in accordance with its past practices) of the Obligor
thereunder into one of the following categories: "general markets", "government"
or "major account/named account".

          "Material Adverse Effect" means a material adverse effect on (a)
Borrower's ability to enforce its rights under the Related Transaction Documents
(other than the Loan Documents), (b) Lender's ability to enforce Borrower's
rights under such Related Transaction Documents, (c) the Collateral, Lender's
Liens on the Collateral or the priority of such Liens or (d) Lender's rights and
remedies under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

          "Maximum Amount" means Five Billion Dollars ($5,000,000,000).

          "Minimum Lease Payment" means, with respect to any Financing Contract
that is in the form of a lease agreement, the periodic minimum lease payment due
thereunder.

          "Misapplied Proceeds" shall have the meaning ascribed to it in the
Allocation Agreement.

          "Misdirected Contract Payments" shall have the meaning ascribed to it
in the Allocation Agreement.

          "Misdirected Xerox Proceeds" shall have the meaning ascribed to it in
the Allocation Agreement.

          "Monetization Accounts" means a collective reference to the MPE 1
Account, the MPE 2 Account and the Sales Tax Account.

          "Monthly Aggregate Payment Amount" means, with respect to any Term
Loan and for each Settlement Period, all amounts deposited into the GE Capital
Control Account in respect of such Term Loan during such Settlement Period minus
(b) the amounts paid under Section 6(b) of the Allocation Agreement in respect
of such Settlement Period.

          "Moody's" means Moody's Investors Services, Inc.

          "MPE 1 Account" has the meaning ascribed to it in the Allocation
Agreement.

          "MPE 2" means Xerox Lease Equipment LLC, a Delaware limited liability
company.

          "MPE 2 Account" has the meaning ascribed to it in the Allocation
Agreement.

          "Multiemployer Plan" means a "multiemployer plan" as defined in
Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA, and to which Xerox, Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate
is making, is obligated to make or has made or been obligated to make,
contributions on behalf of participants who are or were employed by any


                                       64


<PAGE>

of them.

          "Notes" has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 1.1(b).

          "Obligations" means all loans, advances, debts, liabilities and
obligations, for the performance of covenants, tasks or duties or for payment of
monetary amounts (whether or not such performance is then required or
contingent, or such amounts are liquidated or determinable) owing by Borrower to
Lender, and all covenants and duties regarding such amounts, of any kind or
nature, present or future, whether or not evidenced by any note, agreement or
other instrument, arising under this Agreement or any of the other Loan
Documents. This term includes all principal, interest (including all interest
that accrues after the commencement of any case or proceeding in bankruptcy by
or against Borrower, whether or not allowed in such case or proceeding), fees,
Charges, expenses, attorneys' fees and any other sum chargeable to Borrower
under this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents.

          "Obligor" means, with respect to any Financing Contract, the party
obligated to make payments with respect to such Financing Contract, including
any obligor in respect of any Credit Enhancement.

          "Obligor Exposure" means with respect to any Obligor, as of any date
of determination, the sum of the net present value amounts as calculated by and
reflected on the XEEP System as of the Tagging Date relating to a proposed Term
Loan for (a) all Financing Contracts to be acquired by Borrower from Xerox
pursuant to the Sale and Contribution Agreement on such date to which such
Obligor or any Related Person (as defined in the Sale and Contribution
Agreement) is a party or provides a Credit Enhancement plus (b) all Financing
Contracts theretofore transferred by Xerox to Borrower pursuant to the Sale and
Contribution Agreement and continued to be owned by Borrower as of such date to
which such Obligor or any Related Person is a party or provides a Credit
Enhancement, plus, from and after July 1, 2003, to the extent not reflected in
the net present value amounts as calculated by and reflected on the XEEP System,
all due but uncollected Lease Payments or Installment Payments, as applicable,
relating to Financing Contracts referred to in clause (b).

          "Obligor's Rights" means a collective reference to the Obligor's
rights under a Financing Contract (including, without limitation, the Obligor's
rights to quiet enjoyment of the Equipment and to any Equipment purchase rights
provided for in a Financing Contract).

          "Other Obligations" means, in respect of each Obligor, any and all
charges, debts, liabilities or obligations of such Obligor pursuant to a
Serviced Asset other than those owing by such Obligor pursuant to and under
Transferred Assets.

          "Payment Account" has the meaning ascribed to it in the Payment
Account Agreement.

          "Payment Account Agreement" means that certain Payment Account
Agreement dated as of the Initial Closing Date by and among the Beneficial
Owners, Xerox, the JV and the Collateral Agent, as amended and restated as of
the Effective Date.

          "Payment Amount" has the meaning ascribed to it in the Sale and




                                       65


<PAGE>

Contribution Agreement.

          "PBGC" means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation or any successor
thereto.

          "Periodic Installment Sale Payment" means, with respect to any
Financing Contract which is in the form of an installment sale agreement, the
periodic minimum installment sale payment thereunder.

          "Permitted Delinquency" means, with respect to any Financing Contract,
that the aggregate of (a) the number of due and uncollected payments, without
giving effect to any right of set-off or any other rights and/or defenses of an
Obligor thereunder, plus (b) the number of payments which shall have been
suspended or waived plus (c) the number of months that have passed since the
expiration of the Contractually Scheduled Term, is not greater than seven (7).

          "Permitted Encumbrances" means the following encumbrances: (a) with
respect to any Transferred Assets which do not constitute Credit Enhancements,
Liens for Taxes not yet due and payable or which are being contested in
accordance with Section 5.2(b), (b) presently existing or hereafter created
Liens in favor of Lender and (c) Liens expressly permitted and contemplated by
the Related Transaction Documents (other than the Loan Documents) as in effect
on the Initial Closing Date.

          "Person" means any individual, sole proprietorship, partnership, joint
venture, trust, unincorporated organization, association, corporation, limited
liability company, institution, public benefit corporation, other entity or
government (whether federal, state, county, city, municipal, local, foreign, or
otherwise, including any instrumentality, division, agency, body or department
thereof).

          "Plan" means, at any time, an employee benefit plan, as defined in
Section 3(3) of ERISA, that Xerox, Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate maintains,
contributes to or has an obligation to contribute to or has maintained,
contributed to or had an obligation to contribute to at any time within the past
seven (7) years on behalf of participants who are or were employed by Xerox,
Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate.

          "Policies" means the collection and servicing procedures referred to
in the Portfolio Service Contract and which are in effect on the Initial Closing
Date, as the same may from time to time be amended, restated, supplemented or
otherwise modified with the written consent of Lender.

          "Pooling System" means that certain management billing system referred
to by Xerox as the "Pooling System" and employed by the JV to administer certain
Contracts in a manner such that the amounts due from Obligors under one or more
Contracts are aggregated in respect of the copy volumes of a specific pool of
machines and billed at a common meter rate to the Obligor on a monthly basis
under a single, aggregate invoice.

          "Portfolio" means a collective reference to the Financing Contracts
acquired by Borrower from Xerox pursuant to the Sale and Contribution Agreement
and against which the Term Loans were advanced by Lender.

          "Portfolio Service Contract" means (i) for all periods prior to May 1,
2002 that certain Portfolio Service Contract dated as of the Initial


                                       66


<PAGE>

Closing Date by and among Xerox, Borrower, MPE 2 and Lender pursuant to which
Xerox shall be obligated to bill and collect the Financing Contracts on behalf
of Borrower and (ii) for all periods from and after May 1, 2002, that certain
Monetization Portfolio Service Contract dated as of May 1, 2002 by and among
Borrower, MPE 2, Xerox, the JV and Lender, as amended and restated as of the
Effective Date, as the same may be further amended, amended and restated,
supplemented or modified from time to time.

          "Portfolio Servicer" means (i) for the period commencing on November
20, 2001 through but excluding the JV Operational Date, Xerox as "Portfolio
Servicer" under the Portfolio Service Contract and (ii) from and after the JV
Operational Date, the JV (or any successor servicer of the Portfolio pursuant to
the Portfolio Service Contract).

          "Program Agreement" means that certain Program Agreement dated as of
the Effective Date by and among Lender, Xerox, Borrower and MPE 2.

          "Prospective Collateral Defect", with respect to any (i) Candidate
Financing Contract, any event or circumstance that would, or that Lender
reasonably expects would, give rise to any meaningful adverse effect on (a) such
Candidate Financing Contract and the related Purchased Assets, (b) the
collectibility of such Candidate Financing Contract, (c) the availability or
efficacy of any of the Lender's rights and remedies under this Agreement or any
of the other Related Transaction Documents (including, without limitation,
Lender's Liens on such Candidate Financing Contracts) or (d) Borrower's title to
such Candidate Financing Contract and the related Purchased Assets, and (ii)
Financing Contracts comprising a part of the Portfolio, any event or
circumstance that would, or that Lender reasonably expects would, give rise to
any meaningful adverse effect (in relation to the Financing Contracts then
comprising the Portfolio, taken as a whole) on (a) the Financing Contracts then
comprising the Portfolio, (b) the collectibility of the Financing Contracts then
comprising the Portfolio, (c) the availability or efficacy of any of Lender's
rights and remedies under this Agreement or any of the other Related Transaction
Documents (including, without limitation, Lender's Liens on such Candidate
Financing Contracts) or (d) Borrower's title to the Financing Contracts then
comprising the Portfolio.

          "QRT Financing Contract" means any Financing Contract that (i) has an
Activation Date (A) in the case of a Financing Contract that is an XBS Agreement
(or a component of an arrangement that historically would be treated by Xerox as
XBS Agreement), prior to September 30, 2002 or (B) in the case of a Financing
Contract other than a Financing Contract covered by clause (A), prior to April
1, 2002, (ii) is an IM/Pooling Contract described in clause (i) of the
definition thereof or (iii) is a Simon Financing Contract.

          "Qualified Plan" means a Plan that is intended to be tax-qualified
under Section 401(a) of the IRC.

          "Qualifying Financing Contract" means, as of any date of
determination, any Financing Contract which satisfies each of the following
conditions:

          (i) there are no payment defaults, delinquencies or suspensions of any
Obligor's payment obligations thereunder, in each case, other than a Permitted
Delinquency with respect to such Financing Contract; and


                                       67


<PAGE>

         (ii) no Bankruptcy Event shall have occurred and be continuing with
respect to any Obligor under such Financing Contract.

          "Rated Investment Grade" means that Xerox's Index Debt shall be rated
both at least "Baa3" by Moody's and at least "BBB-" by S&P.

          "Records" shall mean all Financing Contracts, Credit Enhancements and
other documents, books, records and other information (including computer
programs, tapes, disks, data processing software and related property and
rights) prepared and/or maintained by Xerox, the Portfolio Servicer, MPE 2 or
Borrower specifically with respect to the Transferred Assets and the Obligors.

          "Reduction Amount" means, with respect to any Financing Contract as at
any date of determination, the product of (A) the Future Payment Amount relating
to such Financing Contract as at such date multiplied by (B) the Financing
Contract Advance Rate applicable to such Financing Contract.

          "Related Transaction Documents" means the Loan Documents, the XCC
Transfer Agreement, the Sale and Contribution Agreement, the Contribution
Agreement, the Escrow Agreement, the Transition Proceeds Agreement, the
Undertaking and Replacement Agreement, the Portfolio Service Contract, the
Separateness Agreement, the Indemnification Agreement, the Allocation Agreement,
the Tax Administration Agreement, the Program Agreement, the Retained Business
Servicing Agreement and all other agreements or instruments executed in
connection with the Related Transactions pursuant to the Related Transaction
Documents, in each case, as the same may be amended, amended and restated,
waived, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with
the terms thereof.

          "Related Transactions" means the borrowing of the Initial Term Loan on
the Initial Closing Date, the borrowing of any other Term Loan on any Closing
Date, any Tier I Transfer, any XCC Transfer, any Equipment and Tax Payment
Transfer, the payment of all fees, costs and expenses associated with all of the
foregoing and the execution and delivery of all of the Related Transaction
Documents.

          "Replaced Financing Contract" means, as of any date of determination,
any Financing Contract (a) which was previously included in the Portfolio, (b)
which was terminated by Xerox pursuant to Article V of the Sale and Contribution
Agreement contemporaneously with the execution and delivery by Xerox of a
Replacement Financing Contract with the same Obligor (or any Affiliate thereof)
and (c) for which the Loan Payment Amount with respect thereto was received in
the Payment Account as provided in Article V of the Sale and Contribution
Agreement.

          "Replacement Financing Contract" means a Financing Contract entered
into by Xerox contemporaneously with the termination by Xerox (pursuant to
Article 6.01(c) or (g) of the Sale and Contribution Agreement) of a Financing
Contract then constituting a part of the Portfolio.

          "Representatives" means with respect to any Person, any such Person's
employees, officers, directors, agents, attorneys, consultants, accountants,
advisors and other representatives.

          "Requirements of Law" shall mean, as to any Person, any law,




                                       68


<PAGE>

treaty, statute, rule, regulation, common law or determination of an arbitrator
or a court or other Governmental Authority and all official directives,
consents, approvals, authorizations, guidelines, restrictions and policies of
any Governmental Authority, in each case applicable to or binding upon such
Person or any of its property or to which such Person or any of its property is
subject, including any environmental law.

          "Responsible Person" means, with respect to any Person, any one of the
following: an officer, senior manager or senior executive of such Person.

          "Retained Business Servicing Agreement" has the meaning ascribed to it
in the Program Agreement.

          "S&P" means Standard and Poor's Ratings Services, a division of The
McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.

         "Sale and Contribution Agreement" means that certain Sale and
Contribution Agreement dated as of the Initial Closing Date between Xerox and
Borrower, as amended and restated as of the Effective Date.

         "Sales Tax Account" has the meaning ascribed to it in the Allocation
Agreement.

          "Sales Tax Payments" has the meaning ascribed to it in the Allocation
Agreement.

          "Security Agreement" means that certain Security Agreement dated as of
the Initial Closing Date by and between Borrower and Lender, as amended and
restated as of the Effective Date.

          "Separateness Agreement" means that certain Separateness Agreement
dated as of the Initial Closing Date by and among Xerox, MPE 2 and Borrower, as
amended and restated as of the Effective Date.

          "Separateness/True Sale Concern" means any event or circumstance that
would, or may reasonably be expected to, give rise (either alone or together
with other then-existing facts or circumstances) to (a) a materially greater
risk as to the substantive consolidation of Borrower or MPE 2 with Xerox, (b)
the incurrence of liabilities (fixed or contingent) of Borrower other than
liabilities permitted by Section 3.15 or (c) a materially greater risk as to
Borrower's acquisition of any Financing Contract being treated as anything other
than a true sale and absolute transfer of such Financing Contract under the
Bankruptcy Code.

           "Service Coverage Test" has the meaning ascribed to it in the Sale
and Contribution Agreement.

           "Serviced Asset" has the meaning ascribed to it under each of (i) the
Retained Business Servicing Agreement and (ii) the Portfolio Service Contract.

           "Settlement Date" means, for each Term Loan and each Settlement
Period related to such Term Loan, the sixteenth (16th) day after the end of such
Settlement Period; provided that if such day is not a Business Day, then the
Settlement Date shall be the next succeeding Business Day.


                                       69


<PAGE>

           "Settlement Period" means with respect to any Term Loan, (a)
initially, the period from the Tagging Date of such Term Loan to and including
the last day of the calendar month in which such Closing Date occurred and (b)
thereafter, each successive period commencing on the first day of each calendar
month through and including the last day of such calendar month or, if earlier,
the Termination Date.

          "Settlement Report" means a report delivered by Portfolio Servicer to
Lender pursuant to the Portfolio Service Contract one Business Day prior to any
Settlement Date and setting forth, with respect to the Settlement Period ending
immediately prior to such Settlement Date, the following information:

           (a) the amount of interest income (net of losses) actually earned on
funds on deposit in each of the respective Controlled Accounts during such
Settlement Period;

           (b) with respect to any Financing Contract for which payments were
made or required to be made pursuant to any of Section 2.16, Section 2.17,
Article V, Section 6.04 or Section 6.05 of the Sale and Contribution Agreement
or Section 6.01 of the Undertaking and Replacement Agreement during such
Settlement Period, (i) the date on which such payment was made or otherwise
became due, (ii) the amount of such payment which was made or required to be
made with respect to such Financing Contract, (iii) the amount of such payment
with respect to such Financing Contract which was actually deposited in the GE
Capital Control Account, (iv) other than with respect to payments required to be
made under Section 6.04 of the Sale and Contribution Agreement, the Future
Payment Amount with respect to such Financing Contract, (v) the Financing
Contract Advance Rate applicable to such Financing Contract and (vi) the Term
Loan to which such Financing Contract relates;

          (c) the amount of all payments received in respect of a Financing
Contract (other than payments referred to in clause (b) above or clause (i)
below) deposited into the GE Capital Control Account during such Settlement
Period and the Term Loan to which such Financing Contract relates;

          (d) as to any Financing Contracts which became a Deemed Write-Off
during such Settlement Period, (i) the Future Payment Amount with respect to
such Financing Contract (determined as of the related Determination Date such
Financing Contract became a Deemed Write-Off), (ii) the Financing Contract
Advance Rate applicable to such Financing Contract and (iii) the Term Loan to
which such Financing Contract relates;

          (e) as to any Financing Contract which ceased to be a Deemed Write-Off
during such Settlement Period, the amount by which the Targeted Principal
Balance was previously reduced in respect of such Financing Contract and the
Term Loan to which such Financing Contract relates;

          (f) as to any Financing Contracts which became an Actual Write-Off
during such Settlement Period, (i) the date upon which such Financing Contract
became an Actual Write-Off, (ii) the Future Payment Amount with respect to such
Financing Contract (determined as of the date such Financing Contract became an
Actual Write-Off), (iii) the Financing Contract Advance Rate applicable to such
Financing Contract and (iv) the Term Loan to which such Financing Contract
relates;

          (g) the Accrued Portfolio Servicing Amount for such Settlement


                                       70


<PAGE>

Period;

          (h) the amount of funds deposited by Borrower into the GE Capital
Control Account pursuant to Section 5.13 of the Loan Agreement and (i) the
Financing Contract to which such payment relates and (ii) the Term Loan to which
such Financing Contract relates;

          (i) with respect to any Financing Contract which was terminated or
otherwise prepaid in full by an Obligor thereunder during such Settlement
Period, (i) the date on which such Financing Contract was terminated or prepaid
in full, (ii) the Loan Payment Amount with respect to such Financing Contract
which was deposited into the Payment Account, (ii) the Future Payment Amount
with respect to such Financing Contract, (iii) the Financing Contract Advance
Rate applicable to such Financing Contract and (iv) the Term Loan to which such
Financing Contract relates; and

           (j) with respect to each Term Loan: (a) the Targeted Principal
Balance of such Term Loan as of the immediately preceding Determination Date
after taking into account the information set forth in subclauses (a) through
(i) above, (b) the accrued but unpaid interest with respect to such Term Loan as
of the immediately preceding Determination Date, (c) the amount of the Monthly
Aggregate Payment Amount to be applied to the accrued and unpaid interest on
such Term Loan, (d) the amount of the Monthly Aggregate Payment Amount to be
applied to such Term Loan in order to reduce the outstanding principal balance
thereof to the Targeted Principal Balance (as adjusted pursuant to clause (a)
above) as of the immediately preceding Determination Date, (e) the amount of the
Monthly Aggregate Payment Amount, if any, which is required to be applied to any
other Term Loan in order to reduce the outstanding principal balance thereof to
the Targeted Principal Balance applicable thereto (as adjusted pursuant to
clause (a) above) as of the immediately preceding Determination Date and (f) the
amount, if any, which should be distributed to the MPE 1 Account.

          "Simon Financing Contract" has the meaning ascribed to it in the Sale
and Contribution Agreement.

          "Solvent" means, with respect to any Person on a particular date, that
on such date (a) the fair value of the property of such Person is greater than
the total amount of liabilities, including contingent liabilities, of such
Person, (b) the present fair saleable value of the assets of such Person is not
less than the amount that will be required to pay the probable liability of such
Person on its debts as they become absolute and matured, (c) such Person does
not intend to, and does not believe that it will, incur debts or liabilities
beyond such Person's ability to pay as such debts and liabilities mature and (d)
such Person is not engaged in a business or transaction, and is not about to
engage in a business or transaction, for which such Person's property would
constitute an unreasonably small capital. The amount of contingent liabilities
(such as Litigation, guaranties and pension plan liabilities) at any time shall
be computed as the amount that, in light of all the facts and circumstances
existing at the time, represents the amount that can reasonably be expected to
become an actual or matured liability.

          "Specified Investments" means book entry securities, negotiable
instruments or securities represented by instruments in bearer or registered
form which evidence any of the following:


                                       71


<PAGE>

          (i) marketable direct obligations of, or obligations the principal of
and interest on which are unconditionally guaranteed by, the United States (or
by any agency thereof to the extent such obligations are backed by the full
faith and credit of the such government), in each case maturing within one (1)
year from the date of acquisition thereof;

         (ii) marketable direct obligations issued by any state of the United
States of America or any political subdivision of any such state or any public
instrumentality thereof maturing within one (1) year from the date of
acquisition thereof and having, at such date, one of the two highest ratings
obtainable from either S&P or Moody's;

        (iii) commercial paper maturing within one (1) year from the date of
acquisition thereof and having, at such date of acquisition, at least the second
highest credit rating obtainable from S&P or Moody's;

         (iv) certificates of deposit, banker's acceptances and time deposits
maturing within one (1) year from the date of acquisition thereof issued or
guaranteed by or placed with, and money market deposit accounts issued or
offered by, any bank organized under the laws of the United States or any state
thereof or the District of Columbia or any country in the European Union (as it
exists on the Effective Date) or Switzerland or any U.S. branch of a foreign
bank which has at the date of acquisition thereof a combined capital and surplus
of at least $100,000,000;

          (v) repurchase agreements with a term of not more than seven (7) days
for securities described in clause (i) above and entered into with a financial
institution satisfying the criteria described in clause (iv) above; and

         (vi) Investments in money market funds that invest substantially all of
their assets in securities of the types described in clauses (i)-(v) above.

          "Statement of Cash Flows means, with respect to the Financing
Contracts to be acquired by Borrower from Xerox pursuant to the Sale and
Contribution Agreement on a particular Closing Date, a spreadsheet prepared in
Microsoft Excel, and containing the following information (with each Financing
Contract being presented on a separate "Row") as of the respective Tagging Dates
for such Financing Contracts: (a) Column 1 -for each Row, the contract number or
customer number assigned by Xerox with respect to such Financing Contract, (b)
Column 2 - for each Row, the sum of all Lease Payments or Installment Payments,
as applicable, (expressed in dollars) with respect to such Financing Contract,
due and uncollected, including Lease Payments or Installment Payments, as
applicable, for which invoices have been issued prior to such Tagging Date and
(c) Columns 3 through end-for each Row, commencing with the first Lease Payment
or Installment Payment, as applicable, (expressed in dollars) with respect to
such Financing Contract for which an invoice has been or will be issued on or
after such Tagging Date, the Lease Payment or Installment Payment, as
applicable, due in the month in which such Tagging Date occurs and each month
thereafter (inserting $0 when no Lease Payment or Installment Payment, as
applicable, is due in a particular month).

          "Stock" means all shares, options, warrants, general or limited
partnership interests, membership interests, or other equivalents (regardless of
how designated) of or in a corporation, partnership, limited liability


                                       72


<PAGE>

company or equivalent entity whether voting or nonvoting, including common
stock, preferred stock or any other "equity security" (as such term is defined
in Rule 3a11-1 of the General Rules and Regulations promulgated by the
Securities and Exchange Commission under the Exchange Act).

          "Stockholder" means, with respect to any Person, each holder of Stock
of such Person.

          "Subsidiary" means, with respect to any Person, (a) any corporation of
which an aggregate of more than 50% of the outstanding Stock having ordinary
voting power to elect a majority of the board of directors of such corporation
(irrespective of whether, at the time, Stock of any other class or classes of
such corporation shall have or might have voting power by reason of the
happening of any contingency) is at the time, directly or indirectly, owned
legally or beneficially by such Person and/or one or more Subsidiaries of such
Person, or with respect to which any such Person has the right to vote or
designate the vote of 50% or more of such Stock whether by proxy, agreement,
operation of law or otherwise, and (b) any partnership or limited liability
company in which such Person and/or one or more Subsidiaries of such Person
shall have an interest (whether in the form of voting or participation in
profits or capital contribution) of more than 50% or of which any such Person is
a general partner or may exercise the powers of a general partner.

          "Supply Coverage Test" has the meaning ascribed to it in the Sale and
Contribution Agreement.

          "Supporting Obligations" has the meaning ascribed thereto in the Code.

          "Tagging Date" means (a) with respect to an Initial Financing
Contract, October 2, 2001 and (b) with respect to any other Financing Contract,
the date specified in the relevant Incremental Data Certification delivered
under this Agreement.

          "Targeted Principal Balance" means (i) with respect to any Existing
Term Loan, the Existing Term Loan TPB for such Existing Term Loan and (ii) with
respect to any Additional Incremental Term Loan, the Additional Incremental Term
Loan TPB for such Additional Incremental Term Loan.

          "Targeted Principal Balance Schedule" means, with respect to any
Existing Term Loan, a schedule indicating the monthly Targeted Principal
Balances of such Existing Term Loan prepared in accordance with Annex E of the
Existing Loan Agreement and set forth in the Initial Borrowing Request or
relevant Incremental Borrowing Request, as applicable (as each such Targeted
Principal Balance may be reduced or increased from time to time in accordance
with the definition thereof).

          "Tax Administration Agreement" means that certain Tax Administration
Agreement dated as of the Initial Closing Date by and between Xerox, Borrower
and MPE 2, as amended and restated as of the Effective Date.

          "Taxes" means any and all current or future taxes, levies, imposts,
deductions, duty, charges or withholdings, assessment or other charge of
whatever nature imposed by any governmental authority, but excluding therefrom
(i) United States federal income taxes (whether imposed by withholding or
otherwise) and taxes imposed on or measured by the net income


                                       73


<PAGE>

of Lender by the jurisdictions under the laws of which Lender is organized or
conducts business or any political subdivision thereof, (ii) any tax (x) based
upon receipts, franchise, capital, doing business or net worth, (y) in the
nature of an intangible or similar tax upon or with respect to the value or
principal amount of the interest of Lender in the Term Loans evidenced by this
Agreement or (z) under the Michigan Single Business Tax, in each case in this
clause (ii) to which Lender is subject (to the extent of the tax rate then in
effect) on the date this Agreement is executed (iii) any tax resulting solely
from the negligence or willful misconduct of Lender, (iv) any tax imposed as a
result of the failure to provide to Borrower any form needed to obtain an
exemption from or reduced rate of tax (the delivery of which by Lender is
authorized by law), provided that Borrower has timely provided the form to
Lender and requested in writing that Lender deliver the completed form to
Borrower and (v) any tax imposed on or with respect to the transfer, assignment,
participation or syndication by Lender of its interest, in whole or in part, in
the Term Loans evidenced by this Agreement.

          "Term Loan Advance Rate" has the meaning ascribed thereto on Annex E
to this Agreement.

          "Term Loans" means, collectively, the Incremental Term Loans and the
Initial Term Loan.

          "Termination Date" means the date on which all of the Term Loans have
been indefeasibly repaid in full and all other Obligations under this Agreement
and the other Loan Documents have been completely discharged, and Borrower shall
not have any further right to borrow any monies under this Agreement.

          "Termination Event" means the earliest to occur of any of the
following: (a) the expiration of the Term (as defined in the Program Agreement
and as the same may be extended from time to time in accordance therewith), (b)
a GE Capital Termination Event shall have occurred, Lender shall have delivered
to Xerox a written notice stating that Lender has elected to terminate the
Program Agreement and the Termination Notice Period shall have expired, (c) a
Xerox Termination Event (as defined in the Program Agreement) shall have
occurred, Xerox shall have delivered a written notice to Lender stating that
Xerox has terminated the Program Agreement and the Termination Notice Period
shall have expired; (d) the date which is twelve (12) months following Lender's
receipt of notice of a Xerox Termination for Convenience (as defined, and
delivered in accordance with the terms of, the Program Agreement) or (e) a
Management Committee Termination (as defined in the Program Agreement) shall
have occurred.

          "Tier I Transfer" means any transfer by Xerox to Borrower of the
Purchased Assets and the Transferred Equipment (as each is defined in the Sale
and Contribution Agreement), in each case, in accordance with the terms of the
Sale and Contribution Agreement.

          "Title IV Plan" means a Pension Plan (other than a Multiemployer Plan)
that is covered by Title IV of ERISA.

          "Transferred Assets" means those assets acquired by Borrower pursuant
to the Tier I Transfers, together with all of Borrower's rights against Xerox
under the Sale and Contribution Agreement.

          "Transaction Parties" means a collective reference to XCC, Xerox,




                                       74


<PAGE>

MPE 2, the Portfolio Servicer and Borrower.

          "Transition Proceeds Agreement" means that certain Transition Proceeds
Agreement dated as of the Initial Closing Date by and among Borrower and Lender,
as amended and restated as of the Effective Date.

          "Turbo Event" means any of the following events or circumstances:

          (i) a Default under Section 7.1(b) or Event of Default has occurred
and is continuing;

         (ii) a GE Capital Termination Event has occurred and is continuing;

        (iii) any of the representations or warranties contained in the
following subsections shall not be true and correct in all respects as of any
Settlement Date or Actual Application Date: Sections 3.1(a), 3.1(c), 3.3 (other
than clauses (e) and (g) thereof) and Section 3.7;

         (iv) any of the representation or warranties contained in clauses (e)
or (g) of Section 3.3 shall not be true and correct with respect to all periods
prior to any Incremental Closing Date with respect to (A) all agreements
referred to in clause (e) that are material or (B) all consents or approvals
required from any Person which is not also a Governmental Authority in respect
of any material contract referred to in clause (A) above.

          (v) the Borrower shall not be in compliance with any of the following
covenants: Sections 5.16, 6.1 and 6.14;

         (vi) Borrower shall not have good and marketable title to all of the
Financing Contracts comprising the Portfolio free and clear of all Liens (except
Liens in favor of Lender and Permitted Liens) and such failure has, or would
reasonably be expected to, give rise to a Prospective Collateral Defect or a
Separateness/True Sale Concern;

        (vii) Lender shall not have a valid enforceable and first priority Lien
on all of the Financing Contracts comprising the Portfolio and such failure has,
or would reasonably be expected to give rise to, a Prospective Collateral Defect
or a Separateness/True Sale Concern; or

       (viii) Xerox or Borrower shall have failed to make any payment to
Borrower or Lender due under any of the Related Transaction Documents within
five (5) Business Days after written demand therefor from Lender unless (i)
Xerox or Borrower, as the case may be, is in good faith disputing its obligation
to make such payments and gives Lender written notice thereof and (ii) if the
aggregate amount of all such disputed payments exceeds $250,000, Xerox or
Borrower, as applicable, within two (2) Business Days after written request
therefor from Lender, shall have deposited cash in an amount equal to the
aggregate amounts so disputed into an escrow account (with documentation
governing such account in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Lender).
Upon the request of Lender, any and all of Borrower's rights in and to the
Escrowed Funds shall constitute additional Collateral for the payment of the
Obligations. Upon the resolution of the dispute pertaining to a particular
amount of Escrowed Funds, such Escrowed Funds shall be released to the party
legally entitled thereto (and if such party is Borrower or Lender, such funds
shall be deposited directly from such escrow account into the Payment Account
and allocated and distributed in accordance with the Allocation Agreement and
Payment Account Agreement).


                                       75


<PAGE>

          "Undertaking and Replacement Agreement" means that certain Undertaking
and Replacement Agreement dated as of the Initial Closing Date by and between
Xerox and Lender, as amended and restated as of the Effective Date.

          "Unfunded Pension Liability" means, at any time, the aggregate amount,
if any, of the sum of (a) the amount by which the present value of all accrued
benefits under each Title IV Plan exceeds the fair market value of all assets of
such Title IV Plan allocable to such benefits in accordance with Title IV of
ERISA, all determined as of the most recent valuation date for each such Title
IV Plan using the actuarial assumptions for funding purposes in effect under
such Title IV Plan, and (b) for a period of five (5) years following a
transaction which might reasonably be expected to be covered by Section 4069 of
ERISA, the liabilities (whether or not accrued) that could be avoided by Xerox,
Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate as a result of such transaction.

          "Uplift Payments" has the meaning ascribed to it in the Allocation
Agreement.

          "Waiver Request" has the meaning set forth in Section 1.1(c)(vi).

          "Write-Off Policy" means the Xerox historical write off policy
delivered to Lender pursuant to Section 2.3(q) of the Existing Loan Agreement
and applied in a manner consistent with Xerox's past practices.

          "XCC" means Xerox Credit Corporation, a Delaware corporation.

          "XCC Transfer" means the transfer by XCC to Xerox of certain Financing
Contracts previously sold by Xerox to XCC, which such Financing Contracts shall
be repurchased by Xerox from XCC pursuant to that certain XCC Transfer
Agreement, free and clear of Liens prior to the transfer thereof by Xerox to
Borrower.

          "XCC Transfer Agreement" means that certain Asset Purchase Agreement
dated as of the Initial Closing Date between Xerox and XCC.

          "XEEP System" means that certain management information system as used
by the JV to monitor and account for the Financing Contracts.

          "Xerox" means Xerox Corporation, a New York corporation.

          "XMC Code" means, with respect to any Financing Contract, the Xerox
Marketing Code assigned to such Financing Contract on the date of its
origination, which such Xerox Marketing Code is based upon the Standard
Industrial Classification Code.

           Unless otherwise specified, reference in this Agreement or any of the
Appendices to an Article, Section, subsection or clause refer to such Article,
Section, subsection or clause as contained in this Agreement. The words
"herein," "hereof" and "hereunder" and other words of similar import refer to
this Agreement as a whole, including all Annexes, Exhibits and Disclosure
Schedules, as the same may from time to time be amended, restated, modified or
supplemented in accordance with their terms, and not to any particular section,
subsection or clause contained in this Agreement or any such Annex, Exhibit or
Schedule.


                                       76


<PAGE>

          WHEREVER FROM THE CONTEXT IT APPEARS APPROPRIATE, EACH TERM STATED IN
EITHER THE SINGULAR OR PLURAL SHALL INCLUDE THE SINGULAR AND THE PLURAL, AND
PRONOUNS STATED IN THE MASCULINE, FEMININE OR NEUTER GENDER SHALL INCLUDE THE
MASCULINE, FEMININE AND NEUTER GENDERS. THE WORDS "INCLUDING", "INCLUDES" AND
"INCLUDE" SHALL BE DEEMED TO BE FOLLOWED BY THE WORDS "WITHOUT LIMITATION"; THE
WORD "OR" IS NOT EXCLUSIVE; REFERENCES TO PERSONS INCLUDE THEIR RESPECTIVE
SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS (TO THE EXTENT AND ONLY TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY THE
LOAN DOCUMENTS) OR, IN THE CASE OF GOVERNMENTAL PERSONS, PERSONS SUCCEEDING TO
THE RELEVANT FUNCTIONS OF SUCH PERSONS; AND ALL REFERENCES TO STATUTES AND
RELATED REGULATIONS SHALL INCLUDE ANY AMENDMENTS OF THE SAME AND ANY SUCCESSOR
STATUTES AND REGULATIONS. A FINANCING CONTRACT SHALL RELATE TO A PARTICULAR TERM
LOAN IF THE PROCEEDS OF SUCH TERM LOAN WILL BE OR WERE USED BY BORROWER TO PAY
XEROX THE PURCHASE PRICE OF SUCH FINANCING CONTRACT. WHENEVER ANY PROVISION IN
THE LOAN AGREEMENT REFERS TO THE KNOWLEDGE (OR AN ANALOGOUS PHRASE) OF BORROWER
OR ANY OTHER TRANSACTION PARTY, SUCH WORDS ARE INTENDED TO SIGNIFY THAT BORROWER
OR SUCH OTHER TRANSACTION PARTY HAS ACTUAL KNOWLEDGE OR AWARENESS OF A
PARTICULAR FACT OR CIRCUMSTANCE OR THAT BORROWER OR SUCH OTHER TRANSACTION
PARTY, IF IT HAD EXERCISED REASONABLE DILIGENCE, WOULD HAVE KNOWN OR BEEN AWARE
OF SUCH FACT OR CIRCUMSTANCE.

                                     Annex E

                                       to

                       Amended and Restated Loan Agreement

                             dated October 21, 2002

 Calculation of Advance Rates, Discount Rate and Targeted Principal Balance

I  Defined Terms:

Unless defined herein, capitalized terms used in this Annex shall have the
meanings ascribed to them in Annex A to the Loan Agreement.

          "Financing Contract Advance Rate" means, with respect to any Financing
Contract, an amount equal to one (1) minus the Loss Component (expressed as a
decimal) attributable to such Financing Contract.

          "Term Loan Advance Rate" means, with respect to any Term Loan, an
amount equal to one (1) minus the Term Loan Loss Ratio applicable to such Term
Loan. The "Term Loan Loss Ratio" with respect to a Term Loan shall be calculated
as follows: (i) first, for each Financing Contract related to such Term Loan,
calculate the net present value (derived using a discount rate of 6%) of all
Lease Payments or Installment Payments, as applicable, which became due or are
to become due on or after the relevant Tagging Date for such Financing Contract
(as determined by taking the amount set forth for such Financing Contract in
Columns C through the end of the Statement of Cash Flows delivered in connection
with the Term Loan related thereto) (the "NPV Amount"), (ii) second, calculate
the sum of the NPV Amounts for all Financing Contracts related to such Term
Loan, (iii) third, for each Financing Contract related to such Term Loan,
calculate the product of (a) the Loss Component attributable to such Financing
Contract multiplied by (b) the NPV Amount for such Financing Contract (the "FC
Loss Amount"), (iv) fourth, calculate the sum of the FC Loss Amounts for all
Financing Contracts related to such Term


                                       77


<PAGE>

Loan, and (v) fifth, divide the amount derived from clause (iv) by the number
derived from clause (ii).

          "Loss Component" means, with respect to any Financing Contract, an
amount, determined as of the relevant Tagging Date, equal to:

          (a) if such Financing Contract is currently paid or has four (4) or
          fewer Minimum Lease Payments or Periodic Installment Sale Payments, as
          applicable, due but uncollected, three (3) multiplied by the Loss Rate
          applicable to such Financing Contract;

          (b) if such Financing Contract has five (5) Minimum Lease Payments or
          Periodic Installment Sale Payments, as applicable, due but
          uncollected, three and one-half (3.5) multiplied by the Loss Rate
          applicable to such Financing Contract;

          (c) if such Financing Contract has six (6) Minimum Lease Payments or
          Periodic Installment Sale Payments, as applicable, due but
          uncollected, four (4) multiplied by the Loss Rate applicable to such
          Financing Contract; or

          (d) if such Financing Contract has seven (7) minimum Lease Payments or
          Periodic Installment Sale Payments, as applicable, due but
          uncollected, four and one-half (4.5) multiplied by the Loss Rate
          applicable to such Financing Contract.

          "Loss Rate" means, with respect to each Financing Contract, the loss
rate set forth on Annex B to the Agreement, as determined by reference to the
Credit Classification and Market Segment of such Financing Contract (as
determined as of the date such Financing Contract was credit approved).

II  Data Input:

Using the password protected Microsoft Excel model created by GE Capital, a copy
of which is attached (by disk or CD) as Attachment I hereto, for each Term Loan,
input the data as follows (Note: references herein to worksheet and cell shall
mean those worksheets and cell locations in the Microsoft Excel model):

    1)  In cell F4 of the Assumptions worksheet, input the interest rate for the
        one (1) month US Dollar LIBOR rate determined by the British Bankers'
        Association as of the Borrowing Request Delivery Date.

    2)  In cell F5 of the Assumptions worksheet, input the interest rate for the
        two (2) month US Dollar LIBOR rate determined by the British Bankers'
        Association as of the Borrowing Request Delivery Date.

    3)  In cell F6 of the Assumptions worksheet, input the interest rate for the
        three (3) month US Dollar LIBOR rate determined by the British Bankers'
        Association as of the Borrowing Request Delivery Date.

    4)  In cell F7 of the Assumptions worksheet, input the interest rate for the
        six (6) month US Dollar LIBOR rate determined by the British Bankers'
        Association as of the Borrowing Request Delivery Date.

    5)  In cell F8 of the Assumptions worksheet, input the U.S. Dollar interest
        rate for one (1) year interest swaps determined by the International


                                       78


<PAGE>

        Swaps and Derivatives Association (ISDA) mid-market par swap rates.
        Rates are for a fixed rate payer in return for receiving three month
        LIBOR, and are based on rates collected at 11:00 a.m. (local time in New
        York) by Garban Intercapital plc and published on Reuters page ISDAFIX1
        as of the Borrowing Request Delivery Date.

    6)  In cell F9 of the Assumptions worksheet, input the U.S. Dollar interest
        rate for two (2) year interest rate swaps determined by the
        International Swaps and Derivatives Association (ISDA) mid-market par
        swap rates. Rates are based on rates collected at 11:00 a.m. (local time
        in New York) by Garban Intercapital plc and published on Reuters page
        ISDAFIX1 as of the Borrowing Request Delivery Date.

    7)  In cell FlO of the Assumptions worksheet, input the U.S. Dollar interest
        rate for three (3) year interest rate swaps determined by the
        International Swaps and Derivatives Association (ISDA) mid-market par
        swap rates. Rates are for a fixed rate payer in return for receiving
        three month LIBOR, and are based on rates collected at 11:00 a.m. (local
        time in New York) by Garban Intercapital plc and published on Reuters
        page ISDAFIX1 as of the Borrowing Request Delivery Date.

    8)  In cell Fl 1 of the Assumptions worksheet, input the U.S. Dollar
        interest rate for four (4) year interest rate swaps determined by the
        International Swaps and Derivatives Association (ISDA) mid-market par
        swap rates. Rates are based on rates collected at 11:00 a.m. (local time
        in New York) by Garban Intercapital plc and published on Reuters page
        ISDAFIX1 as of the Borrowing Request Delivery Date.

    9)  In cell F12 of the Assumptions worksheet, input the U.S. Dollar interest
        rate for five (5) year interest rate swaps determined by the
        International Swaps and Derivatives Association (ISDA) mid-market par
        swap rates. Rates are based on rates collected at 11:00 a.m. (local time
        in New York) by Garban Intercapital plc and published on Reuters page
        ISDAFIX1 as of the Borrowing Request Delivery Date.

   10)  In cell F13 of the Assumptions worksheet, input the U.S. Dollar interest
        rate for seven (7) year interest rate swaps determined by the
        International Swaps and Derivatives Association (ISDA) mid-market par
        swap rates, Rates are based on rates collected at 11:00 a.m. (local time
        in New York) by Garban Intercapital plc and published on Reuters page
        ISDAFIX1 as of the Borrowing Request Delivery Date.

   11)  In cell Fl7 of the Assumptions worksheet, input the applicable Term Loan
        Advance Rate.

   12)  In cell C23 of the Assumptions worksheet, input the first monthly cash
        flow from Column C of the Statement of Cash Flows (representing the
        contractual Lease Payment or Installment Payment due in the month
        following the Tagging Date).

   13)  In cell C24 of the Assumptions worksheet, input the second monthly cash
        flow from the Statement of Cash Flows (representing the contractual
        Lease Payment or

        Installment Payment due in the month following the month in which
        Closing Date occurs). Continue to enter each monthly cash flow from


                                       79


<PAGE>

        the Statement of Cash Flows downward in cells C25 through C111.

   14)  In cell F15 of the Assumptions Worksheet, input the GE Capital Combined
        Tax Rate as of such date (as such term is defined in the Program
        Agreement).

From time to time Borrower may propose to Lender, for its consideration, an
amendment to that portion of the Statement of Cash Flows data inputs referred to
in items 12 and 13 of this Section II as Borrower may consider appropriate to
reflect assumptions for prepayment, buyout, delinquency and write-off
performance of the Portfolio as compared with the contractual repayment
requirements and the mix inherent in such assumptions. Such amendment shall only
be effective if Lender shall consent thereto in writing, in its sole discretion,
in which case such amendment shall only be effective with respect to Additional
Incremental Term Loans funded by Lender after the effective date of such
amendment.

III  Location of Model Output:

After input of the initial data, the Microsoft Excel model will calculate the
following, which may be found in the model as follows (Note: references herein
to worksheet and cell shall mean those worksheets and cell locations in the
Microsoft Excel model):

1)  The Discount Rate with respect to (a) the third through fifth Incremental
    Term Loans shall be the Blended for Term Rate found in cell M53 of the
    Blended for Term Worksheet (as such worksheet existed prior to the Amendment
    Effective Date) and (b) all Additional Incremental Term Loans shall be the
    Blended for Term Rate found in cell M106 of the Blended for Term worksheet.
    (Note: Computation of interest earned on the applicable Term Loan shall use
    a Discount Rate expressed to an accuracy of six decimal places, or four
    decimal places if expressed as a percentage.)

2)  The principal amount of the applicable Term Loan (e.g., the Term Loan
    Amount) can be found in cell El21 of the Blended for Term worksheet. (Note:
    Computation of the principal amount of the applicable Term Loan shall use a
    Discount Rate expressed to an accuracy of six decimal places, or four
    decimal places if expressed as a percentage.)

                                  Schedule 1.1

                                       to

                                 Loan Agreement

                               Existing Term Loans

1. Initial Term Loan:

     (a) Original Principal Balance as of 10/14/02: $835,076,177
     (b) Discount Rate: 5.2661%

2. First Incremental Term Loan:

     (a) Original Principal Balance as of 10/14/02: $340,371,789
     (b) Discount Rate: 5.5998%


                                       80


<PAGE>

3. Second Incremental Term Loan:

     (a) Original Principal Balance as of 10/14/02: $266,058,005
     (b) Discount Rate: 5.8877%

4. Third Incremental Term Loan:

     (a) Original Principal Balance as of 10/14/02: $499,015,108
     (b) Discount Rate: 5.5502%

5. Fourth Incremental Term Loan:

     (a) Original Principal Balance as of 10/14/02: $208,076,370
     (b) Discount Rate: 4.6984%

6. Fifth Incremental Term Loan:

     (a) Original Principal Balance as of 10/14/02: $314,536,914
     (b) Discount Rate: 4.5959%

                                       81


Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges

 

Exhibit 12

 

Xerox Corporation

Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges

 

The ratio of earnings to fixed charges, the ratio of combined earnings to fixed charges and preferred stock dividends, as well as any deficiency of earnings are determined using the following applicable factors:

 

Earnings available for fixed charges are calculated first, by determining the sum of: (a) income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes, adjustment for minorities’ interests and equity income or loss, (b) fixed charges, as defined below, (c) amortization of capitalized interest and (d) distributed equity income. From this total, we subtract (a) capitalized interest and (b) preferred security dividend requirements of our consolidated subsidiaries and any accretion in the carrying value of the redeemable preferred securities of our consolidated subsidiaries.

 

Fixed charges are calculated as the sum of (a) interest costs (both expensed and capitalized), (b) amortization of debt expense and discount or premium relating to any indebtedness, (c) that portion of rental expense that is representative of the interest factor and (d) the amount of pre- tax earnings required to cover preferred security dividends and any accretion in the carrying value in the redeemable preferred securities of our consolidated subsidiaries. Note, in our calculation, all of the dividends and related carrying value accretion of the preferred securities of our consolidated subsidiaries are tax deductible, which are those referenced in Note 16 to the consolidated financial statements included in our 2002 Annual Report under the caption, “Company-Obligated, Mandatorily Redeemable Preferred Securities of Subsidiary Trusts Holding Solely Subordinated Debentures of the Company.” Therefore, the amount of pre-tax earnings required to cover the dividend requirements and accretion, are equal to the amount of such dividends and accretion.

 

Preferred stock dividends used in the ratio of earnings to combined fixed charges and preferred stock dividends consist of the dividends paid on our Series B Convertible Preferred Stock. These dividends are tax deductible.

 

    

Year Ended December 31,


 
    

2002


    

2001


    

2000


    

1999


    

1998


 

(In millions)

                                            

Fixed charges:

                                            

Interest expense

  

$

751

 

  

$

937

 

  

$

1,090

 

  

$

842

 

  

$

763

 

Portion of rental expense which represents interest factor

  

 

82

 

  

 

111

 

  

 

115

 

  

 

132

 

  

 

145

 

    


  


  


  


  


Total fixed charges before capitalized interest and preferred security dividends of consolidated subsidiaries

  

 

833

 

  

 

1,048

 

  

 

1,205

 

  

 

974

 

  

 

908

 

Capitalized interest

  

 

—  

 

  

 

—  

 

  

 

3

 

  

 

8

 

  

 

—  

 

Preferred security dividends of consolidated subsidiaries

  

 

145

 

  

 

60

 

  

 

56

 

  

 

55

 

  

 

55

 

    


  


  


  


  


Total fixed charges

  

$

978

 

  

$

1,108

 

  

$

1,264

 

  

$

1,037

 

  

$

963

 

    


  


  


  


  


Earnings available for fixed charges:

                                            

Earnings(1)

  

$

306

 

  

$

447

 

  

$

(301

)

  

$

1,336

 

  

 

61

 

Less: Undistributed equity in income of affiliated companies

  

 

(23

)

  

 

(20

)

  

 

(25

)

  

 

(10

)

  

 

(28

)

Add: Fixed charges before capitalized interest and preferred security dividends of consolidated subsidiaries

  

 

833

 

  

 

1,048

 

  

 

1,205

 

  

 

974

 

  

 

908

 

    


  


  


  


  


Total earnings available for fixed charges

  

$

1,116

 

  

$

1,475

 

  

$

879

 

  

$

2,300

 

  

$

941

 

    


  


  


  


  


Ratio of earnings to fixed charges

  

 

1.14

 

  

 

1.33

 

  

 

*

 

  

 

2.22

 

  

 

*

 

    


  


  


  


  


 

*   Earnings for the years ended December 31, 2000 and 1998 were inadequate to cover fixed charges. The coverage deficiency was $385 and $22 million, respectively.

 

(1)   Earnings is derived from our consolidated statements of income, included in our consolidated financial statements, as the sum of: (a) Income (Loss) before Income Taxes (Benefits), Equity Income, Minorities’ Interest and Cumulative Effect of Change in Accounting Principle and (b) Equity in net income of unconsolidated affiliates.

 


 

Exhibit 12

 

Xerox Corporation

Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Combined Fixed Charges and Preferred Stock Dividends

 

 

    

Year Ended December 31,


 
    

2002


    

2001


    

2000


    

1999


    

1998


 

(In millions)

                                            

Fixed charges:

                                            

Interest expense

  

$

751

 

  

$

937

 

  

$

1,090

 

  

$

842

 

  

$

763

 

Portion of rental expense which represents interest factor

  

 

82

 

  

 

111

 

  

 

115

 

  

 

132

 

  

 

145

 

    


  


  


  


  


Total fixed charges before capitalized interest, preferred security dividends of consolidated subsidiaries and preferred stock dividends

  

 

833

 

  

 

1,048

 

  

 

1,205

 

  

 

974

 

  

 

908

 

Capitalized interest

  

 

—  

 

  

 

 

  

 

3

 

  

 

8

 

  

 

—  

 

Preferred security dividends of consolidated subsidiaries

  

 

145

 

  

 

60

 

  

 

56

 

  

 

55

 

  

 

55

 

Preferred stock dividends

  

 

78

 

  

 

13

 

  

 

53

 

  

 

54

 

  

 

56

 

    


  


  


  


  


Total combined fixed charges and preferred stock dividends

  

$

1,056

 

  

$

1,121

 

  

$

1,317

 

  

$

1,091

 

  

$

1,019

 

    


  


  


  


  


Earnings available for fixed charges:

                                            

Earnings(1)

  

$

306

 

  

$

447

 

  

$

(301

)

  

$

1,336

 

  

$

61

 

Less: Undistributed equity in income of affiliated companies

  

 

(23

)

  

 

(20

)

  

 

(25

)

  

 

(10

)

  

 

(28

)

Add: fixed charges before capitalized interest, preferred security dividends of consolidated subsidiaries and preferred stock dividends

  

 

833

 

  

 

1,048

 

  

 

1,205

 

  

 

974

 

  

 

908

 

    


  


  


  


  


Total earnings available for fixed charges

  

$

1,116

 

  

$

1,475

 

  

$

879

 

  

$

2,300

 

  

$

941

 

    


  


  


  


  


Ratio of earnings to combined fixed charges and preferred stock dividends

  

 

1.06

 

  

 

1.32

 

  

 

*

 

  

 

2.11

 

  

 

*

 

    


  


  


  


  


 

*   Earnings for the years ended December 31, 2000 and 1998 were inadequate to cover combined fixed charges and preferred stock dividends. The coverage deficiency was $438 and $78 million, respectively.

 

(1)   Same as above.

 

<PAGE>

                                                                      Exhibit 13

                             INDEX TO ANNUAL REPORT

Report of Management

Management's Discussion and Analysis of Results of Operations and Financial
 Condition
     Introduction
     Financial Overview
Application of Critical Accounting Policies
     Summary of Total Company Results
         Revenues
         Revenues by Type
         Gross Margin
         Employee Stock Ownership Plan
         Research and Development
         Selling, Administrative and General Expenses
         Restructuring Programs
         Other Expenses, Net
         Gain on Affiliate's Sale of Stock
         Income Taxes
         Equity in Net Income of Unconsolidated Affiliates
         Minorities Interests in Earnings of Subsidiaries
         Manufacturing Outsourcing
         Divestitures and Other Sales
         Acquisitions
         Business Performance by Segment
     New Accounting Standards
     Capital Resources and Liquidity
         Cash Flow Analysis
         Capital Structure and Liquidity
         Liquidity, Financial Flexibility and Funding Plans
         Contractual Cash Obligations and Other Commercial Commitments and
           Contingencies
         Financial Risk Management
     Forward-Looking Cautionary Statements

Audited Consolidated Financial Statements

     Report of Independent Accountants
     Consolidated Statements of Income
     Consolidated Balance Sheets
     Consolidated Statements
 of Cash Flows
     Consolidated Statements of Common Shareholders' Equity


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
     1.  Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
     2.  Restructuring Programs
     3.  Acquisitions
     4.  Divestitures and Other Sales
     5.  Receivables, Net
     6.  Inventories and Equipment on Operating Leases, Net
     7.  Land, Buildings and Equipment, Net
     8.  Investments in Affiliates, at Equity
     9.  Segment Reporting
     10. Net Investment in Discontinued Operations
     11. Debt
     12. Financial Instruments
     13. Employee Benefit Plans
     14. Income and Other Taxes
     15. Litigation, Regulatory Matters and Other Contingencies
     16. Preferred Securities
     17. Common Stock
     18. Earnings Per Share
     19. Financial Statements of Subsidiary Guarantors

Other data
     Quarterly Results of Operations
     Five Years in Review
     Certifications Pursuant to Rule 13a - 14 under the Securities Exchange Act
      of 1934, as amended

                                       1


<PAGE>

                              REPORT OF MANAGEMENT

Our management is responsible for the integrity and objectivity of
all information presented in this annual report. The consolidated financial
statements were prepared in conformity with generally accepted accounting
principles in the United States of America and include amounts based on
management's best estimates and judgments.

We maintain an internal control structure designed to provide reasonable
assurance that assets are safeguarded against loss or unauthorized use and that
financial records are adequate and can be relied upon to produce financial
statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. This
structure includes the hiring and training of qualified people, written
accounting and control policies and procedures, clearly drawn lines of
accountability and delegations of authority. In a business ethics policy that is
communicated annually to all employees, we have established our intent to adhere
to the highest standards of ethical conduct in all of our business activities.

We monitor our internal control structure with direct management reviews and a
comprehensive program of internal audits. In addition, PricewaterhouseCoopers
LLP, independent accountants, have audited the 2002, 2001 and 2000 consolidated
financial statements and have considered the internal controls over financial
reporting to the extent they considered necessary, in order to determine their
audit procedures for the purpose of expressing an opinion on our consolidated
financial statements.

The Audit Committee of the Board of Directors, which is composed solely of
outside directors, meets regularly with the independent accountants, the
internal auditors and representatives of management to review audits, financial
reporting and internal control matters, as well as the nature and extent of the
audit effort. The Audit Committee also recommends the engagement of the
independent accountants. The independent accountants and internal auditors have
free access to the Audit Committee.

   /s/ Anne M. Mulcahy        /s/ Lawrence A. Zimmerman     /s/ Gary R. Kabureck
----------------------------  -------------------------     --------------------
       Anne M. Mulcahy          Lawrence A. Zimmerman         Gary R. Kabureck
Chairman and Chief Executive    Senior Vice President       Assistant Controller
         Officer                 and Chief Financial        and Chief Accounting
                                       Officer                     Officer

                                       2


<PAGE>

 
 Management's Discussion and Analysis of Results of Operations and Financial
                                   Condition

Throughout this document, references to "we," "our" or "us" refer to Xerox
Corporation and its subsidiaries.

Introduction:

This Management's Discussion and Analysis of Results of Operations and Financial
Condition ("MD&A") describes the matters that we consider to be important to
understanding the results of our operations for each of the three years in the
period ended December 31, 2002 and our capital resources and liquidity as of
December 31, 2002 and 2001. Our discussion begins with an overview of our

financial performance for the last three years and is followed by a review of
the critical accounting judgments and estimates that we have made which we
believe are most important to an understanding of our MD&A and our consolidated
financial statements. These are the critical accounting policies that affect the
recognition and measurement of our transactions and the balances in our
consolidated financial statements. We then analyze the results of our operations
for the last three years, including the trends in the overall business and our
operating segments, followed by brief reference to where you can find more
information on recent accounting pronouncements which we adopted during the
year, as well as those not yet adopted that are expected to have an impact on
our financial accounting practices. We conclude our MD&A with a discussion of
our cash flows and liquidity, capital markets events and transactions, credit
ratings, our new credit facility, derivatives, contractual commitments and
related issues and important forward-looking cautionary statements.

Financial Overview:

In 2002, we returned to profitability, significantly strengthened our balance
sheet and launched 17 new products, making the year one of our strongest ever
for new products. Our results demonstrate effective execution to-date of our
Turnaround Program, which we announced in October 2000. Our Turnaround Program
has focused on improving liquidity, stabilizing our operations and significantly
reducing our cost base in order to improve our competitiveness. By the end of
2002, we had sold assets totaling approximately $2.7 billion, implemented
actions to reduce our annualized costs by approximately $1.7 billion and
returned each of our core business segments to profitability. During this period
we also transitioned a portion of our equipment financing to third parties in
some geographies and implemented a strategy to securitize our finance
receivables.

Throughout 2002, the worldwide economic environment and information technology
spending remained weak, however our equipment sales and revenue declines
moderated, reflecting the success of our new products launched during the year.
Improved gross margins and reduced selling, administrative and general expenses,
reflect benefits from our cost base reductions, our focus on more profitable
revenue and our exit from certain businesses. While we reduced our overall cost
base, we continued to invest in research and development, prioritizing our
investments in the faster growing areas of our market. We strengthened our
balance sheet and liquidity by generating operating cash flows of $1.9 billion,
repaying debt of $3.2 billion, negotiating a new credit facility and
securitizing almost half our finance receivables by the end of 2002.

Net income for 2002 of $91 million, or 2 cents per diluted share, included
after-tax asset impairment and restructuring charges of $471 million ($670
million pre-tax), primarily associated with our Fourth Quarter 2002
Restructuring Program, a pre-tax and after-tax charge of $63 million for
impaired goodwill and an after-tax charge of $72 million ($106 million pre-tax)
for permanently impaired internal-use capitalized software, partially offset by
$105 million of tax benefits arising from the favorable resolution of a foreign
tax audit and tax law changes, as well as a favorable adjustment to compensation
expense $31 million ($33 million pre-tax), that was previously accrued in 2001,
associated with the reinstatement of dividends for our Employee Stock Ownership
Plan ("ESOP").

The 2001 net loss of $94 million, or 15 cents per diluted share, included $507
million of after-tax charges ($715 million pre-tax) for restructuring and asset
impairments associated with our Turnaround Program including our disengagement
from our worldwide Small Office/Home Office ("SOHO") business. 2001 results also
included a $304 million after-tax gain ($773 million pre-tax) from the sale of
half of our interest in Fuji Xerox, a $38 million after-tax gain ($63 million
pre-tax) related to the early retirement of debt, $21 million of after-tax gains
($29 million pre-tax) associated with unhedged foreign currency partially offset
by $31 million ($33 million pre-tax) of increased compensation expense
associated with the suspension of dividends for our ESOP and after-tax goodwill
amortization of $59 million ($63 million pre-tax).

The $273 million net loss in 2000, or 48 cents per diluted share, was largely
attributable to $339 million of after-tax charges ($475 million pre-tax) for
restructuring and asset impairments and our $37 million share of a Fuji Xerox
restructuring charge,

                                       3


<PAGE>

partially offset by after-tax gains of $119 million ($200 million pre-tax) from
the sale of our China operations and $69 million of after-tax gains ($103
million pre-tax) from unhedged foreign currency.

Application of Critical Accounting Policies:

In preparing our consolidated financial statements and accounting for the
underlying transactions and balances, we apply accounting policies that are
described in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements. We consider the
policies discussed below as critical to understanding our consolidated financial
statements, as their application places the most significant demands on our
management's judgment, since financial reporting results rely on estimates of
the effects of matters that are inherently uncertain. Specific risks associated
with these critical accounting policies are described in the following
paragraphs. The impacts and significant risks associated with these policies on
our business operations are discussed throughout this MD&A where such policies
affect our reported and expected financial results. For a detailed discussion of
the application of these and other accounting policies, see Note 1 to the
Consolidated Financial Statements. Senior management has discussed the
development and selection of the critical accounting policies, estimates and
related disclosures, included herein, with the Audit Committee of the Board of
Directors. Preparation of this annual report requires that we make estimates and
assumptions that affect the reported amount of assets and liabilities,
disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities as of the date of our financial
statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting
period. Actual results may differ from those estimates. Changes in assumptions
and estimates are reflected in the period in which they occur. The impact of
such changes could be material to the results of operations in any future
period.

Revenue Recognition Under Bundled Arrangements: We sell most of our products and
services under bundled contract arrangements, which contain multiple deliverable
elements. These contractual lease arrangements typically include equipment,
service, supplies and financing components for which the customer pays a single
negotiated price for all elements. These arrangements typically also include a
variable component for page volumes in excess of contractual minimums, which are
often expressed in terms of price per page, which we refer to as the "cost per
copy." In a typical bundled arrangement, our customer is quoted a fixed minimum
monthly payment for 1) the equipment, 2) the associated services and other
executory costs and 3) the financing element. The fixed minimum monthly payments
are multiplied by the number of months in the contract term to arrive at the
total fixed minimum payments that the customer is obligated to make ("fixed
payments") over the lease term. The payments associated with page volumes in
excess of the minimums are contingent on whether or not such minimums are
exceeded ("contingent payments"). The minimum contractual committed copy volumes
are typically negotiated to equal the customer's estimated copy volume at lease
inception. In applying our lease accounting methodology, we consider the fixed
payments for purposes of allocating to the fair value elements of the contract.
We do not consider the contingent payments for purposes of allocating to the
elements of the contract or recognizing revenue on the sale of the equipment,
given the inherent uncertainties as to whether such amounts will ever be
received. Contingent payments are recognized as revenue in the period when the
customer exceeds the minimum copy volumes specified in the contract.

When separate prices are listed in multiple element customer contracts, such
prices may not be representative of the fair values of those elements, because
the prices of the different components of the arrangement may be modified
through customer negotiations, although the aggregate consideration may remain
the same. Therefore, revenues under these arrangements are allocated based upon
estimated fair values of each element. Our revenue allocation methodology first
begins by determining the fair value of the service component, as well as other
executory costs and any profit thereon and second, by determining the fair value
of the equipment based on comparison of the equipment values in our accounting
systems to a range of cash selling prices or, if applicable, other verifiable
objective evidence of fair value. We perform extensive analyses of available
verifiable objective evidence of equipment fair value based on cash selling
prices during the applicable period. The cash selling prices are compared to the
range of values included in our lease accounting systems. The range of cash
selling prices must support the reasonableness of the lease selling prices,
taking into account residual values that accrue to our benefit, in order for us
to determine that such lease prices are indicative of fair value. Our interest
rates are developed based upon a variety of factors including local prevailing
rates in the marketplace and the customer's credit history, industry and credit
class. These rates are recorded within our pricing systems. The resultant
implicit interest rate, which is the same as our pricing interest rate, unless
adjustment to equipment values is required, is then compared to fair market
value rates to assess the reasonableness of the fair value allocations to the
multiple elements.

Revenue Recognition for Leases: Our accounting for leases involves specific
determinations under Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 13
"Accounting for Leases" ("SFAS No. 13") which often involve complex provisions
and significant judgments. The two primary criteria of SFAS No. 13 which we use
to classify transactions as sales-type or operating leases are (1) a review of
the lease term to determine if it is equal to or greater than 75 percent of the
economic life

                                       4


<PAGE>

of the equipment and (2) a review of the minimum lease payments to determine if
they are equal to or greater than 90 percent of the fair market value of the
equipment. Under our current product portfolio and business strategies, a
non-cancelable lease of 45 months or more generally qualifies as a sale. Certain
of our lease contracts are customized for larger customers, which results in
complex terms and conditions and requires significant judgment in applying the
above criteria. In addition to these, there are also other important criteria
that are required to be assessed, including whether collectibility of the lease
payments is reasonably predictable and whether there are important uncertainties
related to costs that we have yet to incur with respect to the lease. In our
opinion, our sales-type lease portfolios contain only normal credit and
collection risks and have no important uncertainties with respect to future
costs. Our leases in our Latin America operations have historically been
recorded as operating leases since a majority of these leases are terminated
significantly prior to the expiration of the contractual lease term.
Specifically, because we generally do not collect the receivable from the
initial transaction upon termination or during any subsequent lease term, the
recoverability of the lease investment is deemed not to be predictable at lease
inception. We continue to evaluate economic, business and political conditions
in the Latin American region to determine if certain leases will qualify as
sales type leases in future periods.

The critical estimates and judgments that we consider with respect to our lease
accounting, are the determination of the economic life and the fair value of
equipment, including the residual value. Those estimates are based upon
historical experience with all our products. For purposes of estimating the
economic life, we consider the most objective measure of historical experience
to be the original contract term, since most equipment is returned by lessees at
or near the end of the contracted term. The estimated economic life of most of
our products is five years since this represents the most frequent contractual
lease term for our principal products and only a small percentage of our leases
are for original terms longer than five years. We believe that this is
representative of the period during which the equipment is expected to be
economically usable, with normal service, for the purpose for which it is
intended. We continually evaluate the economic life of both existing and newly
introduced products for purposes of this determination. Residual values are
established at lease inception using estimates of fair value at the end of the
lease term. Our residual values are established with due consideration to
forecasted supply and demand for our various products, product retirement and
future product launch plans, end of lease customer behavior, remanufacturing
strategies, used equipment markets if any, competition and technological
changes.

The vast majority of our leases that qualify as sales-type are non-cancelable
and include cancellation penalties approximately equal to the full value of the
leased equipment. Certain of our governmental contracts may have cancellation
provisions or renewal clauses that are required by law, such as 1) those
dependant on fiscal funding outside of a governmental unit's control, 2) those
that can be cancelled if deemed in the taxpayer's best interest or 3) those that
must be renewed each fiscal year, given limitations that may exist on entering
multi-year contracts that are imposed by statute. In these circumstances and in
accordance with the relevant accounting literature, we carefully evaluate these
contracts to assess whether cancellation is remote or the renewal option is
reasonably assured of exercise because of the existence of substantive economic
penalties for the customer's failure to renew. Certain of our commercial
contracts for multiple units of equipment may include clauses that allow for a
return of a limited portion of such equipment (up to 10% of the value of
equipment). These return clauses are only available in very limited
circumstances as negotiated at lease inception. We account for our estimate of
equipment to be returned under these contracts as operating leases.

Aside from the initial lease of equipment to our customers, we may enter
subsequent transactions with the same customer whereby we extend the term. We
evaluate the classification of lease extensions of sales-type leases using the
originally determined economic life for each product. There may be instances
where we have lease extensions for periods that are within the original economic
life of the equipment. These are accounted for as sales-type leases only when
the extensions occur in the last three months of the lease term and they
otherwise meet the appropriate criteria of SFAS 13. All other lease extensions
of this type are accounted for as direct financing leases. We generally account
for lease extensions that go beyond the economic life as operating leases
because of important uncertainties as to the amount of servicing and repair
costs that we may incur.

Accounts and Finance Receivables Allowance for Doubtful Accounts and Credit
Losses: We perform ongoing credit evaluations of our customers and adjust credit
limits based upon customer payment history and current creditworthiness. We
continuously monitor collections and payments from our customers and maintain a
provision for estimated credit losses based upon our historical experience and
any specific customer collection issues that we have identified. While such
credit losses have historically been within our expectations and the provisions
established, we cannot guarantee that we will continue to experience credit loss
rates similar to those we have experienced in the past. Measurement of such
losses requires consideration of historical loss experience, including the need
to adjust for current conditions, and judgments about the probable effects of
relevant observable data, including present economic conditions such as
delinquency rates and financial health of specific customers. We recorded $353
million, $506 million and $613 million in the Consolidated Statements of Income
for provisions for doubtful accounts for both our accounts and finance
receivables for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2001 and 2000, respectively,
of which $332 million, $438 million and $472 million were included in selling,
administrative and general expenses for such years, respectively. The declining
trend in our provision for doubtful accounts was primarily due to improved
customer administration, collection practices and credit approval policies, as
well as our revenue declines.

Historically, about half of the provision for doubtful accounts relates to our
finance receivables portfolio. This provision is inherently more difficult to
estimate than the provision for trade accounts receivable because the underlying
lease portfolio has an average maturity, at any time, of approximately two to
three years and contains past due billed amounts, as well as unbilled amounts.
Estimated credit quality of any given customer and class of customer or
geographic location can significantly change during the life of the portfolio.
We consider all available information in our quarterly assessments of the
adequacy of the provision for doubtful accounts.

Provisions for Excess and Obsolete Inventory Losses and Residual Value Losses:
We value our inventories at the lower of average cost or net realizable value.
We regularly review inventory quantities, including equipment to be leased to
customers, which is included as part of finished goods inventory, and record a
provision for excess and/or obsolete inventory based primarily on our estimated
forecast of product demand and production requirements. Several factors may
influence the realizability of our inventories, including our decision to exit a
product line, technological changes and new product

                                       5


<PAGE>

development. These factors could result in an increase in the amount of excess
or obsolete inventory quantities. Additionally, our estimates of future product
demand may prove to be inaccurate, in which case we may have understated or
overstated the provision required for excess and obsolete inventories. In the
future, if we determine that our inventories have been overvalued, we would be
required to recognize such incremental costs in cost of sales at the time of
such determination. Likewise, if we determine that our inventories are
undervalued, we may have overstated cost of sales in previous periods and would
be required to recognize such additional operating income at the time of sale.
Although we make every effort to ensure the accuracy of our forecasts of future
product demand including the impact of future product launches and changes in
remanufacturing strategies, significant unanticipated changes in demand or
technological developments could significantly impact the value of our inventory
and our reported operating results if our estimates prove to be inaccurate. We
recorded $115 million, $242 million and $235 million in inventory write-down
charges for the three years ended December 31, 2002, 2001 and 2000,
respectively. The decline in inventory write-down charges was primarily due to
the absence of business exiting activities, stabilization of our product lines,
Flextronics related improvements and a lower level of inventories. At this time,
management does not believe that anticipated product launches will have a
material effect on the recovery of our existing inventory balance.

We have a similar accounting policy relating to unguaranteed residual values
associated with equipment on-lease, which were $272 million and $414 million in
our Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 2002 and 2001, respectively. We
review residual values regularly and, when appropriate, adjust them based on
estimates of expected market conditions at the end of the lease, including the
impacts of future product launches, changes in remanufacturing strategies and
the expected lessee behavior at the end of the lease term. Impairment charges
are recorded when available information indicates that the decline in recorded
value is other than temporary and we would therefore not be able to fully
recover the recorded values. We recorded $26 million, $14 million and $17
million in residual value impairment charges for the years ended December 31,
2002, 2001 and 2000, respectively.

Asset Valuations and Review for Potential Impairments: Our long-lived assets,
excluding goodwill, are assessed for impairment by comparison of the total
amount of undiscounted cash flows expected to be generated by such assets to
their carrying value. During 2002, due to our decision to abandon the use of
certain software applications, we recorded an impairment charge of $106 million
in Selling, administrative and general expenses in the accompanying Consolidated
Statement of Income.

We periodically review our long-lived assets, whereby we make assumptions
regarding the valuation and the changes in circumstances that would affect the
carrying value of these assets. If such analysis indicates that a possible
impairment may exist, we are then required to estimate the fair value of the
asset and, as deemed appropriate, expense all or a portion of the asset, based
on a comparison to the book value of such asset or group of such assets. The
determination of fair value includes numerous uncertainties, such as the impact
of competition on future value. We believe that we have made reasonable
estimates and judgments in determining whether our long-lived assets have been
impaired; however, if there is a material change in the assumptions used in our
determination of fair values or if there is a material change in economic
conditions or circumstances influencing fair value, we could be required to
recognize certain impairment charges in the future.

Goodwill and Other Acquired Intangible Assets: We have made acquisitions in the
past that included the recognition of a significant amount of goodwill and other
intangible assets. Under generally accepted accounting principles in effect
through December 31, 2001, these assets were amortized over their estimated
useful lives and were tested periodically, in order to determine if they were
recoverable from estimated future pre-tax cash flows on an undiscounted basis
over their useful lives. Effective January 1, 2002, we adopted Statement of
Financial Accounting Standards No. 142, "Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets"
("SFAS No. 142"), whereby goodwill is no longer amortized but instead is
assessed for impairment, at least annually and as triggering events occur that
indicate a decline in fair value below that of its carrying value. In making
these assessments, we rely on a number of factors including operating results,
business plans, economic projections, anticipated future cash flows and market
data. There are inherent uncertainties related to these factors and our judgment
in applying them to the analysis of goodwill impairment, including risk that the
carrying value of our goodwill may be overstated or understated. We have
determined that the impact of adopting this new standard, under the transition
provisions of SFAS No. 142, was an impairment charge of $63 million which was
recorded as a cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle in the
accompanying Consolidated Statement of Income for 2002.

Estimates Used Relating to Restructuring: In June 2002, the Financial Accounting
Standards Board ("FASB") issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No.
146, "Accounting for Costs Associated with Exit or Disposal Activities" ("SFAS
No. 146"), which addresses financial and reporting for costs associated with
exit or disposal activities and nullifies Emerging Issues Task Force Issue No.
94-3, "Liability Recognition for Certain Employee Termination Benefits and Other
Costs to Exit an Activity (including Certain Costs Incurred in a Restructuring)"
("EITF No. 94-3"). The principal difference between SFAS No. 146 and EITF No.
94-3 relates to the requirements for recognition of a liability for a cost
associated with an exit or disposal activity. SFAS No. 146 requires that a
liability for a cost associated with an exit or disposal activity be

                                       6


<PAGE>

recognized when the liability is incurred, while EITF No. 94-3 requires that the
liability be recognized at the date of an entity's commitment to an exit plan.
We adopted SFAS No. 146 in the fourth quarter of 2002, which is required to be
applied prospectively. All restructuring actions that were committed to prior to
the adoption of SFAS No. 146 continue to be accounted for in accordance with
EITF No. 94-3.

We have engaged in a number of restructuring actions over the last several
years, which required our management to utilize significant estimates related to
realizable values of assets that were made redundant or obsolete and expenses
for severance and other employee separation costs, lease cancellation and other
exit costs. Given the significance of, and the timing of the execution of such
actions, this process is complex and involves periodic reassessments of
estimates made at the time the original decisions were made. We continue to
evaluate the adequacy of the remaining liabilities under these restructuring
initiatives. As we continue to evaluate the business, there may be changes in
estimates to amounts previously recorded as actions progress and are completed.

Pension and Post-retirement Benefit Plan Assumptions: We sponsor pension plans
in various forms and in various countries covering substantially all employees
who meet certain eligibility requirements. Post-retirement benefit plans cover
primarily U.S. employees for retirement medical costs. As required by existing
accounting rules, we employ a delayed recognition feature in measuring the costs
and obligations of pension and post-retirement benefit plans. This allows for
changes in the benefit obligations and changes in the value of assets set aside
to meet those obligations, to be recognized, not as they occur, but
systematically and gradually over subsequent periods. All changes are ultimately
recognized, except to the extent they may be offset by subsequent changes. At
any point, changes that have been identified and quantified await subsequent
accounting recognition as net cost components and as liabilities or assets.

Several statistical and other factors that attempt to anticipate future events
are used in calculating the expense, liability and asset values related to our
pension and post-retirement benefit plans. These factors include assumptions we
make about the discount rate, expected return on plan assets, rate of increase
in healthcare costs, the rate of future compensation increases, and mortality,
among others. Actual returns on plan assets are not immediately recognized in
our income statement, due to the aforementioned delayed recognition feature that
we follow in accounting for pensions. In calculating the expected return on the
plan asset component of our net periodic pension cost, we apply our estimate of
the long term rate of return to the plan assets that support our pension
obligations, after deducting assets that are specifically allocated to
Transitional Retirement Accounts (which are accounted for based on specific plan
terms).

For purposes of determining the expected return on plan assets, we utilize a
calculated value approach in determining the value of the pension plan assets,
as opposed to a fair market value approach. The primary difference between the
two methods relates to a systematic recognition of changes in fair value over
time (generally two years) versus immediate recognition of changes in fair
value. Our expected rate of return on plan assets is then applied to the
calculated asset value to determine the amount of the expected return on plan
assets to be used in the determination of the net periodic pension cost. The
calculated value approach reduces the volatility in net periodic pension cost
that results from using the fair market value approach.

The difference between the actual return on plan assets and the expected return
on plan assets is added to, or subtracted from, any cumulative differences that
arose in prior years. This amount is a component of the unrecognized net
actuarial (gain) loss and is subject to amortization to net periodic pension
cost over the remaining service lives of the employees participating in the
pension plan.

As a result of actual asset returns being lower than expected asset returns over
the previous two years, 2003 net periodic pension cost will increase. The total
unrecognized actuarial loss as of December 31, 2002 is $1.8 billion. This amount
will be amortized in the future, subject to offsetting gains or losses that will
change the future amortization amount.

We have historically utilized a weighted average expected rate of return on plan
assets of approximately 8.8 percent, on a worldwide basis, in determining our
net periodic pension cost. In estimating this rate, we considered the historical
returns earned by the plan assets, the rates of return expected in the future,
and our investment strategy and asset mix with respect to the plans' funds. In
response to market conditions during the prior three years, a re-evaluation of
our domestic asset investment strategy with our external asset managers, and our
overall expectation of lower long-term rates of return, we have reduced our
weighted average expected rate of return for our major worldwide pension plans.
The weighted average rate we will utilize to calculate our 2003 expense will be
approximately 8.3 percent.

An additional significant assumption affecting our pension and post-retirement
benefit obligations and the net periodic pension and other post-retirement
benefit cost is the rate that we use to discount our future anticipated benefit
obligations. In estimating this rate, we consider rates of return on high
quality fixed-income investments currently available, and expected to

                                       7


<PAGE>

be available, during the period to maturity of the pension benefits. The
weighted average rate we will utilize to calculate our 2003 expense will be
approximately 6.2 percent, which is a decrease from 6.8 percent in 2002. On a
consolidated basis, we recognized net periodic pension cost of $168 million, $99
million and $44 million for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2001 and 2000,
respectively. Pension cost is included as a component of cost of sales, cost of
service, outsourcing and rentals, research and development expenses and selling,
administrative and general expenses in our Consolidated Statements of Income.
Pension cost is allocated to these income statement components based on the
related employee costs.

The weighted average assumptions used in the computation of our projected net
periodic pension cost for 2003, and our actual net periodic pension cost for
2002, 2001 and 2000, were as follows:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                2003
                                                             Projected   2002     2001     2000
                                                             ---------   ----     ----     ----
                <S>                                          <C>        <C>     <C>       <C>
                Discount rate                                  6.2%      6.8%     7.0%     7.4%
                Expected rate of return on plan assets         8.3%      8.8%     8.9%     8.9%
                Rate of future compensation increases          4.0%      3.9%     3.8%     4.2%
</TABLE>



As a result of the reduction in the expected rate of return on plan assets, the
reduction in the discount rate, the slight increase in the rate of future
compensation increases, the lower actual return on plan assets during the prior
three years and certain other factors, our 2003 net periodic pension cost is
expected to be $150 million higher than 2002.

The estimated impacts on net periodic pension cost of changes in the expected
rate of return on plan assets assumption are as follows ($ in millions):


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                    Increase/(Decrease) in 2003
                                                                        Projected Net Periodic
                   Assuming a Discount Rate of 6.2 percent                   Pension Cost
         <S>                                                             <C>
         0.25% increase in expected rate of return on plan assets         $   (11)
         0.25% decrease in expected rate of return on plan assets              11
</TABLE>

Our expected rate of return on plan assets has historically had, and will likely
continue to have, a material impact on net periodic pension cost.


The estimated impacts on net periodic pension cost of changes in the discount
rate assumption are as follows ($ in millions):


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                 Increase/(Decrease) in 2003
         Assuming an Expected Rate of Return on Plan Assets of 8.3 percent          Projected Net Periodic
                                                                                          Pension Cost
       <S>                                                                       <C>
       0.25% increase in discount rate                                                      $(26)
       0.25% decrease in discount rate                                                        31
</TABLE>


The market performance over the past two years has decreased the value of the
assets held by our worldwide pension plans and has correspondingly increased the
amount by which our worldwide pension funds are under-funded. As a result of the
reduction in the value of our pension plan assets and a decline in interest
rates, which increased the present value of our benefit obligations for our
major worldwide pension plans, we recorded during the fourth quarter of 2002 an
incremental additional minimum pension liability. This incremental liability was
recorded through a non-cash charge to Shareholders' Equity as required by SFAS
No. 87 "Employers' Accounting for Pensions." The increase in the additional
minimum pension liability of $413 million, resulted in an incremental after-tax
charge to Shareholders' Equity of $231 million. These amounts will increase or
decrease in the future based on the value of our pension obligations in relation
to the value of the assets held by our pension plans to settle such obligations.

Income Taxes and Tax Valuation Allowances: We record the estimated future tax
effects of temporary differences between the tax bases of assets and liabilities
and amounts reported in our Consolidated Balance Sheets, as well as operating
loss and tax credit carryforwards. We follow very specific and detailed
guidelines in each tax jurisdiction regarding the recoverability of any tax
assets recorded in our Consolidated Balance Sheets and provide necessary
valuation allowances as required. We regularly review our deferred tax assets
for recoverability based on projected future taxable income, the expected timing
of the reversals of existing temporary differences and tax planning strategies.
If we continue to operate at a loss in certain jurisdictions or are unable to
generate sufficient future taxable income, or if there is a material change in
the actual effective tax rates or time period within which the underlying
temporary differences become taxable or deductible, we could be required to
increase the valuation allowance against all or a significant portion of our
deferred tax assets resulting in a substantial increase in our effective tax
rate and a material adverse impact on our operating results. Conversely, if and
when such jurisdictions were to become sufficiently profitable to recover
previously reserved deferred tax assets, we would

                                       8


<PAGE>

reduce all or a portion of the applicable valuation allowance in the period when
such determination is made. This would result in an increase to reported
earnings in such period. Increases to our valuation allowance, through charges
to expense, were $15 million, $247 million, and $12 million for the years ended
December 31, 2002, 2001 and 2000, respectively.

We are subject to ongoing tax examinations and assessments in various
jurisdictions. Accordingly, we provide for additional tax expense based upon the
probable outcomes of such matters. In addition, when applicable, we adjust the
previously recorded tax expense to reflect examination results. Our ongoing
assessments of the probable outcomes of the examinations and related tax
positions require judgment and can materially increase or decrease our effective
tax rate as well as impact our operating results.

Legal Contingencies: We are a defendant in numerous litigation and regulatory
matters including those involving securities law, patent law, environmental law,
employment law and ERISA, as discussed in Note 15 to the Consolidated Financial
Statements. As required by Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 5
"Accounting for Contingencies," we determine whether an estimated loss from a
contingency should be accrued by assessing whether a loss is deemed probable and
can be reasonably estimated. We analyze our litigation and regulatory matters
based on available information to assess potential liability. We develop our
views on estimated losses in consultation with outside counsel handling our
defense in these matters, which involves an analysis of potential results,
assuming a combination of litigation and settlement strategies. Should our views
on estimated losses reflect the need to recognize a material accrual, or should
these matters result in an adverse judgment or be settled for significant
amounts, they could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations,
cash flows and financial position in the period or periods in which such change
in estimate, judgment or settlement occurs.

Other Accounting Policies: Other accounting policies, not involving the same
level of significance, as those discussed above, are nevertheless important to
an understanding of the financial statements. See Note 1 to the Consolidated
Financial Statements, Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, which
discusses other significant accounting policies.

Other accounts affected by management estimates: The following table summarizes
other significant areas which require management estimates ($ in millions):


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                     Year Ended December 31,
                                                                                    ------------------------
                                                                                    2002     2001       2000
                                                                                    ----     ----       ----
       <S>                                                                         <C>      <C>        <C>
       Amortization and impairment of goodwill and intangible assets                $ 99     $ 94       $ 86
       Depreciation and obsolescence of equipment on operating leases                408      657        626
       Depreciation of buildings and equipment                                       341      402        417
       Amortization and impairment of capitalized software                           249      179        115
       Pension benefits - net periodic benefit cost                                  168       99         44
       Other benefits - net periodic benefit cost                                    120      130        109
</TABLE>


                                       9


<PAGE>

Summary of Total Company Results:

The following is a summary of our results ($ in millions, except share amounts):


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          Year Ended December 31,
                                                   ----------------------------------
          <S>                                        <C>         <C>         <C>
                                                       2002         2001         2000
                                                     --------    --------    ---------
          Revenue                                    $ 15,849    $ 17,008    $ 18,751
          Net income (loss)                                91         (94)       (273)
          Diluted Earnings (Loss) per share          $   0.02    $  (0.15)   $  (0.48)
</TABLE>


Revenues: A substantial portion of our consolidated revenues is derived from
operations outside of the United States where the U.S. dollar is not the
functional currency. We generally do not hedge the translation effect of
revenues denominated in currencies where the local currency is the functional
currency. When compared with the average of the major European and Canadian
currencies on a revenue-weighted basis, the U.S. dollar was approximately 4
percent weaker in 2002 than in 2001 and three percent stronger in 2001 than in
2000. As a result, foreign currency translation favorably impacted total revenue
growth by approximately one percentage point in 2002 and unfavorably impacted
revenue growth by about one percentage point in 2001. Additionally, in 2002,
currency devaluations in Brazil continued to impact our results, as the
Brazilian Real devalued 19 percent against the U.S. dollar. The devaluation was
22 percent and 2 percent in 2001 and 2000, respectively.

Total revenues of $15.8 billion in 2002 declined 7 percent from 2001. Economic
weakness and competitive pressures persisted throughout the year, however year
over year revenue declines moderated during the year, reflecting the success of
numerous recent product launches in our color and monochrome digital
multifunction target markets. Approximately one quarter of the decline was due
to our prioritization of more profitable revenue which resulted in reduced
revenue in our Developing Markets Operations segment ("DMO"), reflecting a
reduction in the number of printers and copiers at customer locations, primarily
in Brazil and Argentina. In addition, approximately 15 percent of the decline
was due to the discontinuation of equipment sales and declining supplies sales
due to our SOHO exit in the second half of 2001. Approximately 10 percent of the
decline reflects lower financing income revenue, resulting from lower equipment
installations and our exit from the financing business in certain European
countries. The remainder of the decline was due to a mix of economic weakness,
continued competitive pressures and market transition from light-lens to digital
technology. This resulted in continued declines in older light-lens products, as
customers continue to transition to new digital technology, only modestly offset
by growth in production color, monochrome digital multifunction, and color
printers, reflecting the success of our new products in these key areas.

Total revenues of $17.0 billion in 2001 declined 9 percent from 2000, primarily
reflecting the adverse impact of marketplace competition, further weakening of
the worldwide economy and our reduced participation in aggressively priced bids
and tenders as we focused on improving our profitability. In addition,
approximately one quarter of the decline reflected the absence of revenues due
to our exit from the SOHO business in the second half of 2001 and the sale of
our China operations in 2000. Approximately 20 percent of the decline reflects
lower revenue in DMO, also due to our decision to prioritize more profitable
revenue.

Revenues by Type:   Revenues and year-over-year changes by type of revenues were
as follows ($ in millions):


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                         Revenues
                                                         --------
                                                  Year Ended December 31,        Percent Change
                                                  ----------------------         --------------
                                                 2002       2001       2000       2002     2001
                                                 ----       ----       ----       ----     ----
         <S>                                  <C>        <C>        <C>         <C>       <C>
         Equipment sales                      $  3,901   $  4,329   $  5,264      (10)%    (18)%
         Post sale and other revenue            10,948     11,550     12,325       (5)%    (6)%
         Finance income                          1,000      1,129      1,162      (11)%    (3)%
                                              --------   --------   --------
             Total Revenues                   $ 15,849   $ 17,008   $ 18,751       (7)%    (9)%
                                              ========   ========   ========
</TABLE>


A reconciliation of the above presentation of revenues to the revenue
classifications included in our Consolidated Statements of Income is as follows
($ in millions):

                                       10


<PAGE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                         Year Ended December 31,
                                                         -----------------------
                                                        2002      2001       2000
                                                        ----      ----       ----
      <S>                                             <C>        <C>       <C>
      Sales ........................................  $  6,752   $  7,443  $  8,839
      Less: Supplies, paper and other sales ........    (2,851)    (3,114)   (3,575)
                                                      --------   --------  --------
      Equipment Sales ..............................    $3,901   $  4,329  $  5,264
                                                      ========   ========  ========

      Service, outsourcing and rentals .............  $  8,097   $  8,436  $  8,750
      Add: Supplies, paper and other sales .........     2,851      3,114     3,575
                                                      --------   --------  --------
      Post sale and other revenue ..................  $ 10,948   $ 11,550  $ 12,325
                                                      ========   ========  ========
</TABLE>


2002 Equipment sales of $3.9 billion declined 10 percent from $4.3 billion in
2001 and included a benefit of one-percentage point from currency. Year over
year equipment sales declines moderated throughout 2002, reflecting the success
of our 2002 product launches in the key areas of monochrome digital
multifunction, as well as in Production and Office color. Approximately 35
percent of the decline was due to a decrease in light lens equipment sales due
to customers that transitioned to digital technology. Less than 5 percent of our
2002 Equipment sales were for light lens devices and we expect this declining
trend to continue. Approximately 30 percent of the Equipment sales decline was
due to our exit from the SOHO segment in 2001 and the remainder of the decline
was caused by a combination of the weak economy, marketplace competition and
price pressures which approximated 5 to 10 percent and our decision to reduce
participation in aggressively priced bids and tenders in Europe, as we
reoriented our focus from market share to profitable revenue.

2001 Equipment sales of $4.3 billion declined 18 percent from $5.3 billion in
2000 and included an unfavorable currency impact of one percentage point. Over
one-third of the decline was due to our exit from the SOHO segment in 2001 and
the sale of our China operations in 2000. Approximately one quarter of the
decline was due to customers that transitioned from light lens to digital
technology. The balance of the decline reflected a combination of economic
weakness, competitive price pressures which approximated 5 to 10 percent, and
our decision to reduce participation in aggressively priced bids and tenders in
Europe, as we reoriented our focus from market share to profitable revenue.

Post sale and other revenue consists of service, supplies, paper, rental,
facilities management and other revenues derived from the equipment installed at
customer locations and the volume of prints and copies that our customers make
on that equipment, as well as associated services. 2002 Post sale and other
revenue of $10.9 billion, declined 5 percent from $11.5 billion in 2001,
including a favorable impact of one-percentage point from currency. Over half of
the total decline in 2002 Post sale and other revenue was due to a reduction in
the amount of equipment installations at certain DMO customer locations, as a
result of reduced placements in recent periods and our exit from the SOHO
segment in the second half of 2001. The balance of the decline included lower
page print volumes and customers that transitioned from light lens to digital
technology, reflecting weak monochrome equipment installations in the Production
and Office segments which have not yet been offset by growth in color. Within
post sale and other revenue, 2002 supplies, paper and other sales of $2.9
billion declined 8 percent from 2001 predominantly due to supplies declines
reflecting our second half 2001 SOHO exit, lower DMO equipment installations and
production and office light lens declines. Service, outsourcing and rental
revenue of $8.1 billion declined 4 percent from 2001 predominantly due to lower
rental revenues a the result of a reduction in the level of equipment
installations at certain DMO customers in both current and prior periods.

2001 Post sale and other revenue of $11.5 billion, declined 6 percent from $12.3
billion in 2000 and included the adverse impact from currency translation of
one-percentage point. Approximately 40 percent of the decline occurred in our
DMO segment as a result of reduced equipment installations in that segment and
15 percent was due to the sale of our China operations in 2000. The remainder of
the decline resulted from decreases in Production monochrome and Office light
lens, and our decision to prioritize more profitable revenue, which were only
partially offset by strong double-digit growth in color and monochrome digital
multifunction. Within post sale and other revenue, 2001 supplies, paper and
other sales of $3.1 billion declined 13 percent from 2000 due to lower paper
sales reflecting reduced volumes and reduced Production, Office and DMO supplies
revenues reflecting the declines discussed above. Service, outsourcing and
rental revenue of $8.4 billion were 4 percent lower than 2000 as lower service
and rental revenues were only partially offset by document outsourcing growth.

2002 Finance income revenue declined 11 percent from 2001, reflecting lower 2002
equipment sales, our full exit from the financing business in the Nordic
countries and in Italy, as well as our partial exit of this business in The
Netherlands and Germany. 2001 Finance income revenue declined 3 percent from
2000, reflecting lower equipment sales and the initial effects of our transition
to a third party finance provider in the Nordic countries.

Finance income is primarily impacted by equipment lease originations and
interest rates. The most significant factor is the level of equipment lease
originations; accordingly, we expect that Finance income will decline in 2003,
reflecting lower equipment lease originations in recent years. In addition,
Finance income will be reduced to the extent we sell portions of our financing
businesses, similar to the Nordic countries and Italy, or enter into agreements
with third parties to provide financing directly to our customers. Since the
vast majority of our third-party financing arrangements have been structured as
secured borrowings, the lease receivables remain on our balance sheet and are
expected to continue generating Finance income. As a result of the above
factors, we expect the trend of the decreasing Finance income to stabilize,
although periodic fluctuations will occur as a result of the level of equipment
sales and interest rates.

We expect equipment sales to grow modestly in 2003, as our 2002 and planned 2003
product launches should enable us to strengthen our market position. Our ability
to increase post sale revenue is dependent on our success increasing the amount
of our equipment at customer locations and the volume of pages generated on that
equipment. In 2003, we expect post sale and other revenue declines will continue
to moderate as equipment sales increase and our services and solutions increase
utilization of the equipment. Accordingly, we expect a modest total revenue
decline in 2003.

                                       11


<PAGE>

Employee Stock Ownership Plan: As more fully discussed in Note 16 to the
Consolidated Financial Statements, our Board of Directors reinstated the
dividend on our Employee Stock Ownership Plan ("ESOP") in 2002, which resulted
in a reversal of compensation expense previously recorded. The reversal of
compensation expense corresponded to the line item in the Consolidated Statement
of Income for 2002 where the charge was originally recorded and included $28 in
both Cost of Sales and Selling, administrative and general expenses and $11 in
Research and Development expenses. Of the total compensation expense originally
recorded, $34 million and $33 million was recognized in 2002 and 2001,
respectively. As such, 2002 benefited by $33 million of excess compensation
expense reversal that was recorded in 2001. There is no corresponding earnings
per share improvement in 2002, since the EPS calculation requires deduction of
dividends declared from reported net income in arriving at net income available
to common shareholders. In the fourth quarter 2002, an additional $11 million of
dividends were declared.

Gross Margin:  Gross margin by revenue classification was as follows:

                                                     Year Ended December 31,
                                                     ----------------------
                                                    2002       2001      2000
                                                    ----       ----      ----
       Total gross margin                           42.4%     38.2%     37.4%
           Sales                                    37.8%     30.5%     31.2%
           Service, outsourcing and rentals         44.0%     42.2%     41.1%
           Finance income                           59.9%     59.5%     57.1%

The 2002 gross margin of 42.4 percent improved 4.2 percentage points from 2001.
1.4 percentage points of the increase reflects our second half 2001 SOHO exit.
Improved manufacturing and service productivity, which was more than offset by
lower prices accounted for approximately one percentage point of improvement and
higher margins in our DMO operating segment also contributed about 0.5
percentage points of the improvement. The balance of the increase includes the
favorable ESOP compensation expense adjustment, favorable transaction currency,
lower inventory charges associated with restructuring actions and improved
document outsourcing margins associated with our focus on profitable revenue.

2002 Sales gross margin improved by 7.3 percentage points from 2001.
Approximately 2.6 percentage points of the improvement was due to our SOHO exit,
about 1.3 percentage points of the improvement was due to increases in DMO, 0.6
percentage points was due to lower inventory charges associated with
restructuring actions and the balance was largely due to manufacturing
productivity, which was more than offset by competitive price pressures. 2002
Service, outsourcing and rentals margins improved by 1.8 percentage points
from 2001 reflecting the benefits of expense productivity actions and more
profitable document outsourcing contracts.

The 2001 gross margin of 38.2 percent increased 0.8 percentage points from 2000,
as improved manufacturing and service productivity more than offset unfavorable
mix and competitive price pressures, particularly in the production monochrome
area. 2001 Sales gross margin declined by 0.7 percentage points due to higher
manufacturing expenses resulting from lower volume and plant utilization as well
as a lower level of high margin licensing and software revenues. These
improvements were partially offset by increased margins in our printer business.
2001 Service, outsourcing and rentals margin improved by 1.1 percentage points
due primarily to service expense reductions and facilities maintenance gross
margin improvements, partially offset by declines in DMO.

Finance income margins of approximately 60 percent reflect interest expense
related to our financing operations. Equipment financing interest rates are
determined based on a combination of actual interest expense incurred on
financing debt, as well as our estimated cost of funds, applied against the
estimated level of debt required to support our financed receivables. The
estimate is based on an assumed ratio of debt as compared to our finance
receivables. This ratio ranges from 80-90% of our average finance receivables.
This methodology has been consistently applied for all periods presented. We
expect our 2003 Finance income gross margin to be in line with 2002.

Research and Development: 2002 research and development ("R&D") spending of $917
million, was $80 million lower than 2001. Approximately 40 percent of the
decline was due to our SOHO exit, another 40 percent of the decline reflects
both benefits from cost restructuring actions and the receipt of external
funding and the balance reflects the previously discussed favorable ESOP
compensation expense adjustment. R&D spending represented our continued
investment in technological development, particularly color, to maintain our
position in the rapidly changing document processing market. We believe our R&D
remains technologically competitive. Our R&D is strategically coordinated with
that of Fuji Xerox, which invested $580 million in R&D in 2002, which together
with our R&D spending resulted in a combined total of $1.5 billion. To maximize
the synergies of our relationship, our R&D expenditures are focused on the
Production segment while Fuji Xerox R&D expenditures are focused on the Office
segment. In 2002, we were awarded over 700 U.S. patents ranking us 19th on the
list of companies that had been awarded the most U.S. patents during the year.
Together with Fuji Xerox, we were awarded close to 900 U.S. patents in 2002. Our
patent portfolio evolves as new patents are awarded to us and as older patents
expire. As of December 31, 2002, we held approximately 7,700 U.S. patents. These
patents expire at various dates

                                       12


<PAGE>

up to 17 years from the date of award. While we believe that our portfolio of
patents and applications has value, in general no single patent is essential to
our business or the individual segments. In addition, any of our proprietary
rights could be challenged, invalidated or circumvented, or may not provide
significant competitive advantages.

2001 R&D spending of $997 million declined by $67 million from 2000. Over half
the reduction reflects the second half 2001 SOHO disengagement, with the balance
due to cost reduction initiatives in 2000 and 2001.

Selling, Administrative and General Expenses: Selling, administrative and
general ("SAG") expense information was as follows ($ in millions):


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                        Year Ended December 31,
                                                                        -----------------------
                                                                         2002     2001    2000
                                                                         ----     ----    ----
        <S>                                                            <C>      <C>      <C>
        Total Selling, administrative and general expenses             $ 4,437  $ 4,728  $5,518
        SAG as a percentage of revenue                                    28.0%    27.8%   29.1%
</TABLE>


2002 SAG expense of $4,437 million declined by $291 million from 2001. The
reduction includes lower bad debt expenses of $106 million, lower SOHO spending
of $84 million and a $34 million favorable property tax adjustment in North
America. These decreases were partially offset by $106 million of internal-use
software impairment charges, $65 million of higher advertising and marketing
communications spending, $18 million of increased professional fees and $26
million of losses associated with the exit from certain leased facilities. The
balance of the reduction primarily reflects employment reductions associated
with our cost base restructuring which has resulted in lower labor, benefit and
related expenses.

2001 SAG expense of $4,728 million declined $790 million from 2000 reflecting
significantly lower labor costs and other benefits derived from our cost
reduction initiatives, temporarily lower advertising and marketing
communications spending of $88 million and reduced SOHO spending of $62 million,
partially offset by increased professional costs related to litigation,
regulatory issues and related matters of $52 million.

We expect 2003 total SAG expense reductions in line with the 2002 decline.

Bad debt expense included in SAG, was $332 million, $438 million and $472
million in 2002, 2001 and 2000, respectively. Lower expense in 2002 is due to
improved customer administration, collection practices and credit approval
policies, as well as our revenue declines. 2001 provisions were lower than 2000
due to lower equipment sales, partially offset by reserve increases due to the
weakened worldwide economy. Bad debt expenses as a percent of total revenue were
2.1 percent, 2.6 percent, and 2.5 percent for 2002, 2001 and 2000, respectively.

As with Finance income, the bad debt provision will be impacted to the extent we
sell portions of our financing businesses, including existing receivables, or
enter into agreements with third parties to provide financing directly to our
customers. Any provision for customer credit would accordingly be factored in
the proceeds we receive from the counterparty and the resultant revenue or gain
recognized on the sale of equipment or receivables. However, as noted above,
since most of our transactions with third parties involve secured borrowing
structures, the associated finance receivables will remain in our Consolidated
Balance Sheets. Accordingly, in these cases the provision for bad debts will
continue to be recorded as usual and therefore no impact to our Consolidated
Statements of Income is expected.

Restructuring Programs: Starting in late 2000, as a part of the Turnaround
Program, we implemented work force resizing and cost reduction actions that
reduced SAG expenses and improved gross margins by approximately $800 million in
annualized savings during 2001 and an additional $300 million, for a total of
$1.1 billion in annualized savings during 2002. These savings resulted from
reducing layers of management, consolidating operations, reducing administrative
and general spending, capturing service productivity savings from our digital
products and tightly managing discretionary spending. We reduced our costs in
our Office operating segment by moving to lower cost indirect sales and service
channels and by outsourcing our office products manufacturing. In 2002, we
implemented additional restructuring initiatives under the Turnaround Program
related to additional worldwide employee severance actions, reflecting continued
streamlining of existing operations, the elimination of redundant resources and
the consolidation of activities into other existing operations and the Fourth
Quarter 2002 Restructuring Program. These initiatives resulted in an additional
$200 million of cost savings in 2002. Prospectively, we expect the annualized
savings to be approximately $1.7 billion in 2003 as compared to 2000 spending
levels from these programs.

In addition to the work force resizing and cost reduction actions, we also sold
$2.7 billion of assets as part of the Turnaround Program. These sales were
primarily focused on improving our liquidity, as well as transitioning a portion
of our equipment financing to third parties in some geographies, a portion of
our manufacturing activities to Flextronics and exiting certain non-core
businesses.

The most significant of the sales included the sale of half of our 50 percent
ownership interest in Fuji Xerox in 2001 to Fuji Photo Film Co., Ltd. ("Fuji
Film") and our China operations in 2000 to Fuji Xerox,, in order to improve our
liquidity. In connection with the sale of Fuji Xerox, we received $1.3 billion
in cash and recorded a pre-tax gain of $773 million. Under the agreement Fuji
Film's ownership interest in Fuji Xerox increased from 50 percent to 75 percent.
Our ownership interest decreased to 25 percent and we retain significant rights
as a minority shareholder. We account for our investment in Fuji Xerox under the
equity method, both before and after the sale of the additional 25 percent.
Subsequent to the sale, we have maintained our product distribution and
technology agreements that ensure that both parties have access to each other's
portfolio of patents, technology and products. Fuji Xerox continues to sell
products to us as well as collaborate with us on R&D. In 2000, we recognized
approximately $73 million of equity income from Fuji Xerox in our Consolidated
Statement of Income. Our equity income from Fuji Xerox in 2002 and 2001 was
approximately $45 million for both years.

The sale of our China operations to Fuji Xerox generated cash of $550 million
and a pre-tax gain of $200 million. In connection with the sale, Fuji Xerox also
assumed $118 million of indebtedness. Our China operations had $262 million of
revenue in 2000, which is included in the accompanying Consolidated Statement of
Income. While Fuji Xerox is our affiliate, we believe the negotiations for this
transaction were similar to those that would have been entered into with an
unaffiliated third party, both in terms of price and conditions. Both parties
were represented by separate legal counsel. The sale of our China operations had
no operational impact, other than the permanent reduction in sales. Given the
sale to Fuji Xerox, however, we retained our equity share of the China
operations' net income.

We sold our leasing business in four Nordic countries in 2001 and our leasing
business in Italy in 2002 to a company now owned by GE. These sales were aligned
with our strategy of transitioning portions of our equipment financing to third
parties. We received $352 million in cash and retained interests in certain
finance receivables for the sale of the Nordic leasing business and $200 million
in cash, plus the assumption of $20 million in debt for the sale of our leasing
business in Italy. The sale of the Nordic leasing business approximated book
value. We recognized a pre-tax loss from the sale in Italy of approximately $27
million primarily related to the recognition of cumulative translation
adjustment losses and final sale contingency settlements. The impact of both of
these transactions was to eliminate finance receivables from our balance sheet
approximating the proceeds received from the sales, thereby improving our
liquidity. GE will be providing the ongoing financing for these customers in
these countries. Removing the finance receivable portfolios and essentially
outsourcing the financing to GE, will result in future reductions in finance
income and financing interest expense, as well as general and administrative
costs.

In addition to these sales, we also entered into a purchase and supply agreement
with Flextronics, a global electronics manufacturing services company. Pursuant
to the purchase agreement, we sold our operations in Toronto, Canada;
Aguascalientes, Mexico; Penang, Malaysia; Venray, The Netherlands and Resende,
Brazil to Flextronics for $167 million. In addition, Flextronics purchased the
related inventory, property and equipment. We expect these sales, to a company
that specializes in manufacturing as their core competency, will help us reduce
manufacturing costs and help effectively manage our inventory levels. In total,
approximately 4,100 employees in these operations transferred to Flextronics.
For further discussion, refer to Note 4 to our Consolidated Financial
Statements.

We also exited certain non-core businesses in 2001 and 2002. These sales
included the sale of Katun Corporation in 2002, a supplier of after market
copier/printer parts and supplies, for net proceeds of $67 million and the sale
of Delphax in 2001, a manufacturer of high-speed electron beam imaging digital
printing systems and related parts, supplies and services, for net proceeds of
$16 million. These sales were essentially break-even. The sale of these
businesses did not have a material effect on our financial position, results of
operations or cash flows.

At this time, we have substantially completed our restructuring initiatives,
although we expect 2003 restructuring charges of approximately $115 million as
further described in Note 2 to our Consolidated Financial Statements.

                                       13


<PAGE>

Worldwide employment declined by approximately 11,100 in 2002, to approximately
67,800, largely as a result of our restructuring programs, and the transfer of
employees to Flextronics, as part of our office manufacturing outsourcing.
Worldwide employment was approximately 78,900 and 91,500 at December 31, 2001
and 2000, respectively.

Other Expenses, Net: Other expenses, net for the three years ended December 31,
2002 consisted of the following ($ in millions):


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                               Year Ended December 31,
                                                                          ------------------------------
                                                                           2002         2001      2000
                                                                          -------      ------    ------
         <S>                                                              <C>          <C>       <C>
         Non-financing interest expense                                   $  350       $ 480     $  592
         Currency losses (gains), net                                         77         (29)      (103)
         Legal and regulatory matters                                         37          --         --
         Amortization of goodwill (2001 and 2000) and intangibles             36          94         86
         Interest income                                                     (77)       (101)       (77)
         Gain on early extinguishment of debt                                 (1)        (63)        --
         Business divestiture and asset sale (gains) losses                   (1)         10        (67)
         Purchased in-process research and development                        --          --         27
         All other, net                                                       24          53         93
                                                                          ------       -----     ------
                                                                          $  445       $ 444     $  551
                                                                          ======       =====     ======
</TABLE>


2002 non-financing interest expense was $130 million lower than 2001 reflecting
lower debt levels throughout 2002 and lower borrowing costs in the first half of
the year, partially offset by higher interest rates and borrowing costs in the
second half of the year associated with the terms of the New Credit Facility.
Lower borrowing costs reflect the continued decline in interest rates throughout
2002, coupled with our higher proportion of variable rate debt in 2002 as
compared to 2001. Our current credit ratings are below investment grade and
effectively constrain our ability to fully use derivative contracts to manage
interest rate risk. Accordingly, although we benefited from lower interest rates
in 2002, we have greater exposure to volatility in our results of operations.
2002 non-financing interest expense included net gains of $12 million from the
mark-to-market valuation of our interest rate swaps. Differences between the
contract terms of our interest rate swaps and the underlying related debt
restricts hedge accounting treatment in accordance with Statement of Financial
Accounting Standards No. 133 "Accounting for Derivative and Hedging Activities"
("SFAS No. 133"), which required us to record the mark-to-market valuation of
these derivatives directly to earnings. 2001 non-financing interest expense was
$112 million lower than 2000, reflecting lower interest rates and lower debt
levels. Non-financing interest expense in 2001 included net losses of $2 million
from the mark-to-market of our interest rate swaps. Due to the inherent
volatility in the interest rate markets, we are unable to predict the amount of
the above noted mark-to-market gains or losses in future periods. Such gains or
losses could be material to the financial statements in any future reporting
period.

Net currency losses (gains) result from the re-measurement of unhedged foreign
currency-denominated assets and liabilities, the spot/forward premiums on
foreign exchange forward contracts in those markets where we have been able to
restore economic hedging capability and economic hedges of anticipated
transactions for which we do not qualify for cash flow hedge accounting
treatment under SFAS No. 133. In the first half of 2002, we incurred $57 million
of exchange losses, primarily in Brazil and Argentina due to the devaluation of
the underlying currencies. In the latter half of 2002, we have been able to
restore hedging capability in the majority of our key markets. Therefore, the
$20 million of currency losses in the second half of 2002 primarily represents
the spot/forward premiums on foreign exchange forward contracts and unfavorable
currency movements on economic hedges of anticipated transactions not qualifying
for hedge accounting treatment. In 2001, exchange gains on yen debt of $107
million more than offset losses on Euro loans of $36 million, a $17 million
exchange loss resulting from the peso devaluation in Argentina and other
currency exchange losses of $25 million. In 2000, large gains on both the yen
and Euro loans contributed to the $103 million gain. The 2001 and 2000 currency
gains and losses were the result of net unhedged positions largely caused by our
restricted access to the derivatives markets beginning in the fourth quarter
2000. Despite restoration of hedging capability in our key markets in the latter
half of 2002, we are unable to predict the amount of the re-measurement gains or
losses in future periods resulting from our remaining unhedged positions, due to
the inherent volatility in the foreign currency markets. Such gains or losses
could be material to the financial statements in any future reporting period.

Legal and regulatory matters includes $27 million of expenses related to certain
litigation, indemnifications and associated claims, as well as the $10 million
penalty incurred in connection with our settlement with the SEC. See Note 15 to
the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information.

Prior to 2002, goodwill and other intangible asset amortization related
primarily to our acquisitions of the remaining minority interest in Xerox
Limited in 1995 and 1997, XL Connect in 1998 and Color Printing and Imaging
Division of Tektronix, Inc.

                                       14


<PAGE>

("CPID") in 2000. Effective January 1, 2002 and in connection with the adoption
of SFAS No. 142, we no longer record amortization of goodwill. Intangible assets
continue to be amortized over their useful lives. Further discussion is provided
in Note 1 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Interest income is derived primarily from our significant invested cash balances
since the latter part of 2000. 2002 interest income was lower than 2001 due to
lower invested cash balances in the second half of 2002, resulting from the
pay-down of the Old Revolver, as well as lower interest rates. 2001 interest
income was $24 million higher than 2000 due to higher interest income resulting
from a full year of invested cash balances in 2001, partially offset by lower
interest from tax audit refunds. We expect 2003 interest income to be lower than
2002 based on projected lower average cash balances.

In 2002, we retired $52 million of long-term debt through the exchange of 6.4
million shares of common stock valued at $51 million. In 2001, we retired $374
million of long-term debt through the exchange of 41 million shares of common
stock valued at $311 million. The shares were valued using the daily volume
weighted average price of our common stock over a specified number of days prior
to the exchange, based on contractual terms. These transactions resulted in
gains of $1 million and $63 million in 2002 and 2001, respectively.

(Gains) losses on business divestitures and asset sales include the sales of our
leasing business in Italy, our investment in Prudential Insurance Company common
stock and our equity investment in Katun Corporation all in 2002, the sale of
our Nordic leasing business in 2001 and the sale of our North American paper
product line and a 25 percent interest in ContentGuard in 2000, as well as
miscellaneous land, buildings and equipment in all years. Further discussion of
our divestitures follows and is also contained in Note 4 to the Consolidated
Financial Statements.

Purchased in-process research and development related to a 2000 acquisition. The
charge represented the fair value of acquired research and development projects
that were determined not to have reached technological feasibility as of the
date of the acquisition.

Gain on Affiliate's Sale of Stock: In 2001 and 2000, gain on affiliate's sale of
stock of $4 million and $21 million, respectively, reflects our proportionate
share of the increase in equity of ScanSoft Inc., resulting from issuance of
their stock in connection with one of their acquisitions. The 2000 gain was
partially offset by a $5 million charge reflecting our share of in-process
research and development associated with one of their acquisitions, which is
included in equity in net income of unconsolidated affiliates. ScanSoft, an
equity affiliate, is a developer of digital imaging software that enables users
to leverage the power of their scanners, digital cameras and other electronic
devices.

Income Taxes: The following table summarizes our consolidated income tax
(benefits) and the related effective tax rate for each respective period:

                                                   Year Ended December 31,
                                                   ----------------------
                                                 2002        2001       2000
                                                 ----        ----       ----
                 Pre-tax income (loss)           $252        $394     $ (367)
                 Income taxes (benefits)           60         497        (70)
                 Effective tax rate              23.8%      126.1%       19.1%

The difference between the 2002 consolidated effective tax rate of 23.8 percent
and the U.S. federal statutory income tax rate of 35 percent relates primarily
to the recognition of tax benefits resulting from the favorable resolution of a
foreign tax audit of approximately $79 million, tax law changes of approximately
$26 million, as well as the impact of ESOP dividends. Such benefits were offset,
in part, by tax expense recorded for the on-going examination in India, the sale
of our interest in Katun Corporation, as well as recurring losses in certain
jurisdictions where we are not providing tax benefits.

The difference between the 2001 effective tax rate and the U.S. federal
statutory income tax rate, relates primarily to the recognition of deferred tax
asset valuation allowances of $247 million from our recoverability assessments,
the taxes incurred in connection with the sale of our partial interest in Fuji
Xerox and recurring losses in low tax jurisdictions. The gain for tax purposes
on the sale of Fuji Xerox was disproportionate to the gain for book purposes as
a result of a lower tax basis in the investment. Other items favorably impacting
the tax rate included a tax audit resolution of approximately $140 million and
additional tax benefits arising from prior period restructuring provisions.

The difference between the 2000 effective tax rate and the U.S. federal
statutory income tax rate, relates primarily to recurring losses in low tax
jurisdictions, the recognition of deferred tax asset valuation allowances
resulting from our recoverability assessments, as offset by $125 million of
additional tax benefits arising from the favorable resolution of tax audits.

                                       15


<PAGE>

Our effective tax rate will change based on nonrecurring events (such as new
restructuring actions) as well as recurring factors including the geographical
mix of income before taxes. We expect our 2003 consolidated effective tax rate
will approximate 40 percent.

Equity in Net Income of Unconsolidated Affiliates: Equity in net income of
unconsolidated affiliates is principally related to our 25 percent share of Fuji
Xerox income, subsequent to our sale of 25 percent of Fuji Xerox in March 2001.
Equity in net income in 2002 of $54 million was in line with our 2001 result of
$53 million, as compared with $66 million in 2000. The 2000 results primarily
reflected our 50 percent ownership share in Fuji Xerox, partially offset by our
$37 million share of a restructuring charge recorded by Fuji Xerox.

Minorities Interest in Earnings of Subsidiaries: Minorities interest in earnings
of subsidiaries includes the minority share of subsidiaries that we do not own,
as well as dividends on our preferred securities. The increase of $50 million in
2002 to $92 million from 2001, primarily relating to a full year of the
quarterly distributions on the Convertible Trust Preferred Securities, issued in
November 2001, as more fully discussed in Note 16 to the Consolidated Financial
Statements.

                                       16


<PAGE>

Acquisitions: In January 2000, we acquired the Color Printing and Imaging
Division of Tektronix, Inc. ("CPID") for $907 million in cash, net of an $18
million purchase price adjustment received in 2001, including $73 million paid
by Fuji Xerox for the Asia/Pacific operations. CPID manufactures and sells color
printers, ink and related products and supplies. At that time, the acquisition
accelerated us to the number two market position in office color printing,
improved our reseller and dealer distribution network and provided us with
scalable solid ink technology. The acquisition also enabled significant product
development and expense synergies with our monochrome printer organization.

Business Performance by Segment: Our reportable segments are consistent with how
we manage the business and how we view the markets we serve. Our reportable
segments are as follows: Production, Office, DMO, SOHO, and Other. The table
below summarizes our business performance by operating segment for the
three-year period ended December 31, 2002. Revenues and associated percentage
changes, along with operating profits and margins by segment are included.
Segment operating profit (loss) excludes certain non-segment items, such as
restructuring charges and gains on sales of businesses, as further described in
Note 9 to the Consolidated Financial Statements where we present a
reconciliation of segment profit/(loss) to pre-tax profit (loss) as presented in
our Consolidated Statements of Income.

Operating segment information for 2001 has been adjusted to reflect a change in
operating segment structure that was made in 2002. The nature of the changes
related primarily to corporate expense and other allocations associated with
internal reorganizations made in 2002, as well as decisions concerning direct
applicability of certain overhead expenses to the segments. The adjustments
increased (decreased) full year 2001 revenues as follows: Production--($16
million), Office--($16 million), DMO--($1 million), SOHO--$3 million and
Other--$30 million. The full year 2001 segment profit was increased (decreased)
as follows: Production--$12 million, Office--$24 million, DMO--$32 million,
SOHO--$2 million and Other--($70 million). The operating segment information for
2000 has not been restated, as it was impracticable to do so. Therefore, we have
presented 2002 and 2001 on the new basis and 2002, 2001 and 2000 on the old
basis.

                                       17


<PAGE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                  New Basis                          Old Basis
                                          -------------------------     ----------------------------------
                                             2002           2001           2002         2001        2000
                                             ----           ----           ----         ----        ----
<S>                                       <C>            <C>            <C>          <C>         <C>
Total Revenue
    Production                            $    5,615          5,883     $   5,635    $  5,899    $   6,332
    Office                                     6,605          6,910         6,620       6,926        7,060
    DMO                                        1,758          2,026         1,758       2,027        2,619
    SOHO                                         244            410           244         407          599
    Other                                      1,627          1,779         1,592       1,749        2,141
                                          ----------     ----------     ---------    --------    ---------
    Total                                 $   15,849     $   17,008     $  15,849    $ 17,008    $  18,751
                                          ==========     ==========     =========    ========    =========

Memo: Color                               $    2,803     $    2,759     $   2,808    $  2,762    $   2,612

Segment Operating Profit (Loss)
    Production                            $      625            466     $     613    $    454    $     463
    Office                                       498            365           493         341         (180)
    DMO                                           62           (125)           53        (157)         (93)
    SOHO                                          82           (195)           82        (197)        (293)
    Other                                       (289)          (143)         (263)        (73)         225
                                          ----------     ----------     ---------    --------    ---------
    Total                                 $      978     $      368     $     978    $    368    $     122
                                          ==========     ==========     =========    ========    =========
Operating Margin
    Production                                  11.1 %          7.9 %        10.9 %       7.7 %        7.3 %
    Office                                       7.5 %          5.3 %         7.4 %       4.9 %       (2.5)%
    DMO                                          3.5 %         (6.2)%         3.0 %      (7.7)%       (3.6)%
    SOHO                                        33.6 %        (47.6)%        33.6 %     (48.4)%      (48.9)%
    Other                                      (17.8)%         (8.0)%       (16.5)%      (4.2)%       10.5 %
    Total                                        6.2 %          2.2 %         6.2 %       2.2 %        0.7 %
</TABLE>


Production: Production revenues include production publishing, production
printing, color products for the production and graphic arts markets as well as
digital and light-lens copiers over 90 pages per minute, sold predominantly
through direct sales channels in North America and Europe. Production revenues
represented 35 percent (new basis) of both 2002 and 2001 revenues.

2002 Production revenues declined 5 percent from 2001 (new basis), and included
a benefit of approximately 1.5 percentage points from currency. High single
digit declines in Production monochrome revenues were only partially offset by
mid single digit growth in Production color revenues. Production monochrome
declines reflect continued customer transition from light-lens to digital
equipment, movement to distributed printing and other electronic media and the
weak economy. Growth in Production color revenue reflects continued strong
growth in our DocuColor 2000 series. The DocuColor 2000 series, launched in
2000, at speeds of 45 and 60 pages per minute established an industry standard
by producing near offset-quality, full color prints including customized
one-to-one printing at a variable cost of less than 10 cents per page. The
series was complemented by the launch of the DocuColor 6060 during the second
half of 2002. Mid-Range color revenue also increased, fueled by the successful
launch of the DocuColor 1632 and DocuColor 2240 midrange printer/copiers in the
second half of 2002.

2001 Production revenue declined 7 percent (old basis) from 2000, including an
unfavorable one percentage point impact due to currency. Production monochrome
revenue declines reflected competitive product introductions, movement to
distributed printing and electronic substitutes, and weakness in the worldwide
economy. Revenue from our DocuTech production publishing products, which has
been continually refreshed and expanded since its 1990 launch, declined in 2001
reflecting the 1999 introduction of a competitive product. In production
printing, we have maintained our strong market leadership in both 2002 and 2001,
however, revenue decreased reflecting declines in the transaction printing
market. 2001 production color revenues increased 2 percent (old basis) from
2000, including strong DocuColor 2000 series growth, partially offset by
declines in older products reflecting introduction of competitive offerings and
the effects of the weakened worldwide economy in the second half of the year.

2002 Production operating profit of $625 million (new basis) improved $159
million from 2001 and operating margin expanded 3.2 percentage points to 11.1
percent reflecting improvements in gross margin and lower SAG including reduced
bad debt levels.

2001 Production operating profit was similar to 2000 and the operating margin
improved to 7.7 percent (old basis) as we realized benefits from our Turnaround
Program.

Office: Office revenues include our family of Document Centre digital
multifunction products, color laser, solid ink and monochrome laser printers,
digital and light-lens copiers under 90 pages per minute, and facsimile products
sold through direct and indirect sales channels in North America and Europe.
Office revenues represented 42 percent (new basis) of 2002 revenues compared
with 41 percent in 2001.

2002 Office revenues declined 4 percent (new basis) from 2001 including a one
percentage point benefit from currency. Declines in older light lens products
were only partially offset by growth in monochrome digital multifunction devices
and

                                       18


<PAGE>

office color printers. Office color printer revenue grew in the mid single
digits reflecting the success of the 2002 launches of the Phaser 6200 laser and
8200 solid ink printers and strong Phaser color printers and Document Centre
Color Series 50 post sales revenue growth. Monochrome digital multifunction
revenues grew in the mid-single digits reflecting strong post sale growth and
the initial benefits of the launch of the Document 500 series in the second half
of 2002.

2001 Office revenues declined 2 percent (old basis) from 2000 including a one
percent adverse impact from currency. Strong double-digit Office color growth
was more than offset by monochrome declines. Office color revenue growth was
driven by the Document Centre Color Series 50 and strong color printer equipment
sales, including the Phaser 860 solid ink and Phaser 7700 laser printers. 2001
Office monochrome revenues declined as growth in digital multifunction was more
than offset by declines in light lens as customers continued to transition to
digital technology. This decline was exacerbated further by our reduced
participation in very aggressively priced competitive customer bids and tenders
in Europe, as we prioritized profitable revenue over market share. Monochrome
declines were slightly mitigated by the successful North American launch of the
Document Centre 490 in September 2001.

2002 Office operating profit of $498 million (new basis) improved by $133
million from 2001 and the operating margin expanded by 2.2 percentage points to
7.5 percent. The operating profit improvement was driven by improved gross
margins, as we focused on more profitable revenue, improved our manufacturing
and service productivity and reduced SAG expenses.

2001 operating profit of $341 million (old basis) improved compared to a $180
million loss in 2000, reflecting higher gross margins and decreased SAG expenses
due to restructuring activities.

DMO: DMO includes operations in Latin America, the Middle East, India, Eurasia,
Russia and Africa. DMO revenues represented 11 percent of 2002 revenues, as
compared to 12 percent of 2001 revenues.

2002 DMO revenue declined 13 percent from 2001 entirely due to reductions in
post sale revenue as the result of decreases in the amount of equipment at
customer locations and a 19 percent currency devaluation in Brazil.

2001 DMO revenue declined 23 percent (old basis) from 2000, with approximately
45 percent of that decline due to the December 2000 sale of our China
operations. An additional one-third of the 2001 DMO decline was due to lower
post sale revenue, as a result of a lower number of printers and copiers at
customer locations and a currency devaluation of 22 percent in Brazil. The
remainder of the decline was due to lower equipment revenue, which resulted from
implementation of a new business model that emphasizes liquidity and profitable
revenue rather than market share.

2002 DMO operating profit of $62 million (new basis), was $187 million better
than 2001. The profit improvement was due to lower SAG spending resulting from
our cost base actions and lower bad debt levels, as well as, significant gross
margin improvement, reflecting our focus on profitability and lower bad debt
levels. DMO continued to refine its business model in 2002, by transitioning
equipment financing to third parties, improving credit requirements for
equipment sale transactions and implementing additional cost reduction actions.
In addition, we implemented a strategy to move to distributors in smaller
countries, including Jamaica and Nigeria, which we expect will benefit
operations by removing fixed costs.

The 2001 DMO loss of $157 million (old basis) was due to the revenue decline
from the preceding year, weak gross margins and the currency devaluation in
Argentina. These declines were only partially offset by initial cost
restructuring benefits.

SOHO: We announced our disengagement from our worldwide SOHO business in June
2001 and sold our remaining equipment inventory by the end of that year. SOHO
revenues now consist primarily of profitable consumables for the inkjet printers
and personal copiers previously sold through retail channels in North America
and Europe.

2002 SOHO segment profit of $82 million (new basis) improved $277 million from
2001 due to the sales of high margin supplies as compared to losses previously
incurred on equipment sales. We expect sales of these supplies to decline over
time as the existing equipment population is replaced.

The 2001 SOHO segment loss improved by $96 million (old basis) or 32 percent
from 2000. Despite a gross margin decline, significant SAG and R&D reductions,
following our June 2001 disengagement, resulted in substantially lower operating
losses in 2001 and a return to profitability in the fourth quarter.


Other: Over half of the revenues in our Other segment are derived from sales of
paper, approximately, one quarter are from Xerox Engineering Systems ("XES"),
and the remainder are derived from Xerox Connect ("XConnect"), Xerox Technology
Enterprises ("XTE") and other sources including consulting services, royalty and
license revenues. XES is a business that sells equipment used for special
engineering applications, XConnect is a network service business aimed at
optimizing office

                                       19


<PAGE>

efficiency and providing solutions and XTE consists of a collection of high
technology start-up entities. The Other segment profit (loss) includes the
profit (loss) from the previously mentioned sources, equity income received from
Fuji Xerox and certain costs which have not been allocated to the businesses
including non-financing and other corporate costs.

2002 Other revenues declined 9 percent (new basis), from 2001. Approximately
half of the decline was due to lower revenues in XES and XConnect, an additional
15 percent related to lower paper sales consistent with other post sale revenue
declines, partially offset by licensing revenue and royalties. XES revenue
declined principally due to lower dealer equipment revenue, while XConnect
declines were due to a reduced emphasis on third-party equipment installations.
The remainder of the declines were consistent with other aspects of our
business.

2001 Other revenues of $1,749 million (old basis) declined 18 percent from 2000.
Approximately 25 percent of the revenue decline was due to lower paper sales,
consistent with our post sale declines. Another 25 percent decline was
attributable to lower XTE revenues due to the sale of a business in 2000, the
closing of one business in 2001, and the deconsolidation of two small
investments during 2001 due to changes in ownership structure and the resultant
change to equity accounting. XES revenue represented 20 percent of the decline
principally due to increased European competition and lower post sale revenue
resulting from lower machine populations. XConnect revenue also accounted for 20
percent of the decline due to a decreased emphasis on third-party equipment
installations. The remaining decline was consistent with other aspects of our
business.

2002 Other segment loss of $289 million (new basis), increased by $146 million
from 2001, principally due to the write-off of internal use software of $106
million, higher pension and benefit expense of $93 million and higher
advertising expenses of $62 million. These increased costs were partially offset
by lower non-financing interest expense of $130 million, the $33 million
beneficial year over year impact of the ESOP expense adjustment and the $50
million profit from licensing revenue.

The 2001 Other segment loss of $73 (old basis) reflects additional ESOP
compensation expense necessitated by the elimination of the ESOP dividend of $33
million, higher professional fees related to litigation and SEC issues and
related matters of $52 million. 2000 results benefited from the gains on the
sales of our North American paper business of $40 million, a 25 percent interest
in ContentGuard of $23 million and a $21 million gain on our ScanSoft
affiliate's sale of stock.

New Accounting Standards:

During 2002 and 2001, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued
several new accounting standards which effect the recognition and measurement
and/or disclosure of business combinations, goodwill and intangible assets,
impairment or disposals of long-lived assets, gains on extinguishment of debt,
costs associated with exit or disposal activities and stock-based compensation.
We have adopted these new standards in whole or in part, as applicable, during
the year ended December 31, 2002. The effects of these new standards are
discussed in the relevant sections of this MD&A and in more detail in Note 1 to
the Consolidated Financial Statements.

In addition, the FASB has recently issued the following applicable standards and
interpretations that we have not yet adopted:

-   Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 143, "Accounting for Asset
    Retirement Obligations" ("SFAS 143"),
-   FASB Interpretation No. 45, "Guarantor's Accounting and Disclosure
    Requirements for Guarantees, Including Indirect Guarantees of
    Indebtedness of Others" ("FIN 45"),
-   FASB Interpretation No. 46, "Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities"
    ("FIN 46").

We have adopted the disclosure provisions of FIN 45 and FIN 46 as of December
31, 2002.

We do not expect the adoption of SFAS No. 143, FIN 45 and FIN 46 to have a
material effect on our financial position or results of operations.

                                       20


<PAGE>

Capital Resources and Liquidity:

References to "Xerox Corporation" below refer to the stand-alone parent company
and do not include subsidiaries. References to "we," "our" or "us" refer to
Xerox Corporation and its subsidiaries.

Cash Flow Analysis: The following summarizes our cash flows for the years ended
December 31, 2002, 2001 and 2000 as reported in our Consolidated Statement of
Cash Flows in the accompanying consolidated financial statements ($ in
millions):



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                     2002       2001       2000
                                                   -------    -------    -------
<S>                                                <C>        <C>        <C>
Operating cash flows                               $ 1,876    $ 1,566    $   207
Investing cash flows (usage)                           197        873       (855)
Financing cash (usage) flows                        (3,292)      (189)     2,255
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash                116        (10)        11
                                                   -------    -------    -------
(Decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents    (1,103)     2,240      1,618
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year       3,990      1,750        132
                                                   -------    -------    -------
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year           $ 2,887    $ 3,990    $ 1,750
                                                   =======    =======    =======
</TABLE>


2002 Versus 2001: For the year ended December 31, 2002, operating cash flows of
$1,876 million include net income before restructuring and other non-cash
items of $2,124 million and finance receivable reductions of $754 million due to
collection of receivables from prior year's sales without an offsetting
receivables increase due to lower equipment sales in 2002, together with a
transition to third-party vendor financing arrangements in the Nordic countries,
Italy, Brazil and Mexico. These cash flows were partially offset by $442 million
of tax payments, including $346 million related to the 2001 sale of half of our
interest in Fuji Xerox, $392 million of restructuring related cash payments,
approximately $300 million of other working capital uses, primarily related to
the October 2002 termination of our U.S. revolving accounts receivable
securitization, $127 million of on-lease equipment expenditures and a $138
million cash contribution to our pension plans.

The $310 million improvement in operating cash flow versus 2001 reflects
increased finance receivable collections of $666 million, the absence of cash
payments related to the 2001 early termination of derivative contracts of $148
million and lower on-lease equipment spending of $144 million. The decline in
2002 on-lease equipment spending reflected declining rental placement activity
and populations, particularly in our older-generation light-lens products. These
items were partially offset by higher cash taxes of $385 million, higher pension
contributions of $96 million and increased working capital uses of over $300
million, much of which was caused by the accounts receivable securitization
termination noted above. In addition, cash flow generated by reducing inventory
during 2002 occurred at a much slower rate than in 2001 as inventory reductions
were offset by increased requirements for new product launches.

Investing cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2002 consisted primarily of
proceeds of $200 million from the sale of our Italian leasing business, $53
million related to the sale of certain manufacturing locations to Flextronics,
$67 million related to the sale of our interest in Katun and $19 million from
the sale of our investment in Prudential common stock. These inflows were
partially offset by our capital and internal use software spending of $196
million. Investing cash flows in 2001 largely consisted of the $1,768 million of
cash received from sales of businesses, including one half of our interest in
Fuji Xerox, our leasing businesses in the Nordic countries and certain
manufacturing assets to Flextronics. These cash proceeds were offset by capital
and internal use software spending of $343 million, a $255 million payment
related to our funding of trusts to replace Ridge Reinsurance letters of credit,
$115 million of payments for the funding of escrow requirements related to the
lease contracts transferred to GE, $229 million of payments for the funding of
escrow requirements related to the 2002 and 2003 scheduled distribution payments
for the trust preferred securities and $29 million of payments for other
contractual requirements.

Financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2002 consisted of $2.8
billion of debt repayments on the Old Revolver and $710 million on the New
Credit Facility, $1.9 billion of other scheduled payments of maturing debt, and
dividends of $67 million on our preferred stock. These cash outflows were
partially offset by proceeds of $746 million from our 9.75 percent Senior Notes
offering and $1.4 billion of net proceeds from secured borrowing activity with
GE and other vendor financing partners. Financing activities for the comparable
2001 period consisted of scheduled debt repayments of $2.4 billion and dividends
on our common and preferred stock of $93 million. These outflows were offset by
net proceeds from secured borrowing activity of $1,350 million and proceeds from
the issuance of trust preferred securities of $1.0 billion.

2001 Versus 2000: For the year ended December 31, 2001 operating cash flows of
$1,566 million reflected net income before restructuring charges and other
non-cash items of $2,312 million (including a net gain of $304 related to the
sale of half our interest in Fuji Xerox). Operating cash flow improved
significantly compared to 2000, primarily due to working capital improvements.
Although our revenue declined, which normally leads to

                                       21


<PAGE>

a reduction in receivables and payables balances, our collections of receivables
exceeded our payments on accounts payable and other current liability accounts
by approximately $500 million. We reduced our inventory balances and spending
for on-lease equipment by approximately $480 million. We also had a one-year
benefit of approximately $350 million associated with the timing of taxes due on
the gain from our sale of half our interest of Fuji Xerox, which we did not have
to pay until first quarter 2002. The overall impact of our reported net loss on
our operating cash flows, after considering the impacts of non-cash items
associated with restructuring charges, provisions, tax valuation allowances and
gains did not vary significantly between 2001 and 2000.

Investing cash flows were higher in 2001 primarily due to $1,768 million of cash
received from the sales of businesses, including Fuji Xerox and our leasing
businesses in the Nordic countries. These cash proceeds were greater than the
$640 million received from the sale of businesses in 2000. In 2001 we also
reduced capital spending and internal-use software spending significantly. Other
factors contributing to the 2001 improvement were the acquisition of CPID in
2000, which utilized cash of $856 million, while in 2001 we were required to
fund $628 million of certain escrow and insurance trusts based on contractual
requirements.

Our 2001 financing cash flows largely consisted of a net repayment of
approximately $1.1 billion of debt, offset by a private placement of $1.0
billion of trust preferred securities. The suspension of dividends on our common
and preferred stock also positively impacted our cash flows in 2001. 2000
financing activities consisted of net borrowing of $2.9 billion, which funded
the CPID acquisition and increased our cash balance, partially offset by common
and preferred stock dividends of $587 million.

Capital Structure and Liquidity: Historically, we have provided equipment
financing to a significant majority of our customers. Because the finance leases
allow our customers to pay for equipment over time rather than at the date of
purchase, we have needed to maintain significant levels of debt to provide
operating liquidity, as liquidity generated from receivable collections has
generally been used to fund new equipment leases. A significant portion of our
debt is directly related to the funding requirements of our financing business.

During the years ended December 31, 2002 and 2001, we originated loans, secured
by finance receivables, with cash proceeds of $3,055 million and $2,418 million,
respectively. Approximately half of our total finance receivable portfolio has
been securitized at December 31, 2002 compared with 24 percent a year earlier.
We expect to increase the proportion of our finance receivables which are
securitized to approximately 60 percent by the end of 2004. The following table
compares finance receivables to financing-related debt as of December 31, 2002
($ in millions):


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                      Finance
                                                    Receivables    Debt/(2)/
                                                    -----------    ---------
<S>                                                 <C>            <C>
Finance Receivables Encumbered by Loans/(1)/:
     GE Loans - U.S. and Canada                       $ 2,777      $  2,642
     Merrill Lynch Loan - France                          413           377
     U.S. Asset-backed notes                              247           139
     XCC securitizations                                  101             7
                                                      -------      --------
  Subtotal - Special Purpose Entities                   3,538         3,165
     GE Loans - UK                                        691           529
     GE Loans - Other Europe                               95            95
     Other Europe                                         113           111
                                                      -------      --------
  Total                                                 4,437      $  3,900
                                                                   ========
Unencumbered Finance Receivables                        4,568
                                                      -------
  Total Finance Receivables/(3)/                      $ 9,005
                                                      =======
</TABLE>


   (1) Encumbered finance receivables represent the book value of finance
   receivables that secure each of the indicated loans.
   (2) Represents the debt secured by finance receivables, including
   transactions utilizing special purpose entities, which are described below.
   (3) Includes (i) Billed portion of finance receivables, net (ii) Finance
   receivables, net and (iii) Finance receivables due after one year, net as
   included in the Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2002.

                                       22


<PAGE>

As of December 31, 2002, debt secured by finance receivables was approximately
28 percent of total debt. As we increase the proportion of our finance
receivables that are securitized, we expect this percentage to increase to
approximately 40 percent by the end of 2004.

The following represents our aggregate debt maturity schedule ($ in millions):


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                2003      2004     2005     2006   Thereafter
          <S>                  <C>       <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>
          First Quarter        $  626    $  992
          Second Quarter        1,315       907
          Third Quarter           658       910
          Fourth Quarter        1,778     1,100
                               ------    ------
            Full Year          $4,377    $3,909   $4,016   $   56   $1,813
                               ======    ======   ======   ======   ======
</TABLE>


Of the full year amounts shown in the above table, $1,887 million and $1,426
million for 2003 and 2004, respectively, relate to debt secured by finance
receivables. For a discussion on the contractual maturities of our mandatorily
redeemable preferred securities, refer to the section entitled "Contractual Cash
Obligations and Other Commercial Commitments and Contingencies."

The following table summarizes our secured and unsecured debt as of December 31,
2002:


<TABLE>
<S>                                                                       <C>
   New Credit Facility - debt secured within the 20 percent net worth     $    875/(1)/
      limitation
   New Credit Facility - debt secured outside the 20 percent net worth
      limitation                                                                50
   Debt secured by finance receivables                                       3,900
   Capital leases                                                               40
   Debt secured by other assets                                                 90
                                                                           -------
      Total Secured Debt                                                     4,955
                                                                           -------
  New Credit Facility - unsecured                                           2,565/(1)
   Senior Notes                                                                852
   Subordinated debt                                                           575
   Other Debt                                                                5,224
                                                                          --------
      Total Unsecured Debt                                                   9,216
                                                                          --------
    Total Debt                                                            $ 14,171
                                                                          ========
</TABLE>


(1)    The amount of New Credit Facility debt secured under the 20 percent
       consolidated net worth limitation represents an estimate based on
       Consolidated Net Worth at December 31, 2002 and the amount of other debt,
       as defined, secured under the 20 percent limitation. Any change to the
       amount indicated would correspondingly change the amount of the unsecured
       portion of the New Credit Facility.

Liquidity, Financial Flexibility and Funding Plans: We manage our worldwide
liquidity using internal cash management practices, which are subject to (1) the
statutes, regulations and practices of each of the local jurisdictions in which
we operate, (2) the legal requirements of the agreements to which we are parties
and (3) the policies and cooperation of the financial institutions we utilize to
maintain such cash management practices. In 2000, our operational issues were
exacerbated by significant competitive and industry changes, adverse economic
conditions, and significant technology and acquisition spending. Together, these
conditions negatively impacted our liquidity, which from 2000 to 2002 led to a
series of credit rating downgrades, eventually to below investment grade.
Consequently, our access to capital and derivative markets has been restricted.
The downgrades also required us to cash-collateralize certain derivative and
securitization arrangements to prevent them from terminating, and to immediately
settle terminating derivative contracts. Further, we are required to maintain
minimum cash balances in escrow on certain borrowings and letters of credit. In
addition, the SEC would not allow us to publicly register any securities
offerings while their investigation, which commenced in June 2000, was ongoing.
This additional constraint essentially prevented us from raising funds from
sources other than unregistered capital markets offerings and private lending or
equity sources. Consequently, our credit ratings, which were already under
pressure, came under greater pressure since credit rating agencies often include
access to capital sources in their rating criteria.

While the 2002 conclusion of the SEC investigation removed our previous
inability to access public capital markets, we expect our ability to access
unsecured credit sources to remain limited as long as our credit ratings remain
below investment

                                       23


<PAGE>

grade, and we expect our incremental cost of borrowing will remain relatively
high as a result of our credit ratings and could potentially result in our
having to increase our level of intercompany lending to our affiliates.

Our current ratings are as follows:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                           Senior           Senior          Corporate
                        Secured Debt    Unsecured Debt    Credit Rating    Outlook
                        ------------    --------------    -------------    -------
        <S>             <C>             <C>               <C>              <C>
        Moody's             B1               B1                 B1         Negative
        S&P                 BB-              B+                 BB-        Negative
        Fitch               BB-              BB-                BB-        Negative
</TABLE>


As a result of the various factors described above, in 2000 we abandoned our
historical liquidity practice of repaying debt with available cash and relying
on low interest commercial paper borrowings. Instead, we have been accumulating
cash in an effort to maintain financial flexibility. We expect to maintain a
minimum cash balance of at least $1 billion on an ongoing basis.

Financing Business and Restructuring: In 2000, as part of our Turnaround
Program, we announced our intent to exit the financing business, wherever
practical, in order to reduce our consolidated debt levels and accelerate the
liquidity within our finance receivable portfolios. We altered our strategy in
2002, announcing plans to securitize our finance receivables, thereby retaining
the customer relationship and financing income.

Other Turnaround initiatives included selling certain assets, improving
operations, and reducing annual costs by over $1 billion. These initiatives are
expected to significantly improve our liquidity going forward. We have (1)
securitized portions of our existing finance receivables portfolios, (2)
implemented vendor financing programs with third parties in the United States,
The Netherlands, the Nordic countries, Italy, Brazil and Mexico, (3) announced
major initiatives with GE and other third party vendors to securitize our
finance receivables in other countries, including the completion of the New U.S.
Vendor Financing Agreement (see Note 5 to our Consolidated Financial
Statements), (4) sold several non-core assets and (5) reduced our annual costs
by $1.7 billion.

As more fully discussed in Note 5 to the Consolidated Financial Statements, we
have completed the following securitization initiatives:

     .    In June 2001, we announced several Framework Agreements with GE under
          which they became our primary equipment-financing provider in the
          U.S., Canada, Germany and France. In October 2002 we finalized an
          eight year U.S. arrangement and funding commenced in the fourth
          quarter of 2002. We are currently negotiating other GE arrangements
          under the respective Framework Agreements.

     .    In April 2001, we sold our leasing businesses in four Nordic countries
          to a company now owned by GE retained interests in certain finance
          receivables. These sales are part of an agreement under which that
          company will provide ongoing, exclusive equipment financing to our
          customers in those countries.

     .    In December 2001, we formed a joint venture with De Lage Landen
          International BV (DLL) which manages equipment financing, billing and
          collections for our customers' equipment orders in the Netherlands.
          This joint venture began funding in the first quarter of 2002. DLL
          owns 51 percent of the venture and provides the funding to support new
          customer leases. We own the remaining 49 percent of this
          unconsolidated venture.

     .    In March 2002, we signed agreements with third parties in Brazil and
          Mexico under which those third parties became our primary equipment
          financing providers in those countries. Funding under both of these
          arrangements commenced in the second quarter of 2002.

     .    In April 2002, we sold our leasing business in Italy to a company
          recently acquired by GE, as part of an agreement under which GE will
          provide on-going, exclusive equipment financing to our customers in
          Italy.

     .    In December 2002, we securitized existing state and local government
          finance receivables in the U.S. with GE.

     .    In December 2002, we securitized existing finance receivables in
          France with a 364-day financing with Merrill Lynch (ML). ML intends to
          replace this financing with a long-term public secured offering during
          2003.

     .    In December 2002, we received a series of financings from our
          unconsolidated joint venture with DLL, secured by our lease
          receivables in Holland.

     .    In December 2002, we received loans from GE secured by finance
          receivables in Germany.

                                       24


<PAGE>

New Credit Facility: In June 2002, we entered into an Amended and Restated
Credit Agreement (the "New Credit Facility") with a group of lenders, replacing
our prior $7 billion facility (the "Old Revolver"). At that time, we permanently
repaid $2.8 billion of the Old Revolver and subsequently paid $710 million on
the New Credit Facility. At December 31, 2002, the New Credit Facility consisted
of two tranches of term loans totaling $2.0 billion and a $1.5 billion revolving
credit facility that includes a $200 million letter of credit subfacility. At
December 31, 2002, $3.5 billion was outstanding under the New Credit Facility.
At December 31, 2002 we had no additional borrowing capacity under the New
Credit Facility since the entire revolving facility was outstanding, including a
$10 million letter of credit under the subfacility. Xerox Corporation is the
only borrower of the term loans. The revolving loans are available, without
sub-limit, to Xerox Corporation and to Xerox Canada Capital Limited ("XCCL"),
Xerox Capital Europe plc ("XCE"), and other foreign subsidiaries as defined.
Xerox Corporation is the borrower of all but $50 million of the revolver at
December 31, 2002. The size and contractual maturities of the loans are as
follows ($ in millions):

                                            2003     2004     2005    Total
                                            ----     ----     ----    -----
                Tranche A Term Loan      $   400  $   600  $   500  $ 1,500
                Tranche B Term Loan            5        5      490      500
                Revolving Facility             -        -    1,490    1,490
                                         -------  -------  -------  -------
                Total                    $   405  $   605  $ 2,480  $ 3,490
                                         =======  =======  =======  =======

We are required to repay portions of the loans earlier than their scheduled
maturities with specified percentages of any proceeds we receive from capital
market debt issuances, equity issuances or asset sales during the term of the
New Credit Facility, except that the revolving facility cannot be reduced below
$1 billion, as a result of such prepayments. Additionally, all loans under the
New Credit Facility become due and payable upon the occurrence of a change in
control.

Subject to certain limits described in the following paragraph, all obligations
under the New Credit Facility are secured by liens on substantially all of the
domestic assets of Xerox Corporation and by liens on the assets of substantially
all of our U.S. subsidiaries (excluding Xerox Credit Corporation ("XCC")), and
are guaranteed by substantially all of our U.S. subsidiaries. In addition, a
revolving loan outstanding to XCCL ($50 million at December 31, 2002) is secured
by all of its assets, and is guaranteed by certain defined material foreign
subsidiaries.

Under the terms of certain of our outstanding public bond indentures, the amount
of obligations under the New Credit Facility that can be (1) secured by assets
(the "Restricted Assets") of (a) Xerox Corporation and (b) our non-financing
subsidiaries that have a consolidated net worth of at least $100 million,
without (2) triggering a requirement to also secure those indentures, is limited
to the excess of (1) 20 percent of our consolidated net worth (as defined in the
public bond indentures) over (2) the outstanding amount of certain other debt
that is secured by the Restricted Assets. Accordingly, the amount of New Credit
Facility debt secured by the Restricted Assets (the "Restricted Asset Security
Amount") will vary from time to time with changes in our consolidated net worth.
The amount of security provided under this formula accrues first to the benefit
of Tranche B loans and then to the benefit of Tranche A Loans and Revolving
Loans, ratably.

The assets of XCE, XCCL and other subsidiaries guaranteeing the New Credit
Facility are not Restricted Assets because those entities are not restricted
subsidiaries as defined in our public bond indentures. Consequently, the amount
of New Credit Facility debt secured by their assets is not subject to the
foregoing limits. However, these guarantees are enforceable only to the extent
of the New Credit Facility borrowings in Europe and Canada.

The New Credit Facility loans generally bear interest at LIBOR plus 4.50
percent, except that the Tranche B term loan bears interest at LIBOR plus a
spread that varies between 4.00 percent and 4.50 percent depending on the amount
by which the Restricted Asset Security Amount exceeds the outstanding Tranche B
loan.

The New Credit Facility, a copy of which we have filed with the SEC as Exhibits
4 (l)(1) and 99.6 to our Current Reports on Form 8-K dated June 21, 2002 and
September 26, 2002, respectively, contains affirmative and negative covenants.
The New Credit Facility contains financial covenants that the Old Revolver did
not contain. Certain of the more significant covenants under the New Credit
Facility are summarized below (this summary is not complete and is in all
respects subject to the actual provisions of the New Credit Facility):

.    Excess cash of certain foreign subsidiaries and of Xerox Credit
     Corporation, a wholly-owned subsidiary, must be transferred to Xerox
     Corporation at the end of each fiscal quarter; for this purpose, "excess
     cash" generally means cash maintained by certain foreign subsidiaries taken
     as a whole in excess of their aggregate working capital and other needs in
     the ordinary course of business (net of sources of funds from third
     parties), including reasonably anticipated needs for repaying debt and
     other obligations and making investments in their businesses. In certain
     circumstances, we are not required to transfer cash to Xerox Corporation,
     if the transfer cannot be made in a tax efficient manner or if it would be
     considered a breach of fiduciary duty by the directors of the foreign
     subsidiary;

.    Minimum EBITDA (a quarterly test that is based on rolling four quarters)
     ranging from $1.0 to $1.3 billion; for this purpose, "EBITDA" (Earnings
     before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization) generally means
     EBITDA (excluding interest and financing income to the extent included in
     consolidated net income), less any amounts spent for software development
     that are capitalized;

.    Maximum leverage ratio (a quarterly test that is calculated as total
     adjusted debt divided by EBITDA) ranging from 4.3 to 6.0;

.    Maximum capital expenditures (annual test) of $330 million per fiscal year
     plus up to $75 million of any unused amount carried over from the previous
     year; for this purpose, "capital expenditures" generally mean the amounts
     included on our statement of cash flows as "additions to land, buildings
     and equipment", plus any capital lease obligations incurred;

                                       25


<PAGE>

.    Minimum consolidated net worth ranging from $2.9 billion to $3.1 billion;
     for this purpose, "consolidated net worth" generally means the sum of the
     amounts included on our balance sheet as "Common shareholders' equity,"
     "Preferred stock," "Company-obligated, mandatorily redeemable preferred
     securities of subsidiary trust holding solely subordinated debentures of
     the Company," except that the currency translation adjustment effects and
     the effects of compliance with FAS 133 occurring after December 31, 2001
     are disregarded, the preferred securities (whether or not convertible)
     issued by us or by our subsidiaries which were outstanding on June 21, 2002
     will always be included, and any capital stock or similar equity interest
     issued after June 21, 2002 which matures or generally becomes mandatorily
     redeemable for cash or puttable at holders' option prior to November 1,
     2005 is always excluded; and

.    Limitations on: (i) issuance of debt and preferred stock; (ii) creation of
     liens; (iii) certain fundamental changes to corporate structure and nature
     of business, including mergers; (iv) investments and acquisitions; (v)
     asset transfers; (vi) hedging transactions other than in those in the
     ordinary course of business and certain types of synthetic equity or debt
     derivatives, and (vii) certain types of restricted payments relating to
     our, or our subsidiaries', equity interests, including payment of cash
     dividends on our common stock; (viii) certain types of early retirement of
     debt, and (ix) certain transactions with affiliates, including intercompany
     loans and asset transfers.

The New Credit Facility generally does not affect our ability to continue to
monetize receivables under the agreements with GE and others. Although we cannot
pay cash dividends on our common stock during the term of the New Credit
Facility, we can pay cash dividends on our preferred stock, provided there is
then no event of default. In addition to other defaults customary for facilities
of this type, defaults on other debt, or bankruptcy, of Xerox Corporation, or
certain of our subsidiaries, would constitute defaults under the New Credit
Facility.

At December 31, 2002, we are in compliance with all aspects of the New Credit
Facility including financial covenants and expect to be in compliance for at
least the next twelve months. Failure to be in compliance with any material
provision or covenant of the New Credit Facility could have a material adverse
effect on our liquidity and operations.

As previously mentioned, in October 2002, we completed an eight-year agreement
in the U.S. (the "New U.S. Vendor Financing Agreement"), under which GE Vendor
Financial Services, a subsidiary of GE, became our primary equipment financing
provider in the U.S., through monthly securitizations of our new lease
originations. In addition to the $2.5 billion already funded by GE prior to this
agreement, which is secured by portions of our current U.S. lease receivables.
The New U.S. Vendor Financing Agreement calls for GE to provide funding in the
U.S. on new lease originations, of up to an additional $5 billion outstanding at
anytime, during the eight year term, subject to normal customer acceptance
criteria. The $5 billion limit may be increased to $8 billion subject to
agreement between the parties. The new agreement contains mutually agreed
renewal options for successive two-year periods.

Under this agreement, we expect GE to fund approximately 70 percent of new U.S.
lease originations at over-collateralization rates, which vary over time, but
are expected to be approximately 10 percent of the net receivables balance. The
securitizations will be subject to interest rates calculated at each monthly
loan occurrence at yield rates consistent with average rates for similar market
based transactions. Consistent with the loans already received from GE, the
funding received under this new agreement will be recorded as secured borrowings
and the associated receivables will be included in our Consolidated Balance
Sheet. GE's commitment to fund under this new agreement is not subject to our
credit ratings. There are no credit rating defaults that could impair future
funding under this agreement. This agreement contains cross default provisions
related to certain financial covenants contained in the New Credit Facility and
other significant debt facilities. Any default would impair our ability to
receive subsequent funding until the default was cured or a waiver was received.
As of December 31, 2002, we were in compliance with all covenants and expect to
be in compliance for at least the next twelve months.

In 2002 and 2001, we received financing totaling $1,845 million and $1,175
million, respectively, from GE, secured by lease receivables in the U.S. Net
fees of $16 million were capitalized as debt issue costs. In connection with
these transactions, $150 million was required to be held in escrow, as security
for our continuing obligations under transferred contracts. At December 31,
2002, the remaining balance of $2,323 million was included as debt in our
Consolidated Balance Sheet.

In May 2002, we launched the Xerox Capital Services ("XCS") venture with GE,
under which XCS now manages our customer administration and leasing activities
in the U.S., including various financing programs, credit approval, order
processing, billing and collections. We account for XCS as a consolidated entity
since we are responsible to fund all of its operations, and, further, all events
of termination result in GE receiving their entire equity investment, with total
ownership reverting to us.

Summary - Financial Flexibility and Liquidity: With $2.9 billion of cash and
cash equivalents on hand at December 31, 2002, we believe our liquidity
(including operating and other cash flows we expect to generate) will be
sufficient to meet operating cash flow requirements as they occur and to satisfy
all scheduled debt maturities for at least the next twelve months. Our ability
to maintain sufficient liquidity going forward is highly dependent on achieving
expected operating results, including capturing the benefits from restructuring
activities, and completing announced finance receivable securitization and other
initiatives. There is no assurance that these initiatives will be successful.
Failure to successfully

                                       26


<PAGE>

complete these initiatives could have a material adverse effect on our
liquidity, operations and financial position, and could require us to consider
further measures, including deferring planned capital expenditures, reducing
discretionary spending, selling additional assets and, if necessary,
restructuring existing debt.

Our access to the public debt markets is expected to be limited to the
non-investment grade segment until our debt ratings have been restored to
investment grade. Specifically, until our credit ratings improve, we will be
unable to access the commercial paper markets or obtain unsecured bank lines of
credit. Improvements in our credit ratings depend on (1) our ability to
demonstrate sustained profitability growth and operating cash generation and (2)
continued progress on our finance receivable securitization initiatives.
However, there is no assurance on the timing of when our ratings may be restored
to investment grade by the rating agencies.

We intend to access the non-investment grade public debt markets until our
credit ratings are restored to investment grade. This, together with possible
opportunistic access to the equity or equity-linked markets, can provide
significant sources of additional funds until full access to the public debt
markets is restored.

Contractual Cash Obligations and Other Commercial Commitments and Contingencies:
At December 31, 2002, we had the following contractual cash obligations and
other commercial commitments and contingencies:

Contractual Cash Obligations including cumulative preferred securities ($ in
millions):


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                               2003      2004     2005     2006    2007    Thereafter
                                               ----      ----     ----     ----    ----    ----------
<S>                                            <C>       <C>      <C>      <C>     <C>     <C>
Long-term debt ..............................  $3,980    $3,909   $4,016   $  56   $ 296      $ 1,517
Short-term debt .............................     397        --       --      --      --           --
Minimum operating lease commitments .........     238       202      157     124      71          346
                                               ------    ------   ------   -----   -----      -------
    Total contractual cash obligations ......  $4,615    $4,111   $4,173   $ 180   $ 367      $ 1,863
                                               ======    ======   ======   =====   =====      =======
</TABLE>


Cumulative Preferred Securities: As of December 31, 2002, we have four series of
outstanding preferred securities as summarized below. The redemption
requirements and the annual cumulative dividend requirements on our outstanding
preferred stock are as follows:

     .    Series B Convertible Preferred Stock ("ESOP Shares"): The balance at
          December 31, 2002 was $508 million, net of deferred ESOP benefits, and
          is redeemable in shares of common stock or cash, at our option, as
          employees with vested shares leave the Company. Annual cumulative
          dividend requirements are $6.25 per share. Dividends declared but not
          yet paid amounted to $11 million at December 31, 2002. At December 31,
          2002, we had 7,023,437 shares issued and outstanding.

     .    7.5 percent Convertible Trust Preferred Securities: The balance at
          December 31, 2002 was $1,016 million, and is putable in 2004 in cash
          or in shares of common stock at a redemption value of $1,035 million
          at the holders' option. Annual cumulative distribution requirements of
          approximately $78 million are $3.75 per Preferred Security on 20.7
          million securities. The first three years' dividend requirements were
          funded at issuance and are invested in U.S. Treasury securities held
          by a separate trust. As of December 31, 2002, $151 million of the
          original $229 million remained in the trust.

     .    8 percent Convertible Trust Preferred Securities: The balance at
          December 31, 2002 was $640 million, and is redeemable in 2027 at a
          redemption value of $650 million. Annual cumulative dividend
          requirements are $80 per security on 650,000 securities or $52 million
          per year.

     .    Canadian Deferred Preferred Stock: The balance at December 31, 2002
          was $45 million, and is redeemable in 2006. Annual cumulative non-cash
          dividend requirements will increase this amount to its 2006 redemption
          value of approximately $56 million.

Other Commercial Commitments and Contingencies:

Flextronics: As previously discussed, in 2001 we outsourced certain
manufacturing activities to Flextronics under a five-year agreement. During
2002, we purchased approximately $1 billion of inventory from Flextronics. We
anticipate that we will purchase approximately $900 million of inventory from
Flextronics during 2003 and expect to increase this level commensurate with our
sales in the future.

Fuji Xerox: We had product purchases from Fuji Xerox totaling $727 million, $598
million, and $812 million in 2002, 2001 and 2000, respectively. Our purchase
commitments with Fuji Xerox are in the normal course of business and typically
have a lead time of three months. We anticipate that we will purchase
approximately $700 million of products from Fuji Xerox in 2003.

                                       27


<PAGE>

Other Purchase Commitments: We enter into other purchase commitments with
vendors in the ordinary course of business. Our policy with respect to all
purchase commitments is to record losses, if any, when they are probable and
reasonably estimable. We currently do not have, nor do we anticipate, material
loss contracts.

EDS Contract: We have an information management contract with Electronic Data
Systems Corp. to provide services to us for global mainframe system processing,
application maintenance and enhancements, desktop services and helpdesk support,
voice and data network management, and server management. In 2001, we extended
the original ten-year contract through June 30, 2009. Although there are no
minimum payments required under the contract, we anticipate making the following
payments to EDS over the next five years (in millions): 2003--$331; 2004--$320;
2005--$311; 2006--$299; 2007--$288. The estimated payments are the result of an
EDS and Xerox Global Demand Case process that has been in place for eight years.
Twice a year, using this estimating process based on historical activity, the
parties agree on a projected volume of services to be provided under each major
element of the contract. Pricing for the base services (which are comprised of
global mainframe system processing, application maintenance and enhancements,
desktop services and help desk support, voice and data management) were
established when the contract was signed in 1994 based on our actual costs in
preceding years. The pricing was modified through comparisons to industry
benchmarks and through negotiations in subsequent amendments. Prices and
services for the period July 1, 2004 through June 30, 2009 are currently being
negotiated and should be finalized by December 31, 2003. As such, the amounts
above are subject to change. We can terminate the contract with six months
notice, as defined in the contract, with no termination fee. We have an option
to purchase the assets placed in service under the EDS contract, should we elect
to terminate such contract and either operate those assets ourselves or enter a
separate contract with a similar service provider.

Pension and Other Post-Retirement Benefit Plans: We sponsor pension and other
post-retirement benefit plans. As discussed in Note 13 to the Consolidated
Financial Statements, our collective pension plans were underfunded by $2.0
billion at December 31, 2002. Our post-retirement plan, which is a non-funded
plan, had a benefit obligation of $1.6 billion at December 31, 2002. Our 2002
cash outlays for these plans were $138 million for pensions and $102 million for
other post-retirement plans. Our anticipated cash outlays for 2003 are $170
million for pensions and $115 million for other post-retirement plans.

Other Funding Arrangements:

Special Purpose Entities: From time to time, we have generated liquidity by
selling or securitizing portions of our finance and accounts receivable
portfolios. We have typically utilized qualified special-purpose entities
("SPEs") in order to implement these transactions in a manner that isolates, for
the benefit of the securitization investors, the securitized receivables from
our other assets which would otherwise be available to our creditors. These
transactions are typically credit-enhanced through over-collateralization. Such
use of SPEs is standard industry practice, is typically required by
securitization investors and makes the securitizations easier to market. None of
our officers, directors or employees or those of any of our subsidiaries or
affiliates hold any direct or indirect ownership interests in, or derive
personal benefits from, any of these SPEs. We typically act as service agent and
collect the securitized receivables on behalf of the securitization investors.
Under certain circumstances, we can be terminated as servicing agent, in which
event the SPEs may engage another servicing agent and we would cease to receive
a servicing fee, although no such circumstances have occurred to date. We are
not liable for non-collection of securitized receivables, or otherwise required
to make payments to the SPEs except to the limited extent that the securitized
receivables did not meet specified eligibility criteria at the time we sold the
receivables to the SPEs or we fail to observe agreed upon credit and collection
policies and procedures.

Substantially all of our SPE transactions were accounted for as borrowings, with
the debt and related assets remaining on our balance sheets. Specifically, in
addition to the U.S. and Canadian loans from GE and the ML loan in France
discussed above, which utilized SPEs as part of their structures, we have
entered into the following similar transactions:

     .    In 2000 through 2002, Xerox Corporation and Xerox Canada Limited
          ("XCL") operated securitization facilities that engaged in continuous
          sales of certain accounts receivable in the U.S. and Canada. The
          facility allowed up to $315 million and $38 million, respectively, of
          receivables to be outstanding to investors in the facility. As these
          receivables were collected, new receivables were purchased. In May
          2002, a Moody's downgrade constituted an event of termination under
          the U.S.agreement, which we allowed to terminate in October 2002. In
          February 2002, a downgrade of our Canadian debt by Dominion Bond
          Rating Service caused the event of termination, in turn causing the
          remaining Canadian facility to no longer purchase receivables, with
          collections used to repay previously repurchased receivables. This
          facility was fully repaid in 2002.


      .   In 1999, XCL securitized certain finance receivables, generating gross
          proceeds of $345 million. At December 31, 2002, approximately $30
          million was outstanding.

In summary, at December 31, 2002, amounts owed by these receivable-related SPEs
to their investors totaled $3,195 million, $3,165 million of which is reported
as debt in our Consolidated Balance Sheet. A detailed description of these
transactions is included in Note 5 to the Consolidated Financial Statements. We
also utilized SPEs in our Trust Preferred Securities transactions. Refer to Note
16 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for a description of the Trust
Preferred Securities transactions.

                                       28


<PAGE>

Financial Risk Management:

We are exposed to market risk from changes in foreign currency exchange rates
and interest rates that could affect our results of operations and financial
condition. Our current below investment-grade credit ratings effectively
constrain our ability to fully use derivative contracts as part of our risk
management strategy described below, especially with respect to interest rate
management. Accordingly, our results of operations are exposed to increased
volatility. As further discussed in Note 1 to the Consolidated Financial
Statements, we adopted SFAS No. 133 as of January 1, 2001. The adoption of SFAS
No. 133 has increased the volatility of reported earnings and other
comprehensive income. In general, the amount of volatility will vary with the
level of derivative and hedging activities and the market volatility during any
period.

We have historically entered into certain derivative contracts, including
interest rate swap agreements, foreign currency swap agreements, forward
exchange contracts and purchased foreign currency options, to manage interest
rate and foreign currency exposures. The fair market values of all our
derivative contracts change with fluctuations in interest rates and/or currency
rates and are designed so that any change in their values is offset by changes
in the values of the underlying exposures. Our derivative instruments are held
solely to hedge economic exposures; we do not enter into derivative instrument
transactions for trading or other speculative purposes and we employ
long-standing policies prescribing that derivative instruments are only to be
used to achieve a very limited set of objectives.

Our primary foreign currency market exposures include the Japanese Yen, Euro,
Brazilian Real, British Pound Sterling and Canadian Dollar. Historically, for
each of our legal entities, we have generally hedged foreign currency
denominated assets and liabilities, primarily through the use of derivative
contracts. Despite our current credit ratings, we have been able to restore
significant hedging activities with currency-related derivative contracts during
2002. Although we are still unable to hedge all our currency exposures, we are
currently utilizing the re-established capacity primarily to hedge currency
exposures related to our foreign-currency denominated debt.

We typically enter into simple unleveraged derivative transactions. Our policy
is to use only counterparties with an investment-grade or better rating and to
monitor market risk and exposure for each counterparty. We also utilize
arrangements allowing us to net gains and losses on separate contracts with all
counterparties to further mitigate the credit risk associated with our financial
instruments. Based upon our ongoing evaluation of the replacement cost of our
derivative transactions and counterparty credit-worthiness, we consider the risk
of a material default by a counterparty to be remote.

Due to our credit ratings, many of our derivative contracts and several other
material contracts at December 31, 2002 require us to post cash collateral or
maintain minimum cash balances in escrow. These cash amounts are reported in our
Consolidated Balance Sheets within Other current assets or other long-term
assets, depending on when the cash will be contractually released. Such
restricted cash amounts totaled $77 million at December 31, 2002.

Assuming a 10 percent appreciation or depreciation in foreign currency exchange
rates from the quoted foreign currency exchange rates at December 31, 2002, the
potential change in the fair value of foreign currency-denominated assets and
liabilities in each entity would be insignificant because all material currency
asset and liability exposures were hedged as of December 31, 2002. A 10 percent
appreciation or depreciation of the U.S. Dollar against all currencies from the
quoted foreign currency exchange rates at December 31, 2002, would have a $349
million impact on our Cumulative Translation Adjustment portion of equity. The
amount permanently invested in foreign subsidiaries and affiliates -- primarily
Xerox Limited, Fuji Xerox and Xerox do Brasil -- and translated into dollars
using the year-end exchange rates, was $3.5 billion at December 31, 2002, net of
foreign currency-denominated liabilities designated as a hedge of our net
investment.

Interest Rate Risk Management: Virtually all customer-financing assets earn
fixed rates of interest, while a significant portion of our debt bears interest
at variable rates. Historically we have attempted to manage our interest rate
risk by "match-funding" the financing assets and related debt, including through
the use of interest rate swap agreements. However, as our credit ratings
declined, our ability to continue this practice became constrained.

At December 31, 2002, we had $7 billion of variable rate debt, including the
$3.5 billion outstanding under the New Credit Facility and the notional value of
our pay-variable interest-rate swaps. The notional value of our offsetting
pay-fixed interest-rate swaps was $1.2 billion.

Our loans related to vendor financing, from parties including GE, are secured by
customer-financing assets and are designed to mature ratably with our collection
of principal payments on the financing assets which secure them. The interest
rates on those loans are fixed. As a result, the vendor financing loan programs
create natural match-funding of the financing assets to the related debt. As we
implement additional finance receivable securitizations and continue to repay
existing debt, the portion of our financing assets which is match-funded against
related secured debt will increase. On a consolidated basis,

                                       29


<PAGE>

including the impact of our hedging activities, weighted-average interest rates
for 2002, 2001 and 2000 approximated 5.0 percent, 5.5 percent and 6.2 percent,
respectively.

Many of the financial instruments we use are sensitive to changes in interest
rates. Interest rate changes result in fair value gains or losses on our term
debt and interest rate swaps, due to differences between current market interest
rates and the stated interest rates within the instrument. The loss in fair
value at December 31, 2002, from a 10 percent change in market interest rates
would be approximately $201 million for our interest rate sensitive financial
instruments. Our currency and interest rate hedging are typically unaffected by
changes in market conditions as forward contracts, options and swaps are
normally held to maturity consistent with our objective to lock in currency
rates and interest rate spreads on the underlying transactions.

We anticipate continued volatility in our results of operations due to market
changes in interest rates and foreign currency rates which we are currently
unable to hedge.

Forward-Looking Cautionary Statements:

This Annual Report contains forward-looking statements and information relating
to Xerox that are based on our beliefs, as well as assumptions made by and
information currently available to us. The words "anticipate," "believe,"
"estimate," "expect," "intend," "will" and similar expressions, as they relate
to us, are intended to identify forward-looking statements. Actual results could
differ materially from those projected in such forward-looking statements.
Information concerning certain factors that could cause actual results to differ
materially is included in our 2002 Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the
SEC. We do not intend to update these forward-looking statements.

                                       30


<PAGE>


                        REPORT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of Xerox Corporation:

In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and the related
consolidated statements of income, cash flows and common shareholders' equity
present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Xerox
Corporation and its subsidiaries at December 31, 2002 and 2001, and the results
of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the
period ended December 31, 2002 in conformity with accounting principles
generally accepted in the United States of America. These financial statements
are the responsibility of the Company's management; our responsibility is to
express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits. We
conducted our audits of these statements in accordance with auditing standards
generally accepted in the United States of America, which require that we plan
and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial
statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a
test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial
statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates
made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

As discussed in Note 1, the Company adopted the provisions of Statement of
Financial Accounting Standards No. 142, "Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets"
on January 1, 2002.


PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Stamford, Connecticut
January 28, 2003, except for Note 15, which is as of March 27, 2003


                                       31


<PAGE>

                        CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                    Year ended December 31,
                                                                                                    -----------------------
                                                                                                   2002       2001      2000
                                                                                                   ----       ----      ----
                                                                                                (in millions, except per-share
<S>                                                                                             <C>         <C>       <C>
Revenues
Sales .......................................................................................    $ 6,752    $ 7,443   $ 8,839
Service, outsourcing and rentals ............................................................      8,097      8,436     8,750
Finance income ..............................................................................      1,000      1,129     1,162
                                                                                                 -------    -------   -------
    Total Revenues ..........................................................................     15,849     17,008    18,751
                                                                                                 -------    -------   -------
Costs and Expenses
Cost of sales ...............................................................................      4,197      5,170     6,080
Cost of service, outsourcing and rentals ....................................................      4,530      4,880     5,153
Equipment financing interest ................................................................        401        457       498
Research and development expenses ...........................................................        917        997     1,064
Selling, administrative and general expenses ................................................      4,437      4,728     5,518
Restructuring and asset impairment charges ..................................................        670        715       475
Gain on sale of half of interest in Fuji Xerox ..............................................         --       (773)       --
Gain on affiliate's sale of stock ...........................................................         --         (4)      (21)
Gain on sale of China operations ............................................................         --         --      (200)
Other expenses, net .........................................................................        445        444       551
                                                                                                 -------    -------   -------
    Total Costs and Expenses ................................................................     15,597     16,614    19,118
                                                                                                 -------    -------   -------
Income (Loss) before Income Taxes (Benefits), Equity Income, Minorities'
  Interests and Cumulative Effect of Change in Accounting Principle .........................        252        394      (367)
Income taxes (benefits) .....................................................................         60        497       (70)
                                                                                                 -------    -------   -------
Income (Loss) before Equity Income, Minorities' Interests and Cumulative Effect of
  Change in Accounting Principle ............................................................        192       (103)     (297)
Equity in net income of unconsolidated affiliates ...........................................         54         53        66
Minorities' interests in earnings of subsidiaries ...........................................        (92)       (42)      (42)
                                                                                                 -------    -------   -------
Income (Loss) before Cumulative Effect of Change in Accounting Principle ....................        154        (92)     (273)
Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle .........................................        (63)        (2)       --
                                                                                                 -------    -------   -------
Net Income (Loss) ...........................................................................         91        (94)     (273)
Less: Preferred stock dividends, net ........................................................        (73)       (12)      (46)
                                                                                                 -------    -------   -------
Income (Loss) available to common shareholders ..............................................    $    18    $  (106)  $  (319)
                                                                                                 =======    =======   =======
Basic Earnings (Loss) per Share
    Income (Loss) before Cumulative Effect of Change in Accounting Principle ................    $  0.11    $ (0.15)  $ (0.48)
                                                                                                 =======    =======   =======
    Net Earnings (Loss) per Share ...........................................................    $  0.02    $ (0.15)  $ (0.48)
                                                                                                 =======    =======   =======
Diluted Earnings (Loss) per Share
    Income (Loss) before Cumulative Effect of  Change in Accounting Principle ...............    $  0.10    $ (0.15)  $ (0.48)
                                                                                                 =======    =======   =======
    Net Earnings (Loss) per Share ...........................................................    $  0.02    $ (0.15)  $ (0.48)
                                                                                                 =======    =======   =======
</TABLE>


    The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial
                                  statements.

                                       32


<PAGE>

                           CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                         December 31,
                                                                                                         ------------
                                                                                                       2002         2001
                                                                                                       ----         ----
                                                                                                         (in millions)
<S>                                                                                                  <C>          <C>
Assets
Cash and cash equivalents.........................................................................   $  2,887     $  3,990
Accounts receivable, net..........................................................................      2,072        1,896
Billed portion of finance receivables, net........................................................        564          584
Finance receivables, net..........................................................................      3,088        3,338
Inventories.......................................................................................      1,222        1,364
Other current assets..............................................................................      1,186        1,428
                                                                                                     --------     --------
    Total Current Assets..........................................................................     11,019       12,600
Finance receivables due after one year, net.......................................................      5,353        5,756
Equipment on operating leases, net................................................................        459          804
Land, buildings and equipment, net................................................................      1,757        1,999
Investments in affiliates, at equity..............................................................        628          632
Intangible assets, net............................................................................        360          457
Goodwill..........................................................................................      1,564        1,445
Deferred tax assets, long-term....................................................................      1,592        1,342
Other long-term assets............................................................................      2,726        2,610
                                                                                                     --------     --------
    Total Assets..................................................................................   $ 25,458     $ 27,645
                                                                                                     ========     ========
Liabilities and Equity
Short-term debt and current portion of long-term debt.............................................   $  4,377     $  6,637
Accounts payable..................................................................................        839          704
Accrued compensation and benefits costs...........................................................        481          451
Unearned income...................................................................................        257          244
Other current liabilities.........................................................................      1,833        1,951
                                                                                                     --------     --------
    Total Current Liabilities.....................................................................      7,787        9,987
Long-term debt....................................................................................      9,794       10,107
Pension liabilities...............................................................................      1,307          527
Post-retirement medical benefits..................................................................      1,251        1,233
Other long-term liabilities.......................................................................      1,144        1,764
                                                                                                     --------     --------
    Total Liabilities.............................................................................     21,283       23,618
Minorities' interests in equity of subsidiaries...................................................         73           73
Company-obligated, mandatorily redeemable preferred securities of subsidiary trusts
  holding solely subordinated debentures of the Company...........................................      1,701        1,687
Preferred stock...................................................................................        550          605
Deferred ESOP benefits............................................................................        (42)        (135)
Common stock, including additional paid in capital................................................      2,739        2,622
Retained earnings.................................................................................      1,025        1,008
Accumulated other comprehensive loss..............................................................     (1,871)      (1,833)
                                                                                                     --------     --------
     Total Liabilities and Equity.................................................................   $ 25,458     $ 27,645
                                                                                                     ========     ========
</TABLE>


Shares of common stock issued and outstanding were (in thousands) 738,273 and
722,314 at December 31, 2002 and December 31, 2001, respectively.


    The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial
                                  statements.

                                       33


<PAGE>

                      CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                               Year ended December 31,
                                                                                               -----------------------
                                                                                            2002          2001       2000
                                                                                            ----          ----       ----
                                                                                                    (in millions)
<S>                                                                                       <C>          <C>         <C>
Cash Flows from Operating Activities:
Net income (loss)                                                                         $     91     $    (94)   $   (273)
Adjustments required to reconcile net income (loss) to cash flows from operating
activities:
   Depreciation and amortization.........................................................    1,035        1,332       1,244
   Impairment of goodwill................................................................       63           --          --
   Provisions for receivables and inventory..............................................      468          748         848
   Restructuring and other charges.......................................................      670          715         502
   Deferred tax benefit..................................................................     (178)         (10)       (130)
   Cash payments for restructurings......................................................     (392)        (484)       (387)
   Gain on early extinguishment of debt..................................................       (1)         (63)         --
   Gains on sales of businesses and assets...............................................       (1)        (765)       (288)
   Undistributed equity in income of affiliated companies................................      (23)         (20)        (25)
   Decrease in inventories...............................................................       16          319          74
   Increase in on-lease equipment........................................................     (127)        (271)       (506)
   Decrease (increase) in finance receivables............................................      754           88        (701)
   (Increase) decrease in accounts receivable and billed portion of finance receivables..     (266)         189        (385)
   Proceeds from sale of accounts receivable, net                                               --           --         328
   Increase (decrease) in accounts payable and accrued compensation and benefits costs...      192         (270)         59
   (Decrease) increase in income tax liabilities.........................................     (204)         452        (291)
   (Decrease) increase in other current and long-term liabilities........................     (254)        (160)         55
   Early termination of derivative contracts.............................................       39         (148)       (108)
   Other, net............................................................................       (6)           8         191
                                                                                          --------     --------    --------
   Net cash provided by operating activities.............................................    1,876        1,566         207
                                                                                          --------     --------    --------
Cash Flows from Investing Activities:
Cost of additions to land, buildings and equipment.......................................     (146)        (219)       (452)
Proceeds from sales of land, buildings and equipment.....................................       19           69          44
Cost of additions to internal use software...............................................      (50)        (124)       (211)
Proceeds from divestitures...............................................................      340        1,768         640
Acquisitions, net of cash acquired.......................................................       (4)          18        (856)
Funds released from (placed in) escrow and other restricted cash, net....................       41         (628)         --
Other, net...............................................................................       (3)         (11)        (20)
                                                                                          --------     --------    --------
   Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities...................................      197          873        (855)
                                                                                          --------     --------    --------
Cash Flows from Financing Activities:
Cash proceeds from new secured financings................................................    3,055        2,418         411
Debt payments on secured financings......................................................   (1,662)      (1,068)       (532)
Other changes in debt, net...............................................................   (4,619)      (2,448)      3,038
Proceeds from issuance of mandatorily redeemable preferred securities....................       --        1,004          --
Dividends on common and preferred stock..................................................      (67)         (93)       (587)
Proceeds from issuances of common stock..................................................        4           28          --
Settlements of equity put options, net...................................................       --          (28)        (68)
Dividends to minority shareholders.......................................................       (3)          (2)         (7)
                                                                                          --------     --------    --------
  Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities....................................   (3,292)        (189)      2,255
                                                                                          --------     --------    --------
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents.............................      116          (10)         11
                                                                                          --------     --------    --------
(Decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents.........................................   (1,103)       2,240       1,618
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year...........................................    3,990        1,750         132
                                                                                          --------     --------    --------
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year................................................. $  2,887     $  3,990    $  1,750
                                                                                          ========     ========    ========
</TABLE>


    The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial
                                  statements.

                                       34


<PAGE>

             CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMMON SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                              Accumulated
                                                    Common    Common    Additional                Other
                                                    Stock     Stock      Paid-In    Retained  Comprehensive
                                                    Shares    Amount     Capital    Earnings    Loss/(1)/       Total
                                                  --------- --------- ------------ ---------  -------------  ---------
                                                                   (In millions, except share data)
<S>                                               <C>       <C>       <C>          <C>        <C>             <C>
Balance at December 31, 1999 ..................     665,156   $   667   $    1,600   $ 1,910      $ (1,224)  $   2,953
                                                  ---------   -------   ----------   -------      --------   ---------
Net loss ......................................                                         (273)                     (273)
Translation adjustments .......................                                                       (356)       (356)
Minimum pension liability, net of tax .........                                                          5           5
Unrealized loss on securities .................                                                         (5)         (5)
                                                                                                             ---------
Comprehensive loss ............................                                                              $    (629)
                                                                                                             ---------
Stock option and incentive plans ..............         940         1           32                                  33
Xerox Canada exchangeable stock ...............          29
Convertible securities ........................       2,451         2           28        (8)                       22
Cash dividends declared:
  Common stock ($0.65 per share) ..............                                         (434)                     (434)
  Preferred stock ($6.25 per
    share), net of tax benefit ................                                          (46)                      (46)
Put options, net ..............................                               (100)                               (100)
Other
                                                                                 1         1                         2
                                                  ---------   -------   ----------   -------      --------   ---------
Balance at December 31, 2000 ..................     668,576       670        1,561     1,150        (1,580)      1,801
                                                  ---------   -------   ----------   -------      --------   ---------
Net loss ......................................                                          (94)                      (94)
Translation adjustments .......................                                                       (210)       (210)
Minimum pension liability, net of tax .........                                                        (40)        (40)
Unrealized gain on securities .................                                                          4           4
FAS 133 transition adjustment .................                                                        (19)        (19)
  Net unrealized gains on cash flow
    hedges ....................................                                                         12          12
                                                                                                             ---------
Comprehensive loss ............................                                                              $    (347)
                                                                                                             ---------
Stock option and incentive plans ..............         546         1            5                                   6
Xerox Canada exchangeable stock                         312
Convertible securities ........................       5,865         6           36                                  42
Cash dividends declared:
  Common stock ($0.05 per share) ..............                                          (34)                      (34)
  Preferred stock ($1.56 per
  share), net of
  tax benefit .................................                                          (12)                      (12)
  Put options, net ............................                                  4                                   4
Equity for debt exchanges .....................      41,154        41          270                                 311
Issuance of unregistered shares ...............       5,861         6           22                                  28
Other .........................................                                           (2)                       (2)
                                                  ---------   -------   ----------   -------      --------   ---------
Balance at December 31, 2001 ..................     722,314   $   724   $    1,898   $ 1,008      $ (1,833)  $   1,797
                                                  ---------   -------   ----------   -------      --------   ---------
Net income ....................................                                           91                        91
Translation adjustments (2) ...................                                                        234         234
Minimum pension liability, net of tax .........                                                       (279)       (279)
Unrealized gain on securities .................                                                          1           1
Net unrealized gains on cash flow
  hedges ......................................                                                          6           6
                                                                                                             ---------
Comprehensive income ..........................                                                              $      53
                                                                                                             ---------
Stock option and incentive plans ..............       2,385         2           10                                  12
Xerox Canada exchangeable stock                          44
Convertible securities ........................       7,118         7           48                                  55
Cash dividends declared:
Preferred stock ($10.94 per share),
  net of tax benefit ..........................                                          (73)                      (73)
Equity for debt exchanges .....................       6,412         6           45                                  51
Other .........................................                    (1)                    (1)                       (2)
                                                  ---------   -------   ----------   -------      --------   ---------
Balance at December 31, 2002 ..................     738,273   $   738   $    2,001   $ 1,025      $ (1,871)  $   1,893
                                                  =========   =======   ==========   =======      ========   =========
</TABLE>


(1)  As of December 31, 2002, Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss is composed
     of cumulative translation adjustments of $(1,524), a minimum pension
     liability of $(346) and cash flow hedging losses of $(1).

(2)  Includes reclassification adjustments for foreign currency translation
     losses of $59, that were realized in 2002 due to the sale of businesses.
     These amounts were included in accumulated other comprehensive loss in
     prior periods as unrealized losses. Refer to Note 4 for further discussion.

               The accompanying notes are an integral part of the
                       consolidated financial statements.

                                       35


<PAGE>


                 NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

   (Dollars in millions, except per-share data and unless otherwise indicated)

Note 1--Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

References herein to "we," "us" or "our" refer to Xerox Corporation and its
subsidiaries unless the context specifically requires otherwise.

Description of Business and Basis of Presentation: We are The Document Company,
and a leader in the global document market, developing, manufacturing,
marketing, servicing and financing a complete range of document equipment,
software, solutions and services.

Liquidity, Financial Flexibility and Funding Plans: We manage our worldwide
liquidity using internal cash management practices, which are subject to (1) the
statutes, regulations and practices of each of the local jurisdictions in which
we operate, (2) the legal requirements of the agreements to which we are parties
and (3) the policies and cooperation of the financial institutions we utilize to
maintain such cash management practices. In 2000, our operational issues were
exacerbated by significant competitive and industry changes, adverse economic
conditions, and significant technology and acquisition spending. Together, these
conditions negatively impacted our liquidity, which from 2000 to 2002 led to a
series of credit rating downgrades, eventually to below investment grade.
Consequently, our access to capital and derivative markets has been restricted.
The downgrades also required us to cash-collateralize certain derivative and
securitization arrangements to prevent them from terminating, and to immediately
settle terminating derivative contracts. Further, we are required to maintain
minimum cash balances in escrow on certain borrowings and letters of credit. In
addition, as discussed in Note 15, the SEC would not allow us to publicly
register any securities offerings while its investigation, which commenced in
June 2000, was ongoing. This additional constraint essentially prevented us from
raising funds from sources other than unregistered capital markets offerings and
private lending or equity sources. Consequently, our credit ratings, which were
already under pressure, came under greater pressure since credit rating agencies
often include access to capital sources in their rating criteria.

While the conclusion of the SEC investigation in 2002 removed our previous
inability to access public capital markets, we expect our ability to access
unsecured credit sources to remain restricted as long as our credit ratings
remain below investment grade, and we expect our incremental cost of borrowing
to increase as a result of such credit ratings.

In June 2002, we entered into an Amended and Restated Credit Agreement (the "New
Credit Facility") with a group of lenders, replacing our prior $7 billion
facility (the "Old Revolver"). At that time, we permanently repaid $2.8 billion
of the Old Revolver and subsequently paid $710 on the New Credit Facility. At
December 31, 2002, the New Credit Facility consisted of two tranches of term
loans totaling $2.0 billion and a $1.5 billion revolving credit facility that
includes a $200 letter of credit subfacility. At December 31, 2002, $3.5 billion
was outstanding under the New Credit Facility. At December 31, 2002 we had no
additional borrowing capacity under the New Credit Facility since the entire
revolving facility was outstanding, including a $10 letter of credit under the
subfacility.

The New Credit Facility contains affirmative and negative covenants. The New
Credit Facility contains financial covenants that the Old Revolver did not
contain. Certain of the more significant covenants under the New Credit Facility
are summarized below (this summary is not complete and is in all respects
subject to the actual provisions of the New Credit Facility):

  .  Excess cash of certain foreign subsidiaries and of Xerox Credit
     Corporation, a wholly-owned subsidiary, must be transferred to Xerox at the
     end of each fiscal quarter; for this purpose, "excess cash" generally means
     cash maintained by certain foreign subsidiaries taken as a whole in excess
     of their aggregate working capital and other needs in the ordinary course
     of business (net of sources of funds from third parties), including
     reasonably anticipated needs for repaying debt and other obligations and
     making investments in their businesses. In certain circumstances, we are
     not required to transfer cash to Xerox Corporation, the parent company, if
     the transfer cannot be made in a tax efficient manner or if it would be
     considered a breach of fiduciary duty by the directors of the foreign
     subsidiary;

  .  Minimum EBITDA (a quarterly test that is based on rolling four quarters)
     ranging from $1.0 to $1.3 billion; for this purpose, "EBITDA" (Earnings
     before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization) generally means
     EBITDA (excluding interest and financing income to the extent included in
     consolidated net income), less any amounts spent for software development
     that are capitalized;

  .  Maximum leverage ratio (a quarterly test that is calculated as total
     adjusted debt divided by EBITDA) ranging from 4.3 to 6.0;

  .  Maximum capital expenditures (annual test) of $330 million per fiscal year
     plus up to $75 million of any unused amount carried over from the previous
     year; for this purpose, "capital expenditures" generally mean the amounts
     included on our statement of cash flows as "additions to land, buildings
     and equipment, plus any capital lease obligations incurred;

  .  Minimum consolidated net worth ranging from $2.9 billion to $3.1 billion;
     for this purpose, "consolidated net worth" generally means the sum of the
     amounts included on our balance sheet as "common shareholders' equity,"
     "preferred stock," "company-obligated, mandatorily redeemable preferred
     securities of subsidiary trust holding solely subordinated debentures of
     the Company," except that the currency translation adjustment effects and
     the effects of compliance with FAS 133 occurring after December 31, 2001
     are disregarded, the preferred securities (whether or not convertible)
     issued by us or by our subsidiaries which were outstanding on June 21, 2002
     will always be included, and any capital stock or similar equity interest
     issued after June 21, 2002 which matures or generally becomes mandatorily
     redeemable for cash or puttable at holders' option prior to November 1,
     2005 is always excluded; and

  .  Limitations on: (i) issuance of debt and preferred stock; (ii) creation of
     liens; (iii) certain fundamental changes to corporate structure and nature
     of business, including mergers; (iv) investments and acquisitions; (v)
     asset transfers; (vi) hedging transactions other than in those in the
     ordinary course of business and certain types of synthetic equity or debt
     derivatives, and (vii) certain types of restricted payments relating to
     our, or our subsidiaries', equity interests, including payment of cash
     dividends on our common stock; (viii) certain types of early retirement of
     debt, and (ix) certain transactions with affiliates, including intercompany
     loans and asset transfers.

The New Credit Facility generally does not affect our ability to continue to
monetize receivables under the agreements with GE and others. Although we cannot
pay cash dividends on our common stock during the term of the New Credit
Facility, we can pay cash dividends on our preferred stock, provided there is
then no event of default. In addition to other defaults customary for facilities
of this type, defaults on other debt, or bankruptcy, of Xerox Corporation, or
certain of our subsidiaries, would constitute defaults under the New Credit
Facility.

At December 31, 2002, we are in compliance with all aspects of the New Credit
Facility including financial covenants and expect to be in compliance for at
least the next twelve months. Failure to be in compliance with any material
provision or covenant of the New Credit Facility could have a material adverse
effect on our liquidity and operations.


                                       36


<PAGE>

The New Credit Facility generally does not affect our ability to continue to
securitize receivables under the agreements we have with General Electric and
others, as discussed further in Note 5. Although we cannot pay cash dividends on
our common stock during the term of the New Credit Facility, we can pay cash
dividends on our preferred stock, provided there is then no event of default. In
addition to other defaults customary for facilities of this type, defaults on
our other debt, or bankruptcy, or certain of our subsidiaries, would constitute
defaults under the New Credit Facility.

At December 31, 2002, we are in compliance with all aspects of the New Credit
Facility including financial covenants and expect to be in compliance for at
least the next twelve months. Failure to be in compliance with any material
provision or covenant of the New Credit Facility could have a material adverse
effect on our liquidity and operations.

With $2.9 billion of cash and cash equivalents on hand at December 31, 2002, we
believe our liquidity (including operating and other cash flows we expect to
generate) will be sufficient to meet operating cash flow requirements as they
occur and to satisfy all scheduled debt maturities for at least the next twelve
months. Our ability to maintain sufficient liquidity going forward is highly
dependent on achieving expected operating results, including capturing the
benefits from restructuring activities, and completing announced finance
receivables securitizations. There is no assurance that these initiatives will
be successful. Failure to successfully complete these initiatives could have a
material adverse effect on our liquidity and our operations, and could require
us to consider further measures, including deferring planned capital
expenditures, reducing discretionary spending, selling additional assets and, if
necessary, restructuring existing debt.

We also expect that our ability to fully access commercial paper and other
unsecured public debt markets will depend upon improvements in our credit
ratings, which in turn depend on our ability to demonstrate sustained
profitability growth and operating cash generation and continued progress on our
vendor financing initiatives. Until such time, we expect some bank credit lines
to continue to be unavailable, and we intend to access other segments of the
capital markets as business conditions allow, which could provide significant
sources of additional funds until full access to the unsecured public debt
markets is restored.

Basis of Consolidation: The consolidated financial statements include the
accounts of Xerox Corporation and all of our controlled subsidiary companies.
All significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated.
Investments in business entities in which we do not have control, but we have
the ability to exercise significant influence over operating and financial
policies (generally 20 to 50 percent ownership), are accounted for using the
equity method of accounting. Upon the sale of stock of a subsidiary, we
recognize a gain or loss in our Consolidated Statements of Income equal to our
proportionate share of the corresponding increase or decrease in that
subsidiary's equity. Operating results of acquired businesses are included in
the Consolidated Statements of Income from the date of acquisition. For further
discussion of acquisitions, refer to Note 3.

Certain reclassifications of prior year amounts have been made to conform to the
current year presentation.

Income (Loss) before Income Taxes (Benefits), Equity Income, Minorities'
Interests and Cumulative Effect of Change in Accounting Principle: Throughout
the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements, we refer to the effects of
certain changes in estimates and other adjustments on Income (Loss) before
Income Taxes (Benefits), Equity Income, Minorities' Interests and Cumulative
Effect of Change in Accounting Principle. For convenience and ease of reference,
that caption in our Consolidated Statements of Income is hereafter referred to
as "pre-tax income (loss)."

Use of Estimates: The preparation of our consolidated financial statements in
accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of
America requires that we make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported
amounts of assets and liabilities, as well as the disclosure of contingent
assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, and the reported
amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Significant
estimates and assumptions are used for, but not limited to: (i) allocation of
revenues and fair values in multiple element arrangements; (ii) accounting for
residual values; (iii) economic lives of leased assets; (iv) allowance for
doubtful accounts; (v) retained interests associated with the sales of accounts
or finance receivables; (vi) inventory valuation; (vii) restructuring and other
related charges; (viii) asset impairments; (ix) depreciable lives of assets; (x)
useful lives of intangible assets and goodwill (in 2002 goodwill is no longer
amortized over an estimated useful life, see below for further discussion); (xi)
pension and post-retirement benefit plans; (xii) income tax valuation allowances
and (xiii) contingency and litigation reserves. Future events and their effects
cannot be predicted with certainty; accordingly, our accounting estimates
require the exercise of judgment. The accounting estimates used in the
preparation of our consolidated financial statements will change as new events
occur, as more experience is acquired, as additional information is obtained and
as our operating environment changes. Actual results could differ from those
estimates.

                                       37


<PAGE>

The following table summarizes the more significant charges that require
management estimates:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
(in millions)                                                            Year ended December 31,
                                                                         -----------------------
                                                                       2002       2001       2000
                                                                       ----       ----       ----
<S>                                                                   <C>        <C>         <C>
Restructuring provisions and asset impairments .....................  $ 670      $ 715       $ 475
Amortization and impairment of goodwill and intangible assets ......     99         94          86
Provisions for receivables .........................................    353        506         613
Provisions for obsolete and excess inventory .......................    115        242         235
Depreciation and obsolescence of equipment on operating leases .....    408        657         626
Depreciation of buildings and equipment ............................    341        402         417
Amortization of capitalized software ...............................    249        179         115
Pension benefits - net periodic benefit cost .......................    168         99          44
Other post-retirement benefits - net periodic benefit cost .........    120        130         109
Deferred tax asset valuation allowance provisions ..................     15        247          12
</TABLE>


Changes in Estimates: In the ordinary course of accounting for items discussed
above, we make changes in estimates as appropriate, and as we become aware of
circumstances surrounding those estimates. Such changes and refinements in
estimation methodologies are reflected in reported results of operations in the
period in which the changes are made and, if material, their effects are
disclosed in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

New Accounting Standards and Accounting Changes:

Variable Interest Entities: In January 2003, the FASB issued Interpretation No.
46, "Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities, an interpretation of ARB 51"
("FIN 46"). The primary objectives of FIN 46 are to provide guidance on the
identification of entities for which control is achieved through means other
than through voting rights ("VIEs") and how to determine when and which business
enterprise should consolidate the VIE. This new model for consolidation applies
to an entity which either (1) the equity investors (if any) do not have a
controlling financial interest or (2) the equity investment at risk is
insufficient to finance that entity's activities without receiving additional
subordinated financial support from other parties. We do not expect the adoption
of this standard to have any impact on our results of operations, financial
position or liquidity.

Guarantees: In November 2002, the FASB issued Interpretation No. 45,
"Guarantor's Accounting and Disclosure Requirements for Guarantees, Including
Indirect Guarantees of Indebtedness of Others ("FIN 45")." This interpretation
expands the disclosure requirements of guarantee obligations and requires the
guarantor to recognize a liability for the fair value of the obligation assumed
under a guarantee. In general, FIN 45 applies to contracts or indemnification
agreements that contingently require the guarantor to make payments to the
guaranteed party based on changes in an underlying instrument that is related to
an asset, liability, or equity security of the guaranteed party. Other
guarantees are subject to the disclosure requirements of FIN 45 but not to the
recognition provisions and include, among others, a guarantee accounted for as a
derivative instrument under SFAS 133, a parent's guarantee of debt owed to a
third party by its subsidiary or vice versa, and a guarantee which is based on
performance. The disclosure requirements of FIN 45 are effective as of December
31, 2002, and require information as to the nature of the guarantee, the maximum
potential amount of future payments that the guarantor could be required to make
under the guarantee, and the current amount of the liability, if any, for the
guarantor's obligations under the guarantee. The recognition requirements of FIN
45 are to be applied prospectively to guarantees issued or modified after
December 31, 2002. Significant guarantees that we have entered are disclosed in
Note 15. We do not expect the requirements of FIN 45 to have a material impact
on our results of operations, financial position or liquidity.

Stock-Based Compensation: In 2002, FASB issued Statement No. 148 "Accounting for
Stock-Based Compensation - Transition and Disclosure, an amendment of FASB
Statement No. 123" ("SFAS No. 148") which provides alternative methods of
transition for an entity that voluntarily changes to the fair value based method
of accounting for stock-based employee compensation. It also amends the
disclosure provisions of SFAS No. 123 to require prominent disclosure about the
effects on reported net income of an entity's accounting policy decisions with
respect to stock-based employee compensation. Finally, this Statement amends APB
Opinion No. 28, "Interim Financial Reporting," to require disclosure about those
effects in interim financial information. We adopted SFAS No. 148 in the fourth
quarter of 2002. Since we have not changed to a fair value method of stock-based
compensation, the applicable portion of this statement only affects our
disclosures.

We do not recognize compensation expense relating to employee stock options
because we only grant options with an exercise price equal to the fair value of
the stock on the effective date of grant. If we had elected to recognize
compensation

                                       38


<PAGE>

expense using a fair value approach, and therefore determined the compensation
based on the value as determined by the modified Black-Scholes option pricing
model, the pro forma net (loss) income and (loss) earnings per share would have
been as follows:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                               2002       2001         2000
                                                                                               ----       ----         ----
       <S>                                                                                   <C>        <C>         <C>
       Net income (loss)--as reported ...................................................    $     91   $    (94)   $    (273)
       Deduct:  Total stock-based employee compensation expense determined under fair
         value based method for all awards, net of tax. .................................         (83)       (93)        (112)
                                                                                             --------   --------    ---------
       Net income (loss)--pro forma .....................................................    $      8   $   (187)   $    (385)
                                                                                             ========   ========    =========

       Basic EPS--as reported ...........................................................    $   0.02   $  (0.15)   $   (0.48)
       Basic EPS--pro forma .............................................................       (0.09)     (0.28)       (0.65)
       Diluted EPS--as reported .........................................................        0.02      (0.15)       (0.48)
       Diluted EPS--pro forma ...........................................................       (0.09)     (0.28)       (0.65)
</TABLE>


As reflected in the pro forma amounts in the previous table, the fair value of
each option granted in 2002, 2001 and 2000 was $6.34, $2.40 and $7.50,
respectively. The fair value of each option was estimated on the date of grant
using the following weighted average assumptions:


                                          2002      2001       2000
                                          ----      ----       ----
          Risk-free interest rate          4.8%      5.1%       6.7%
          Expected life in years           6.5       6.5        7.1
          Expected price volatility       61.5%     51.4%      37.0%
          Expected dividend yield           --       2.7%       3.7%

Costs Associated with Exit or Disposal Activities: In 2002, the FASB issued
Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 146, "Accounting for Costs
Associated with Exit or Disposal Activities" ("SFAS No. 146"). This standard
requires companies to recognize costs associated with exit or disposal
activities when they are incurred, rather than at the date of a commitment to an
exit or disposal plan. Examples of costs covered by the standard include lease
termination costs and certain employee severance costs that are associated with
a restructuring, plant closing, or other exit or disposal activity. SFAS No. 146
is required to be applied prospectively to exit or disposal activities initiated
after December 31, 2002, with earlier application encouraged. We adopted SFAS
No. 146 in the fourth quarter of 2002. Refer to Note 2 for further discussion.

Gains from Extinguishment of Debt: On April 1, 2002, we adopted the provisions
of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 145, "Rescission of FASB
Statements No. 4, 44 and 64, Amendment of FASB Statement No. 13, and Technical
Corrections" ("SFAS No. 145"). The portion of SFAS No. 145 that is applicable to
us resulted in the reclassification of extraordinary gains on extinguishment of
debt previously reported in the Consolidated Statements of Income as
extraordinary items to Other expenses, net. The effect of this reclassification
in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Income was a decrease to Other
expenses, net of $63 and an increase to Income taxes of $25, from amounts
previously reported, for the year ended December 31, 2001.

Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets: In 2001, the FASB issued Statement
of Financial Accounting Standards No. 144, "Accounting for the Impairment or
Disposal of Long-Lived Assets" ("SFAS No. 144"). SFAS No. 144 retains the
previously existing accounting requirements related to the recognition and
measurement of the impairment of long-lived assets to be held and used, while
expanding the measurement requirements of long-lived assets to be disposed of by
sale to include discontinued operations. It also expands on the previously
existing reporting requirements for discontinued operations to include a
component of an entity that either has been disposed of or is classified as held
for sale. We adopted SFAS No. 144 on January 1, 2002. The adoption of this
standard did not have a material effect on our financial position or results of
operations.

Asset Retirement Obligations: In 2001, the Financial Accounting Standards Board
issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 143, "Accounting for
Asset Retirement Obligations." This statement addresses financial accounting and
reporting for obligations associated with the retirement of tangible long-lived
assets and associated asset retirement costs. We will adopt SFAS No. 143 on
January 1, 2003 and do not expect this standard to have any effect on our
financial position or results of operations.

Business Combinations: In 2001, the FASB issued Statement of Financial
Accounting Standards No. 141, "Business Combinations" ("SFAS No. 141"), which
requires the use of the purchase method of accounting for business combinations
and prohibits the use of the pooling of interests method. We have not
historically engaged in transactions that qualify for the

                                       39


<PAGE>

use of the pooling of interests method and therefore, this aspect of the new
standard will not have an impact on our financial results. SFAS No. 141 also
changes the definition of intangible assets acquired in a purchase business
combination, providing specific criteria for the initial recognition and
measurement of intangible assets apart from goodwill. As a result, the purchase
price allocation of future business combinations may be different than the
allocation that would have resulted under the previous rules. SFAS No. 141 also
requires that upon adoption of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No.
142 "Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets" ("SFAS No. 142"), we reclassify the
carrying amounts of certain intangible assets into or out of goodwill, based on
certain criteria. Upon adoption of SFAS No. 142, we reclassified $61 of
intangible assets related to acquired workforce to goodwill that was required by
this standard.

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets: Goodwill represents the cost of acquired
businesses in excess of the fair value of identifiable tangible and intangible
net assets purchased, and prior to 2002 was amortized on a straight-line basis
over periods ranging from 5 to 40 years. Other intangible assets represent the
fair value of identifiable intangible assets acquired in purchase business
combinations and include an acquired customer base, distribution network,
technology and trademarks. Intangible assets are amortized on a straight-line
basis over periods ranging from 7 to 25 years. We adopted SFAS No. 142 on
January 1, 2002 and as a result, goodwill is no longer amortized.

SFAS No. 142 addresses financial accounting and reporting for acquired goodwill
and other intangible assets subsequent to their initial recognition. This
statement recognizes that goodwill has an indefinite life and will no longer be
subject to periodic amortization. However, goodwill is to be tested at least
annually for impairment, using a fair value methodology, in lieu of
amortization. The provisions of this standard also required that amortization of
goodwill related to equity investments be discontinued, and that these goodwill
amounts continue to be evaluated for impairment in accordance with Accounting
Principles Board Opinion No. 18 "The Equity Method of Accounting for Investments
in Common Stock."

SFAS No. 142 also requires performance of annual and transitional impairment
tests on goodwill using a two-step approach. The first step is to identify a
potential impairment and the second step is to measure the amount of any
impairment loss. The first step requires a comparison of the carrying value of
reporting units, as defined, to the fair value of these units. The standard
requires that if a reporting unit's fair value is below its carrying value, a
potential goodwill impairment exists and we would be required to complete the
second step of the transitional impairment test to quantify the amount of the
potential goodwill impairment charge. Based on the results of the first step of
the transitional impairment test, we identified potential goodwill impairments
in the reporting units included in our Developing Markets Operations ("DMO")
operating segment. We subsequently completed the second step of the transitional
goodwill impairment test, which required us to estimate the implied fair value
of goodwill for each DMO reporting unit by allocating the fair value of each
reporting unit to all of the reporting unit's assets and liabilities. The fair
value of the reporting units giving rise to the transitional impairment loss was
estimated using the present value of future expected cash flows. Because the
carrying amount of each reporting unit's assets and liabilities (excluding
goodwill) exceeded the fair value of each reporting unit, we recorded a goodwill
impairment charge of $63. This non-cash charge was recorded as a cumulative
effect of change in accounting principle, in the accompanying Consolidated
Statements of Income, as of January 1, 2002.

The following tables illustrate the pro-forma impact of the adoption of SFAS No.
142. Net Loss for the years ended December 31, 2001 and 2000, as adjusted for
the exclusion of amortization expense, were as follows:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     For the Year Ended
                                                                       December 31,
                                                                ------------------------
                                                                   2001          2000
                                                               -----------    ----------
<S>                                                            <C>            <C>
Reported Net Loss ...........................................      $  (94)      $  (273)
     Add: Amortization of goodwill, net of income taxes .....          59            58
                                                               -----------    ----------
 Adjusted Net Loss ..........................................      $  (35)      $  (215)
                                                               ===========    ==========
</TABLE>


Basic and Diluted Earnings per Share for the years ended December 31, 2001 and
2000, as adjusted for the exclusion of amortization expense, were as follows:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                           For the Year Ended
                                                                               December 31,
                                                                         -----------------------
                                                                           2001          2000
                                                                         --------     ----------
<S>                                                                      <C>          <C>
Reported Net Loss per Share (Basic and Diluted) .......................  $  (0.15)    $    (0.48)
     Add: Amortization of goodwill, net of income taxes ...............      0.09           0.09
                                                                         ---------    ----------
Adjusted Net Loss per Share (Basic and Diluted) .......................  $  (0.06)    $    (0.39)
                                                                         =========    ==========
</TABLE>


                                       40


<PAGE>

Intangible assets totaled $360 and $457, net of accumulated amortization of $98
and $62 as of December 31, 2002 and 2001, respectively. All intangible assets
relate to the Office operating segment and were comprised of the following as of
December 31, 2002:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                       Gross
                                     Amortization     Carrying     Accumulated
  As of December 31, 2002:              Period       Amount (1)   Amortization   Net Amount
  -----------------------           ---------------  ------------ -------------  -----------
  <S>                               <C>              <C>          <C>            <C>
  Installed customer base              17.5 years      $   209        $   33      $   176
  Distribution network                   25 years          123            15          108
  Existing technology                     7 years          103            41           62
  Trademarks                              7 years           23             9           14
                                                       -------        ------      -------
                                                       $   458        $   98      $   360
                                                       =======        ======      =======
</TABLE>


(1)  Balances exclude the amount of $61 related to acquired workforce intangible
     asset, that was classified to goodwill as of January 1, 2002.

Amortization expense related to intangible assets was $36, $40 and $55 for the
years ended December 31, 2002, 2001 and 2000, respectively (including $4 of
amortization in 2001 on the acquired workforce prior to reclassification).
Amortization expense related to these intangible assets is expected to remain
approximately $36 annually through 2007.

The following table presents the changes in the carrying amount of goodwill, by
operating segment, for the year ended December 31, 2002:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                       Production    Office      DMO     Other    Total
           -------------------------------------------------------  --------   -------  -------  -------
           <S>                                         <C>           <C>        <C>       <C>    <C>
           Balance at January 1, 2002 (1)                  $605       $710      $ 70      $121   $1,506
              Foreign currency translation adjustment        82         55        (3)       --      134
              Impairment charge                              --         --       (63)       --      (63)
              Divestitures                                   (4)        --        (1)       --       (5)
              Other                                          --         (5)       (3)       --       (8)
                                                           ----       ----      -----     ----   ------
           Balance at December 31, 2002                    $683       $760      $ --      $121   $1,564
                                                           ====       ====      =====     ====   ======
</TABLE>


(1)   Balances include the amount of $61 related to acquired workforce
      intangible asset, that was classified to goodwill as of January 1, 2002.

Derivatives and Hedging: Effective January 1, 2001, we adopted Statement of
Financial Accounting Standards, No. 133, "Accounting for Derivative Instruments
and Hedging Activities" ("SFAS No. 133"), which requires companies to recognize
all derivatives as assets or liabilities measured at their fair value,
regardless of the purpose or intent of holding them. Gains or losses resulting
from changes in the fair value of derivatives are recorded each period in
current earnings or other comprehensive income, depending on whether a
derivative is designated as part of a hedge transaction and, if it is, depending
on the type of hedge transaction. Changes in fair value for derivatives not
designated as hedging instruments and the ineffective portions of hedges are
recognized in earnings in the current period. The adoption of SFAS No. 133
resulted in a net cumulative after-tax loss of $2 in the accompanying
Consolidated Statement of Income and a net cumulative after-tax loss of $19 in
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income which is included in the accompanying
Consolidated Balance Sheet. Further, as a result of recognizing all derivatives
at fair value, including the differences between the carrying values and fair
values of related hedged assets, liabilities and firm commitments, we recognized
a $361 increase in assets and a $382 increase in liabilities. Refer to Note 12
to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further discussion.

Revenue Recognition: In the normal course of business, we generate revenue
through the sale and rental of equipment, service, and supplies and income
associated with the financing of our equipment sales. Revenue is recognized when
earned. More specifically, revenue related to sales of our products and services
is recognized as follows:

Equipment: Revenues from the sale of equipment, including those from sales-type
leases, are recognized at the time of sale or at the inception of the lease, as
appropriate. For equipment sales that require us to install the product at the
customer location, revenue is recognized when the equipment has been delivered
to and installed at the customer location. Sales of customer installable and
retail products are recognized upon shipment or receipt by the customer
according to the customer's shipping terms. Revenues from equipment under other
leases and similar arrangements are accounted for by the operating lease method
and are recognized as earned over the lease term, which is generally on a
straight-line basis.

Service: Service revenues are derived primarily from maintenance contracts on
our equipment sold to customers and are recognized over the term of the
contracts. A substantial portion of our products are sold with full service
maintenance agreements for which the customer typically pays a base service fee
plus a variable amount based on usage. As a

                                       41


<PAGE>

consequence, we do not have any significant product warranty obligations,
including any obligations under customer satisfaction programs.

Supplies: Supplies revenue generally is recognized upon shipment or utilization
by customer in accordance with sales terms.

Revenue Recognition Under Bundled Arrangements: We sell most of our products and
services under bundled contract arrangements, which contain multiple deliverable
elements. These contractual lease arrangements typically include equipment,
service, supplies and financing components for which the customer pays a single
negotiated price for all elements. These arrangements typically also include a
variable component for page volumes in excess of contractual minimums, which are
often expressed in terms of price per page, which we refer to as the "cost per
copy." In a typical bundled arrangement, our customer is quoted a fixed minimum
monthly payment for 1) the equipment, 2) the associated services and other
executory costs and 3) the financing element. The fixed minimum monthly payments
are multiplied by the number of months in the contract term to arrive at the
total fixed minimum payments that the customer is obligated to make ("fixed
payments") over the lease term. The payments associated with page volumes in
excess of the minimums are contingent on whether or not such minimums are
exceeded ("contingent payments"). The minimum contractual committed copy volumes
are typically negotiated to equal the customer's estimated copy volume at lease
inception. In applying our lease accounting methodology, we consider the fixed
payments for purposes of allocating to the fair value elements of the contract.
We do not consider the contingent payments for purposes of allocating to the
elements of the contract or recognizing revenue on the sale of the equipment,
given the inherent uncertainties as to whether such amounts will ever be
received. Contingent payments are recognized as revenue in the period when the
customer exceeds the minimum copy volumes specified in the contract.

When separate prices are listed in multiple element customer contracts, such
prices may not be representative of the fair values of those elements, because
the prices of the different components of the arrangement may be modified
through customer negotiations, although the aggregate consideration may remain
the same. Therefore, revenues under these arrangements are allocated based upon
estimated fair values of each element. Our revenue allocation methodology first
begins by determining the fair value of the service component, as well as other
executory costs and any profit thereon and second, by determining the fair value
of the equipment based on comparison of the equipment values in our accounting
systems to a range of cash selling prices or, if applicable, other verifiable
objective evidence of fair value. We perform extensive analyses of available
verifiable objective evidence of equipment fair value based on cash selling
prices during the applicable period. The cash selling prices are compared to the
range of values included in our lease accounting systems. The range of cash
selling prices must support the reasonableness of the lease selling prices,
taking into account residual values that accrue to our benefit, in order for us
to determine that such lease prices are indicative of fair value. Our interest
rates are developed based upon a variety of factors including local prevailing
rates in the marketplace and the customer's credit history, industry and credit
class. These rates are recorded within our pricing systems. The resultant
implicit interest rate, which is the same as our pricing interest rate, unless
adjustment to equipment values is required, is then compared to fair market
value rates to assess the reasonableness of the fair value allocations to the
multiple elements.

Determination of Appropriate Revenue Recognition for Leases: Our accounting for
leases involves specific determinations under Statement of Financial Accounting
Standards No. 13 "Accounting for Leases" ("SFAS No. 13") which often involve
complex provisions and significant judgments. The two primary criteria of SFAS
No. 13 which we use to classify transactions as sales-type or operating leases
are (1) a review of the lease term to determine if it is equal to or greater
than 75 percent of the economic life of the equipment and (2) a review of the
minimum lease payments to determine if they are equal to or greater than 90
percent of the fair market value of the equipment. Under our current product
portfolio and business strategies, a non-cancelable lease of 45 months or more
generally qualifies as a sale. Certain of our lease contracts are customized for
larger customers, which results in complex terms and conditions and requires
significant judgment in applying the above criteria. In addition to these, there
are also other important criteria that are required to be assessed, including
whether collectibility of the lease payments is reasonably predictable and
whether there are important uncertainties related to costs that we have yet to
incur with respect to the lease. In our opinion, our sales-type lease portfolios
contain only normal credit and collection risks and have no important
uncertainties with respect to future costs. Our leases in our Latin America
operations have historically been recorded as operating leases since a majority
of these leases are terminated significantly prior to the expiration of the
contractual lease term. Specifically, because we generally do not collect the
receivable from the initial transaction upon termination or during any
subsequent lease term, the recoverability of the lease investment is deemed not
to be predictable at lease inception. We continue to evaluate economic, business
and political conditions in the Latin American region to determine if certain
leases will qualify as sales type leases in future periods.

                                       42


<PAGE>

The critical estimates and judgements that we consider with respect to our lease
accounting, are the determination of the economic life and the fair value of
equipment, including the residual value. Those estimates are based upon
historical experience with all our products. For purposes of estimating the
economic life, we consider the most objective measure of historical experience
to be the original contract term, since most equipment is returned by lessees at
or near the end of the contracted term. The estimated economic life of most of
our products is five years since this represents the most frequent contractual
lease term for our principal products and only a small percentage of our leases
having original terms longer than five years. We believe that this is
representative of the period during which the equipment is expected to be
economically usable, with normal service, for the purpose for which it is
intended. We continually evaluate the economic life of both existing and newly
introduced products for purposes of this determination. Residual values are
established at lease inception using estimates of fair value at the end of the
lease term. Our residual values are established with due consideration to
forecasted supply and demand for our various products, product retirement and
future product launch plans, end of lease customer behavior, remanufacturing
strategies, used equipment markets if any, competition and technological
changes.

The vast majority of our leases that qualify as sales-type are non-cancelable
and include cancellation penalties approximately equal to the full value of the
leased equipment. Certain of our governmental contracts may have cancellation
provisions or renewal clauses that are required by law, such as 1) those
dependant on fiscal funding outside of a governmental unit's control, 2) those
that can be cancelled if deemed in the taxpayer's best interest or 3) those that
must be renewed each fiscal year, given limitations that may exist on entering
multi- year contracts that are imposed by statute. In these circumstances and in
accordance with the relevant accounting literature, we carefully evaluate these
contracts to assess whether cancellation is remote or the renewal option is
reasonably assured of exercise because of the existence of substantive economic
penalties for the customer's failure to renew. Certain of our commercial
contracts for multiple units of equipment may include clauses that allow for a
return of a limited portion of such equipment (up to 10% of the value of
equipment). These return clauses are only available in very limited
circumstances as negotiated at lease inception. We account for our estimate of
equipment to be returned under these contracts as operating leases.

Aside from the initial lease of equipment to our customers, we may enter
subsequent transactions with the same customer whereby we extend the term. We
evaluate the classification of lease extensions of sales-type leases using the
originally determined economic life for each product. There may be instances
where we have lease extensions for periods that are within the original economic
life of the equipment. These are accounted for as sales-type leases only when
the extensions occur in the last three months of the lease term and they
otherwise meet the appropriate criteria of SFAS 13. All other lease extensions
of this type are accounted for as direct financing leases. We generally account
for lease extensions that go beyond the economic life as operating leases
because of important uncertainties as to the amount of servicing and repair
costs that we may incur.

Cash and Cash Equivalents: Cash and cash equivalents consist of cash on hand and
investments with original maturities of three months or less.

Restricted Cash and Investments: Due to our credit ratings, many of our
derivative contracts and several other material contracts require us to post
cash collateral or maintain minimum cash balances in escrow. These cash amounts
are reported in our Consolidated Balance Sheets within Other current assets or
Other long-term assets, depending on when the cash will be contractually
released. At December 31, 2002 and 2001, such restricted cash amounts were as
follows:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                  December 31,
                                                                                                2002        2001
   <S>                                                                                         <C>        <C>
   Escrow and cash collections related to the secured borrowings with GE - U.S. and Canada     $ 349      $ 199
   Escrow related to distribution payments for the 2001 trust preferred securities               155        229
   Collateral related to swaps and letters of credit                                              77        111
   Escrow and cash collections related to our asset-backed security transactions and other
       restricted cash                                                                            97         47
       Total                                                                                   $ 678      $ 586

</TABLE>


Of these amounts, $263 and $235 were included in Other current assets and $415
and $351, were included in Other long-term assets, as of December 31, 2002 and
2001, respectively. The current amounts are expected to be available for our use
within one year. The total increase in restricted cash during 2002 of $92 is
included in the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows as a use of cash of $104
in other, net of Operating Activities and a source of cash of $12 in investing
activities (of the total $41).

Securitizations and Transfers of Receivables: From time to time, in
the normal course of business, we may securitize or sell finance and accounts
receivable with or without recourse and/or discounts. The receivables are
removed from the Consolidated Balance Sheet at the time they are sold and the
risk of loss has transferred to the purchaser. However, we maintain risk of loss
on our retained interest in such receivables. Sales and transfers that do not
meet the criteria for surrender of control or were sold to a consolidated
special purpose entity (non-qualified special purpose entity) are accounted for
as secured borrowings. When we sell receivables in securitizations of finance
receivables or accounts receivable, we retain servicing rights, beneficial
interests, and, in some cases, a cash reserve account, all of which are retained
interests in the

                                       43


<PAGE>

securitized receivables. The value assigned to the retained interests in
securitized trade receivables is based on the relative fair values of the
interest retained and sold in the securitization. We estimate fair value based
on the present value of future expected cash flows using management's best
estimates of the key assumptions, consisting of receivable amounts, anticipated
credit losses and discount rates commensurate with the risks involved. Gains or
losses on the sale of the receivables depend in part on the previous carrying
amount of the financial assets involved in the transfer, allocated between the
assets sold and the retained interests based on their relative fair value at the
date of transfer.

Provisions for Losses on Uncollectible Receivables: The provisions for losses on
uncollectible trade and finance receivables are determined principally on the
basis of past collection experience applied to ongoing evaluations of our
receivables and evaluations of the risks of repayment. Allowances for doubtful
accounts on accounts receivable balances were $282 and $306, as of December 31,
2002 and 2001, respectively. Allowances for doubtful accounts on finance
receivables were $324 and $368 at December 31, 2002 and 2001, respectively.

Inventories: Inventories are carried at the lower of average cost or realizable
values.

Land, Buildings and Equipment and Equipment on Operating Leases: Land, buildings
and equipment are recorded at cost. Buildings and equipment are depreciated over
their estimated useful lives. Leasehold improvements are depreciated over the
shorter of the lease term or the estimated useful life. Equipment on operating
leases is depreciated to its estimated residual value over the term of the
lease. Depreciation is computed using principally the straight-line method.
Significant improvements are capitalized and maintenance and repairs are
expensed. Refer to Notes 6 and 7 for further discussion.

Internal Use Software: We capitalize direct costs incurred during the
application development stage and the implementation stage for developing,
purchasing or otherwise acquiring software for internal use. These costs are
amortized over the estimated useful lives of the software, generally three to
five years. All costs incurred during the preliminary project stage, including
project scoping, identification and testing of alternatives, are expensed as
incurred. During 2002 we wrote off $106 of permanently impaired internal-use
capitalized software. Refer to Note 7 for further discussion.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets: We review the recoverability of our long-lived
assets, including buildings, equipment, internal-use software and other
intangible assets, when events or changes in circumstances occur that indicate
that the carrying value of the asset may not be recoverable. The assessment of
possible impairment is based on our ability to recover the carrying value of the
asset from the expected future pre-tax cash flows (undiscounted and without
interest charges) of the related operations. If these cash flows are less than
the carrying value of such asset, an impairment loss is recognized for the
difference between estimated fair value and carrying value. The measurement of
impairment requires management to make estimates of these cash flows related to
long-lived assets, as well as other fair value determinations.

Research and Development Expenses:  Research and development costs are expensed
as incurred.

Pension and Post-Retirement Benefit Obligations: We sponsor pension plans in
various forms and in various countries covering substantially all employees who
meet certain eligibility requirements. Post-retirement benefit plans cover
primarily U.S. employees for retirement medical costs. As required by existing
accounting rules, we employ a delayed recognition feature in measuring the costs
and obligations of pension and post-retirement benefit plans. This allows for
changes in the benefit obligations and changes in the value of assets set aside
to meet those obligations, to be recognized, not as they occur, but
systematically and gradually over subsequent periods. All changes are ultimately
recognized, except to the extent they may be offset by subsequent changes. At
any point, changes that have been identified and quantified await subsequent
accounting recognition as net cost components and as liabilities or assets.

Several statistical and other factors that attempt to anticipate future events
are used in calculating the expense, liability and asset values related to our
pension and post-retirement benefit plans. These factors include assumptions we
make about the discount rate, expected return on plan assets, rate of increase
in healthcare costs, the rate of future compensation increases, and mortality,
among others. Actual returns on plan assets are not immediately recognized in
our income statement, due to the aforementioned delayed recognition feature that
we follow in accounting for pensions. In calculating the expected return on the
plan asset component of our net periodic pension cost, we apply our estimate of
the long term rate of return to the plan assets that support our pension
obligations, after deducting assets that are specifically allocated to
Transitional Retirement Accounts (which are accounted for based on specific plan
terms).

                                       44


<PAGE>

    For purposes of determining the expected return on plan assets, we utilize a
calculated value approach in determining the value of the pension plan assets,
as opposed to a fair market value approach. The primary difference between the
two methods relates to, systematic recognition of changes in fair value over
time (generally two years) versus immediate recognition of changes in fair
value. Our expected rate of return on plan assets is then applied to the
calculated asset value to determine the amount of the expected return on plan
assets to be used in the determination of the net periodic pension cost. The
calculated value approach reduces the volatility in net periodic pension cost
that results from using the fair market value approach.

The difference between the actual return on plan assets and the expected return
on plan assets is added to, or subtracted from, any cumulative differences that
arose in prior years. This amount is a component of the unrecognized net
actuarial (gain) loss and is subject to amortization to net periodic pension
cost over the remaining service lives of the employees participating in the
pension plan.

An additional significant assumption affecting our pension and post-retirement
benefit obligations and the net periodic pension and other post-retirement
benefit cost is the rate that we use to discount our future anticipated benefit
obligations. In estimating this rate, we consider rates of return on high
quality fixed-income investments currently available, and expected to be
available, during the period to maturity of the pension benefits.

Foreign Currency Translation: The functional currency for most foreign
operations is the local currency. Net assets are translated at current rates of
exchange, and income, expense and cash flow items are translated at the average
exchange rate for the year. The translation adjustments are recorded in
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income. The U.S. dollar is used as the
functional currency for certain subsidiaries that conduct their business in U.S.
dollars or operate in hyperinflationary economies. A combination of current and
historical exchange rates is used in remeasuring the local currency transactions
of these subsidiaries, and the resulting exchange adjustments are included in
income. Aggregate foreign currency losses were $77 in 2002 and gains were $29
and $103 in 2001 and 2000, respectively, and are included in Other expenses, net
in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Income. Effective January 1,
2002, we changed the functional currency of our Argentina operation from the
U.S. dollar to the Peso as a result of operational changes made subsequent to
the government's new economic plan.

Note 2--Restructuring Programs

Since early 2000, we have engaged in a series of restructuring programs related
to downsizing our employee base, exiting certain businesses, outsourcing certain
internal functions and engaging in other actions designed to reduce our cost
structure. We accomplished these objectives through the undertaking of
restructuring initiatives, two of which, the SOHO Disengagement and the March
2000 Restructuring, are now substantially completed. The execution of the
Turnaround Program and the Fourth Quarter 2002 Restructuring Program and related
payments of obligations continued through December 31, 2002. As management
continues to evaluate the business, there may be supplemental charges for new
plan initiatives as well as changes in estimates to amounts previously recorded,
as payments are made or actions are completed. Asset impairment charges were
incurred in connection with these restructuring actions for those assets made
obsolete or redundant as a result of the plans. The restructuring and asset
impairment charges in the Consolidated Statements of Income totaled $670, $715
and $475 in 2002, 2001 and 2000, respectively.

The restructuring initiatives and a summary of the impacts on our financial
statements were as follows:

      RESTRUCTURING ACTION                                 INITIATION OF PLAN
      . Fourth Quarter 2002 Restructuring Program          November 2002
      . Turnaround Program                                 October 2000
      . SOHO Disengagement                                 June 2001
      . March 2000 Restructuring                           March 2000

Detailed information about each of the above restructuring programs and the
applicable accounting rules we applied are outlined below.

Fourth Quarter 2002 Restructuring Program. As more fully discussed in Note 1, on
October 1, 2002, we adopted the provisions of SFAS No. 146. During the fourth
quarter of 2002, we announced a worldwide restructuring program and subsequently
recorded a provision of $402. The fair value of the initial liability was
determined by discounting the future cash outflows using our credit-adjusted
risk-free borrowing rate of 5.9 percent. The provision consisted of $312 for

                                       45


<PAGE>

severance and related costs (including $32 for special termination benefits and
pension curtailment charges) and $45 of costs associated with lease terminations
and future rental obligations net of estimated future sublease rents. We also
recorded $45 for asset impairments associated with the exit activities. Of the
total asset impairment charge, $32 relates to the recognition of currency
translation adjustment losses on our investment that were recognized in
conjunction with the shutdown of a foreign subsidiary. The remaining asset
impairment related to the write-off of leasehold improvements in exited
facilities. The total included in Restructuring and asset impairment charges in
the Consolidated Statements of Income for the Fourth Quarter 2002 Restructuring
Program was $402.

Key initiatives of this restructuring include the following:

.   Streamlining manufacturing and administrative operations;
.   Transitioning to an indirect sales and service model for our Office segment
    in Europe;
.   Implementing an average ten percent reduction in the number of middle and
    upper managers across all our businesses in the United States;
.   Outsourcing work in areas not related to our core business operations and
    where there is an economic advantage. This includes the outsourcing of
    certain service functions and moving towards an indirect sales model where
    it was deemed cost beneficial to do so.
.   Implementing a wide-ranging series of initiatives across Developing Markets
    Operations ("DMO") geographies to improve productivity and reduce costs; and
.   Integrating Xerox Engineering Systems ("XES") into our North American and
    European operations from its previous stand-alone structure.

The severance and other employee separation costs are related to the elimination
of approximately 4,700 positions worldwide. Approximately 55 percent, 31
percent, 11 percent and 3 percent of the positions related to the U.S., Europe,
Latin America and Canada, respectively. As of December 31, 2002, approximately
1,700 of the 4,700 affected employees had been separated under the program, and
a majority of the remainder are expected to be separated in the first quarter of
2003.

SFAS No. 146 requires recognition and measurement of a liability for lease and
other contract termination costs. For those lease contracts that are not
terminated, a liability must be recorded when the entity ceases using the leased
property. This liability is based on remaining rentals over the lease term, net
of estimated sublease rentals that can be reasonably obtained for the property,
regardless of whether the entity intends to enter a sublease. The sublease rates
are based on estimated market rental rates. External factors, such as
appraisals, recent rental activities in local markets, history of subleases in
the same or similar space and other factors are all considered when estimating
sublease rentals. Our estimated lease costs of $45 for properties exited as part
of the Fourth Quarter 2002 Restructuring Program are net of future sublease
rentals of $19.

The lease termination and asset impairment charge related primarily to the
exiting and consolidation of office facilities, distribution centers and
warehouses worldwide. The majority of the U.S. consolidation resulted in a
provision of $36, and was for facilities located in California and other smaller
locations. The remaining provision of $9 related to the consolidation of certain
European facilities as a result of the reduction in personnel. The Fourth
Quarter Restructuring Program reserve balance at December 31, 2002 of $286 is
expected to be substantially utilized in 2003. As mentioned above, we recorded
$32 in special termination benefits and pension curtailment charges representing
enhanced retirement benefits given to early retirees and the recognition of
previously unrecognized pension and other benefit costs that will be paid to
such employees. In addition to these pension related costs, we also incur others
such as pension settlements. A pension settlement occurs when we make lump-sum
cash payments to plan participants in exchange for their rights to receive
pension benefits in the future. We are required to recognize a loss, if at the
time of the settlement, the assets attributable to those participants included
unrecognized losses. We expect that many of the terminated employees will
subsequently elect to receive lump-sum cash payments in 2003. In accordance with
pension accounting rules, we are not permitted to recognize such gains or
losses, until such settlement occurs. We expect 2003 restructuring charges of
approximately $115, $90 of which are expected to relate to pension settlements
in the Production and Office segments. Such amounts could change based on the
actual level of participants who elect to receive the lump sum distributions and
the pension asset values as of such date. The balance of the planned 2003
restructuring charges relate to additional severance and cost reduction actions
associated with our Xerox Engineering Services ("XES") business in the Other
segment.

The following table summarizes the restructuring activity for the Fourth Quarter
2002 Restructuring Program for the year ended December 31, 2002:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                         Severance and related    Lease Cancellation
                                                  costs             and Other Costs      Total
        <S>                              <C>                      <C>                    <C>
        Provision, net of accretion                    312                       45         357
        Charges against reserve/(1)/                   (71)                       -         (71)
                                                     -----                     ----       -----
        Balance December 31, 2002                    $ 241                       45       $ 286
                                                     =====                     ====       =====
</TABLE>


(1)  Includes the impact of currency translation adjustments of $3.

                                       46


<PAGE>

Restructuring and asset impairment charges of $402 for the Fourth Quarter 2002
Restructuring Program were comprised of $145 in our Production segment, $102 in
our Office segment, $55 in our DMO segment and $100 in our Other segment.

Turnaround Program. The Turnaround Program began in October to reduce costs,
improve operations, transition customer equipment financing to third party
vendors and sell certain assets.

In the fourth quarter of 2000, we provided $105, consisting of $71 for severance
and related costs and $34 for asset impairments associated with the disposition
of Delphax, which supplied high-speed election beam digital printing systems.
Over half of these charges related to our Production operating segment, with the
remainder relating to our Office, DMO and Other operating segments. During 2001,
we provided an additional $403 of restructuring and asset impairment charges,
net of reversals of $26. The reversals related to actual employee separation
costs being lower than we originally anticipated. This was largely due to
employee attrition, prior to fulfilling the services required before severance
became payable as well as certain employees that were subsequently redeployed
within our other businesses as a result of unrelated attrition in these other
businesses. Of the amounts provided, $339 was for severance and other employee
separation costs (including $21 for pension curtailment charges), $36 was for
lease cancellation and other exit costs and $28 was for asset impairments. The
majority of these charges related to our Production and Office operating
segments. The lease termination and other exit costs and asset impairments
related primarily to manufacturing operations. Included in 2001 restructuring
charges are $24, primarily for severance and other employee separation costs,
related to the outsourcing of certain Office operating segment manufacturing to
Flextronics, as discussed in Note 4.

As of December 31, 2001, we had $223 of Turnaround Program restructuring
reserves remaining, primarily related to employee severance as a result of our
downsizing efforts. During the year ended December 31, 2002, we provided an
additional $253 (including special termination benefits and pension curtailments
of $27), net of $33 reversals. The reversals are related to employee attrition
prior to severance payments, lower costs of outplacement programs and other
costs. These provisions were primarily for severance and other employee
separation costs affecting our Production and Office operating segments, as well
as a minor amount of lease termination and other costs. The 2002 charge related
to the elimination of redundant resources and the consolidation of activities
into other existing operations, bringing the total eliminated positions, since
the inception of the Turnaround Program, to approximately 11,200. As of December
31, 2002, substantially all the 11,200 affected employees had separated under
the program. The Turnaround Program reserve balance at December 31, 2002 was
$131, which is expected to be substantially utilized in the first half of 2003.
The total net costs included in Restructuring and asset impairment charges in
the Consolidated Statements of Income for the Turnaround Program were $253, $403
and $105 in 2002, 2001 and 2000, respectively.

The following table summarizes the restructuring activity for the Turnaround
Program for the two years ended December 31, 2002:

                                                             Lease
                                         Severance and    Cancellation
                                         related costs  and Other Costs   Total
                                        --------------  ---------------  -------
        Turnaround Program
           Restructuring Costs:
        Balance December 31, 2000/(1)/     $  71              $ --        $ 71
        Provision                            364                37         401
        Reversal                             (25)               (1)        (26)
        Charges/(2)/                        (219)               (4)       (223)
                                           -----              ----        ----
        Balance December 31, 2001            191                32         223
                                           -----              ----        ----
        Provision                            261                25         286
        Reversal                             (28)               (5)        (33)
        Charges/(2)/                        (320)              (25)       (345)
                                           -----              ----        ----
        Balance December 31, 2002          $ 104              $ 27        $131
                                           =====              ====        ====

/(1)/ There were no charges against reserves for the Turnaround Program in 2000.
/(2)/ Includes the impact of currency translation adjustments of $12 and ($8)
      for the years ended December 31, 2002 and 2001, respectively.

SOHO Disengagement. In 2001, we began a separate restructuring program
associated with the disengagement from our worldwide small office/ home office
("SOHO") business. In connection with exiting this business in 2001, we recorded
a provision of $239, net of reversals of $26. Reversals were primarily related
to a higher than anticipated number of

                                       47


<PAGE>

employees re-deployed and better than expected experience in certain contract
terminations. The charge included provisions for the elimination of
approximately 1,200 positions worldwide by the end of 2001, the closing of
facilities and the write down of certain assets to net realizable value. The
restructuring provision associated with this action included $164 for asset
impairments, $49 for lease terminations, purchase commitments and other exit
costs, and $26 for severance and employee separation costs. An additional
provision of $34 related to excess inventory was recorded as a charge to Cost of
Sales in our Consolidated Statements of Income.

During the fourth quarter 2001, we depleted our inventory of personal inkjet and
xerographic printers, copiers, facsimile machines and multifunction devices
which were sold primarily through retail channels to small offices, home offices
and personal users (consumers). We continue to provide service, support and
supplies, including the manufacturing of such supplies, for customers who
currently own these products during a phase-down period to meet customer needs.

During 2002, we recorded a charge of $10 primarily for asset impairment charges
for a change in the estimated recoverability of the Ireland SOHO facility. The
total net costs included in Restructuring and asset impairment charges in the
Consolidated Statements of Income for the SOHO disengagement were $10 and $239
in 2002 and 2001, respectively. Charges against the reserve were $17 and $52 in
2002 and 2001, respectively. The SOHO disengagement program had been
substantially completed as of December 31, 2002, with $6 of reserves remaining
for severance and lease cancellation costs.

March 2000 Restructuring. In March 2000, we announced details of a worldwide
restructuring program and recorded charges of $489 which included severance and
employee separation costs of $424 related to the elimination of 5,200 positions
worldwide, asset impairments of $30 and other exit costs of $35. An additional
provision of $84 related to excess inventory primarily resulting from the
planned consolidation of certain warehousing operations was recorded as a charge
to Cost of sales. In late 2000, as a result of weakening business conditions,
poor operating results and a change in focus of our new senior management team
toward increasing liquidity, we re-evaluated the remaining plan elements. As a
result of this re-evaluation, we reversed $120 of the original charge. The
amount reversed consisted of $97 related to severance costs associated with
approximately 1,000 positions and $23 related to other costs. The most
significant reversals related to an aggregated $72 for the abandonment of our
plans to outsource warehouse facilities in North America, as well as the
outsourcing of a product manufacturing line. As 2000 progressed and the
Turnaround Program was announced, new senior management determined that the
costs required to complete the planned actions for both of these initiatives and
the estimated payback periods were not in line with their objectives. Based on
the changes in facts and circumstances, we determined that the reserve should be
reversed. The remaining $48 of reversals related to attrition, as well as
management's assessment of remaining employee terminations, in light of the
newly announced Turnaround Program, which involved $71 of new severance charges
in the fourth quarter of 2000. During 2001, we recorded additional provisions of
$83 which included $68 for severance and related costs, asset impairments of $13
and other exit costs of $2 for instances when the actual cost of certain
initiatives exceeded the amount estimated at the time of the original charge. We
also recorded reversals of $17 associated with the cancellation of certain
service and manufacturing initiatives. We provided an additional $5 in 2002 to
complete certain severance-related actions. We recorded asset impairments of $13
and $30 in 2001 and 2000, respectively. The total net costs included in
Restructuring and asset impairment charges in the Consolidated Statements of
Income for the March 2000 Restructuring were $5, $66 and $369 in 2002, 2001 and
2000, respectively. Charges against the reserve were $17, $204 and $176 in 2002,
2001 and 2000, respectively. As of December 31, 2002, the March 2000
Restructuring Program had been completed.

1998 Restructuring. During 2001, we recorded additional provisions for changes
in estimates of $15 and reversals of $8, primarily as a result of changes in
certain manufacturing initiatives. The total net costs included in Restructuring
and asset impairment charges in the Consolidated Statements of Income for the
1998 Restructuring was $7 and $1 in 2001 and 2000, respectively. Charges against
the reserve were $24, $76 and $247 in 2002, 2001 and 2000, respectively. As of
December 31, 2002, the 1998 Restructuring Program had been completed.

Reconciliation of Restructuring Charges to Statements of Cash Flows. The
following is a reconciliation of charges to the restructuring reserves for all
restructuring actions to the amounts reported in the Consolidated Statement of
Cash Flows as Cash payments for restructurings:

                                                         2002     2001    2000
                                                         ----     ----    ----
Charges to reserve, all programs                         $(474)   $(555)  $(423)
Non-cash items:
Special termination benefits and pension curtailment        59       21      --
Effects of foreign currency and other non-cash charges      23       50      36
                                                         -----    -----   -----
        Cash payments for restructurings                 $(392)   $(484)  $(387)
                                                         =====    =====   =====

                                       48


<PAGE>

Note 3--Acquisitions

CPID Division of Tektronix, Inc.: In January 2000, we and Fuji Xerox completed
the acquisition of the Color Printing and Imaging Division of Tektronix, Inc.
("CPID"). CPID manufactures and sells color printers, ink and related products,
and supplies. The original aggregate consideration paid of $925 in cash,
including $73 paid directly by Fuji Xerox, was subject to purchase price
adjustments pending the finalization of net asset values. During 2001, we were
reimbursed $18 in cash upon finalization of these values which was recorded as a
reduction to goodwill in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets. The
acquisition was accounted for in accordance with the purchase method of
accounting.

The excess of cash paid over the fair value of net assets acquired was allocated
to identifiable intangible assets and goodwill using a discounted cash flow
approach. The value of the identifiable intangible assets included $27 for
purchased in-process research and development that was expensed in 2000. The
charge represented the fair value of certain acquired research and development
projects that were determined not to have reached technological feasibility as
of the date of the acquisition, and was determined based on a methodology that
utilized the projected after-tax cash flows of the products expected to result
from in-process research and development activities and the stage of completion
of the individual projects. Other identifiable intangible assets acquired were
exclusive of intangible assets acquired by Fuji Xerox, and included the
installed customer base, the distribution network, the existing technology, the
workforce (which was transferred to goodwill upon adopting SFAS No. 142) and
trademarks. These identifiable assets are included in Intangibles assets, net in
the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets.

The other identifiable intangible assets acquired are being amortized on a
straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives which range from 7 to 25
years. During 2001, certain intangible asset useful lives were revised. As a
result of these revisions, we recorded an additional $9 in amortization expense
during 2001. The goodwill recorded in connection with this transaction was being
amortized on a straight-line basis (over 25 years) through December 31, 2001. On
January 1, 2002, we adopted the provisions of SFAS No. 142 and the amortization
of goodwill was discontinued. Refer to Note 1 for further discussion of the
adoption of SFAS No. 142.

In connection with this acquisition, we recorded approximately $45 for
anticipated costs associated with exiting certain activities of the acquired
operations. These activities included: (i) the consolidation of duplicate
distribution facilities; (ii) the rationalization of the service organization
and (iii) the exiting of certain lines of the CPID business. The costs
associated with these activities included inventory write-offs, severance
charges, contract cancellation costs and fixed asset impairment charges. During
2001, we revised our originally planned initiatives related to the acquired
European service organization and our estimate of the costs to complete the exit
from our distribution facilities in Europe. These changes, along with certain
other changes, resulted in the reversal of $9 of the originally recorded
reserves, with a corresponding reduction in goodwill.

Note 4--Divestitures and Other Sales

Nigeria: In December 2002, we sold our remaining investment in Nigeria for a
nominal amount and recognized a loss of $35, primarily representing cumulative
translation adjustment losses which were previously unrealized.

Licensing Agreement: In September 2002, we signed a license agreement with a
third party, related to a nonexclusive license for the use of certain of our
existing patents. In October 2002, we received proceeds of $50 and granted the
license. We have no continuing obligation or other commitments to the third
party and recorded the income associated with this transaction as revenue in
Service, outsourcing and rentals in the accompanying Consolidated Statement of
Income.

K
atun Corporation: In July 2002, we sold our 22 percent investment in Katun
Corporation, a supplier of aftermarket copier/printer parts and supplies, for
net proceeds of $67. This sale resulted in a pre-tax gain of $12, which is
included in Other expenses, net, in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of
Income. After-tax, the sale was essentially break-even, as the taxable basis of
Katun was lower than our carrying value on the sale date resulting in a high
rate of income tax.

Italy Leasing Business: In April 2002, we sold our leasing business in Italy to
a company now owned by General Electric ("GE") for $200 in cash plus the
assumption of $20 of debt. This sale is part of an agreement under which GE, as
successor, will provide ongoing, exclusive equipment financing to our customers
in Italy. The total pre-tax loss on this transaction, which is included in Other
expenses, net, in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Income, was $27
primarily related to recognition of cumulative translation adjustment losses and
final sale contingency settlements.

Prudential Insurance Company Common Stock: In the first quarter of 2002, we sold
common stock of Prudential Insurance Company, associated with that company's
demutualization. In connection with this sale, we recognized a pre-tax gain of
$19 that is included in Other Expenses, net, in the accompanying Consolidated
Statements of Income.

                                       49


<PAGE>

Delphax: In December 2001, we sold Delphax Systems and Delphax Systems, Inc.
("Delphax") to Check Technology Canada LTD and Check Technology Corporation for
$16. The transaction was essentially break-even. Delphax designs, manufactures
and supplies high-speed electron beam imaging digital printing systems and
related parts, supplies and services.

Nordic Leasing Business: In April 2001, we sold our leasing businesses in four
Nordic countries to a company now owned by GE, for $352 in cash and retained
interests in certain finance receivables for total proceeds of approximately
$370 which approximated book value. These sales are part of an agreement under
which that company will provide ongoing, exclusive equipment financing to our
customers in those countries.

Fuji Xerox Interest: In March 2001, we sold half of our ownership interest in
Fuji Xerox to Fuji Photo Film Co., Ltd ("Fuji Film") for $1.3 billion in cash.
In connection with the sale, we recorded a pre-tax gain of $773. Under the
agreement, Fuji Film's ownership interest in Fuji Xerox increased from 50
percent to 75 percent. Our ownership interest decreased to 25 percent and we
retain significant rights as a minority shareholder. We have product
distribution and technology agreements that ensure that both parties have access
to each other's portfolio of patents, technology and products. Fuji Xerox
continues to provide products to us as well as collaborate with us on R&D.

Xerox China: In December 2000, we sold our China operations to Fuji Xerox for
$550. In connection with the sale, Fuji Xerox also assumed $118 of indebtedness.
We recorded a pre-tax gain of $200 in connection with this transaction. Prior to
the sale, our China operations had revenue of $262 in 2000, which is included in
the accompanying Consolidated Statement of Income. While Fuji Xerox is our
affiliate, we believe the negotiations for this transaction were similar to
those that would have been entered into with an unaffiliated third party, both
in terms of price and conditions. Both parties were represented by separate
legal counsel.

Commodity Paper Product Line: In June 2000, we entered an agreement with Georgia
Pacific, to sell our U.S. and Canadian commodity paper product line and customer
list and recorded a pre-tax gain of $40 which is included in Other expenses,
net, which represented the proceeds from the sale. We also granted a ten-year
exclusive license related to the use of the Xerox brand name on future paper
sales in exchange for a fair value royalty agreement. In conjunction with the
sale, we also became an agent of Georgia Pacific for which we earn a
market-based commission on sales of commodity paper. Subsequently, in January
2003, we discontinued the agency relationship without penalty, and resumed
direct commodity paper sales.

ContentGuard: In April 2000, we sold a 25 percent ownership interest in our
wholly-owned subsidiary, ContentGuard, to Microsoft, Inc. for $50 and recognized
a pre-tax gain of $23, which is included in Other expenses, net in the
accompanying Consolidated Statements of Income. An additional pre-tax gain of
$27 was deferred, pending the achievement of certain performance criteria. In
May 2002, we repaid Microsoft $25, as the performance criteria had not been
achieved. In connection with the sale, ContentGuard also received $40 from
Microsoft for a non-exclusive license of its patents and other intellectual
property and a $25 advance against future royalty income from Microsoft on sales
of products incorporating ContentGuard's technology. The license payment is
being amortized over the ten-year life of the license agreement due to
continuing obligations we have, related to our majority ownership of
ContentGuard. The royalty advance will be recognized in income as earned. These
amounts are not refundable.

Flextronics Manufacturing Outsourcings: In the fourth quarter of 2001, we
entered into purchase and supply agreements with Flextronics, a global
electronics manufacturing services company. Under the agreements, Flextronics
purchased related inventory, property and equipment. Pursuant to the purchase
agreement, we sold our operations in Toronto, Canada; Aguascalientes, Mexico,
Penang, Malaysia, Venray, The Netherlands and Resende, Brazil to Flextronics in
a series of transactions, which were completed in 2002. In total, approximately
4,100 Xerox employees in certain of these operations transferred to Flextronics.
Total proceeds from the sales in 2002 and 2001 were $167, plus the assumption of
certain liabilities, representing a premium over book value. The premium is
being amortized over the life of the supply contract.

Under the supply agreement, Flextronics manufactures and supplies equipment and
components, including electronic components, for the Office segment of our
business. This represents approximately 50 percent of our overall worldwide
manufacturing operations. The initial term of the Flextronics supply agreement
is five years subject to our right to extend for two years. Thereafter it will
automatically be renewed for one-year periods, unless either party elects to
terminate the agreement. We have agreed to purchase from Flextronics most of our
requirements for certain products in specified product families. We also must
purchase certain electronic components from Flextronics, so long as Flextronics
meets certain pricing requirements. Flextronics must acquire inventory in
anticipation of meeting our forecasted requirements and must maintain sufficient
manufacturing capacity to satisfy such forecasted requirements. Under certain
circumstances, we may become obligated to repurchase inventory that remains
unused for more than 180 days, becomes obsolete or upon termination of the
supply agreement. Our remaining manufacturing operations are primarily located
in Rochester, NY for our high end production products and consumables and
Wilsonville, OR for consumable supplies and components for the Office segment
products.

                                       50


<PAGE>

Note 5--Receivables, Net

Finance Receivables: Finance receivables result from installment arrangements
and sales-type leases arising from the marketing of our equipment. These
receivables are typically collateralized by a security interest in the
underlying assets. The components of Finance receivables, net at December 31,
2002 and 2001 follow:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                  2002         2001
          <S>                                                                  <C>          <C>
          Gross receivables                                                    $ 10,685     $ 11,466
          Unearned income                                                        (1,628)      (1,834)
          Unguaranteed residual values                                              272          414
          Allowance for doubtful accounts                                          (324)        (368)
          Finance receivables, net                                                9,005        9,678
          Less: Billed portion of finance receivables, net                         (564)        (584)
                Current portion of finance receivables not billed, net           (3,088)      (3,338)
          Amounts due after one year, net                                      $  5,353     $  5,756
</TABLE>


Contractual maturities of our gross finance receivables subsequent to December
31, 2002 follow (including those already billed of $564):


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
      2003           2004            2005           2006           2007         Thereafter
      ----           ----            ----           ----           ----         ----------
    <S>            <C>             <C>             <C>            <C>           <C>
    $ 4,359        $ 2,869         $ 2,031         $ 982          $ 349            $ 95
</TABLE>


Our experience has shown that a portion of these finance receivables will be
prepaid prior to maturity. Accordingly, the preceding schedule of contractual
maturities should not be considered a forecast of future cash collections. In
addition, our strategy of exiting, in some geographies, the business of direct
financing of customers' purchases may result in further acceleration of the
collection of these receivables as a result of associated asset sales or
securitizations.

Vendor Financing Initiatives: In 2001, we announced several Framework Agreements
with GE, under which GE would become our primary equipment-financing provider in
the U.S., Canada, Germany and France. In connection therewith, in October 2002,
we completed an eight-year agreement in the U.S. (the "New U.S. Vendor Financing
Agreement"), under which GE Vendor Financial Services, a subsidiary of GE,
became the primary equipment financing provider in the U.S., through monthly
securitizations of our new lease originations. In addition to the $2.5 billion
already funded by GE prior to this agreement, which is secured by portions of
our current lease receivables in the U.S., the New U.S. Vendor Financing
Agreement calls for GE to provide funding in the U.S. on new lease originations,
of up to an additional $5 billion outstanding at anytime, during the eight year
term, subject to normal customer acceptance criteria. The $5 billion limit may
be increased to $8 billion, subject to agreement between the parties. The new
agreement contains mutually agreed renewal options for successive two-year
periods.

Under the agreement, GE is expected to securitize approximately 70 percent of
new U.S. lease originations at over-collateralization rates, which will vary
over time, but are expected to be approximately 10 percent of the net
receivables balance. The securitizations will be subject to interest rates
calculated at each monthly loan occurrence at yield rates consistent with
average rates for similar market based transactions. Refer to Note 11 for
further information on interest rates. Consistent with the loans already
received from GE, the funding received under this new agreement will be recorded
as secured borrowings and the associated receivables will be included in our
Consolidated Balance Sheet. GE's commitment to fund under this new agreement is
not subject to our credit ratings. There are no credit rating defaults that
could impair future funding under this agreement. This agreement contains cross
default provisions related to certain financial covenants contained in the New
Credit Facility and other significant debt facilities. Any default would impair
our ability to receive subsequent funding until the default was cured or waived
but does not accelerate previous borrowings. As of December 31, 2002, we were in
compliance with all covenants and expect to be in compliance for at least the
next twelve months.

In 2002 and 2001, we received financing totaling $1,845 million and $1,175
million, respectively, from GE, secured by lease receivables in the U.S. Net
fees of $9 million and $7 million have been capitalized as debt issue costs
during the years ended December 31, 2002 and 2001, respectively. In connection
with these transactions, $150 million is in escrow, as security for our
continuing obligations under the transferred contracts. At December 31, 2002,
the remaining balance was $2,323 million and is included in debt in our
Consolidated Balance Sheet.

In May 2002, we launched the Xerox Capital Services ("XCS") venture with GE,
under which XCS now manages our customer administration and leasing activities
in the U.S., including various financing programs, credit approval, order
processing, billing and collections. We account for XCS as a consolidated entity
since we are responsible to fund all of its

                                       51


<PAGE>

operations, and, further, all events of termination result in GE receiving back
their entire equity investment and total ownership reverting to us.

France Secured Borrowings: In December 2002, we received $362, net of escrow
requirements, in financing from Merrill Lynch Capital Markets Bank Limited and
Merrill Lynch International Bank Limited (subsidiaries of Merrill Lynch) secured
by some of our lease receivables in France. At December 31, 2002, the remaining
balance is $377 and is included in debt in our Consolidated Balance Sheet.

The Netherlands Secured Borrowings: Beginning in the second half of 2002, we
received a series of financings from our unconsolidated joint venture with De
Lage Landen International BV (DLL) secured by some of our lease receivables in
The Netherlands. At December 31, 2002, the remaining balance is $112 and is
included in debt in our Consolidated Balance Sheet.

Germany Secured Borrowings: In May 2002, we entered into an agreement to
transfer part of our financing operations in Germany to GE. In conjunction with
this transaction, we received loans from GE secured by lease receivables in
Germany. Initial cash proceeds of $79 were net of $15 of escrow requirements. As
part of the transaction we transferred leasing employees to a GE entity which
will also finance certain new leasing business in the future. We currently
consolidate this joint venture since we retain substantive rights related to the
borrowings. At December 31, 2002, the remaining balance, which includes
additional proceeds received since May 2002, is $95 and is included in debt in
our Consolidated Balance Sheet.

United Kingdom Secured Borrowings: During 2002 and 2001, we received $268 and
$885, respectively, in financing from GE Capital Equipment Finance Limited (a
subsidiary of GE), secured by our portfolios of lease receivables in the United
Kingdom. At December 31, 2002, the remaining balance of $529 is included in debt
in our Consolidated Balance Sheets.

Canada Secured Borrowings: In 2002, we received $443 of financing from GE,
secured by lease receivables in Canada. Cash proceeds of $428 were net of $8 of
escrow requirements and $7 of fees. At December 31, 2002, the remaining balance
is $319 and is included in debt in our Consolidated Balance Sheet.

U.S. Asset-backed Securities Transaction: In July 2001, we transferred U.S.
lease contracts to a consolidated trust, which in turn sold $513 of
floating-rate asset-backed notes (notes). We received cash proceeds of $480, net
of $3 of expenses and fees. An additional $30 of proceeds are being held in
reserve by the trust until the notes are repaid, which is currently estimated to
be in or around August 2003. Since the trust is consolidated in our financial
statements, we effectively recorded the proceeds received as a secured
borrowing. At December 31, 2002, the remaining balance was $139 and is included
as debt in our Consolidated Balance Sheet.

In 2000, we transferred domestic lease contracts to a special purpose entity
("SPE") as part of a financing transaction, for gross proceeds of $411. The
proceeds received were accounted for as a secured borrowing. At December 31,
2002, the remaining balance was $7 and is included in debt in our Consolidated
Balance Sheet.

As of December 31, 2002, $4,218 of Finance receivables and $219 of Billed
finance receivables are held as collateral in various trusts and SPEs, as
security for the borrowings noted above. Total outstanding debt being secured by
these receivables at December 31, 2002 was $3,900. The SPEs are consolidated in
our financial statements due to their holding non-financial assets and other
conditions which preclude sale accounting. Although the transferred assets are
included in our total assets, we received an opinion from outside legal counsel
that the trusts and SPEs to which the assets were transferred were deemed
bankruptcy remote. As a result, the assets of the trust are not available to
satisfy any of our other obligations.

Accounts Receivable: In 2000, we established two revolving accounts receivable
securitization facilities in the U.S. and Canada aggregating $330. The
facilities enabled us to sell, on an ongoing basis, undivided interests in a
portion of our accounts receivable in exchange for cash.

In May 2002, a credit rating agency downgrade caused a termination event under
our U.S. trade receivable securitization facility. The undivided interest sold
under the U.S. trade receivable securitization facility amounted to $290 at
December 31, 2001 and was accounted for as a sale of receivables. We continued
to sell receivables into the U.S trade receivable securitization facility
pending renegotiation of the facility as a result of this termination event. In
October 2002, the facility was terminated and no additional receivables were
sold to the facility. As a result, in October the counter-party received $231 of
collections from the pool of the then-existing receivables within the facility,
which represented their remaining undivided interest balance. No new receivables
were purchased by the counterparty and we have no further obligations as such
facility has been terminated.

                                       52


<PAGE>

The Canadian accounts receivable facility, also accounted for as a sale of
receivables, had undivided interests of $36 at December 31, 2001. It was
impacted by a downgrade in our credit rating in February 2002, which led to a
similar termination event. The Canadian accounts receivable facility was not
renegotiated and the balance of the undivided interests was fully settled
through collections in the first quarter of 2002.

Note 6--Inventories and Equipment on Operating Leases, Net

The components of inventories at December 31, 2002 and 2001 were as follows:

                                                            2002       2001
                                                            ----       ----
     Finished goods ....................................   $  961     $  960
     Work in process ...................................       66         97
     Raw materials .....................................      195        307
                                                           ------     ------
     Total inventories .................................   $1,222     $1,364
                                                           ======     ======

Equipment on operating leases and similar arrangements consists of our equipment
rented to customers and depreciated to estimated salvage value at the end of the
lease term. The transfer of equipment on operating leases from our inventories
is presented in our Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows in the operating
activities section as a non-cash adjustment. Equipment on operating leases and
the related accumulated depreciation at December 31, 2002 and 2001 were as
follows:

                                                            2002        2001
                                                            ----        ----
     Equipment on operating leases .....................  $ 2,002     $ 2,433
     Less: Accumulated depreciation ....................   (1,543)     (1,629)
                                                          -------     -------
     Equipment on operating leases, net ................  $   459     $   804
                                                          =======     =======

Depreciable lives generally vary from three to four years consistent with our
planned and historical usage of the equipment subject to operating leases.
Depreciation and obsolescence expense was $408, $657 and $626 for the years
ended December 31, 2002, 2001 and 2000, respectively. Our equipment operating
lease terms vary, generally from 12 to 36 months. Scheduled minimum future
rental revenues on operating leases with original terms of one year or longer
are:

      2003          2004              2005         2006           Thereafter
      ----          ----              ----         ----           ----------
      $472          $126               $57          $20              $3

Total contingent rentals on operating leases, consisting principally of usage
charges in excess of minimum contracted amounts, for the years ended December
31, 2002, 2001 and 2000 amounted to $187, $235 and $286, respectively.

Note 7--Land, Buildings and Equipment, Net

The components of land, buildings and equipment, net at December 31, 2002 and
2001 were as follows:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                    Estimated
                                                                   Useful Lives
                                                                     (Years)          2002          2001
                                                                     -------          ----          ----
     <S>                                                           <C>               <C>          <C>
     Land                                                                            $    54      $    58
     Buildings and building equipment ..........................     25 to 50          1,077        1,080
     Leasehold improvements ....................................    Lease term           412          425
     Plant machinery ...........................................     5 to 12           1,551        1,713
     Office furniture and equipment ............................     3 to 15           1,057        1,159
     Other .....................................................     4 to 20             107          147
     Construction in progress ..................................                         129          129
                                                                                     -------      -------
     Subtotal ..................................................                       4,387        4,711
     Less: accumulated depreciation ............................                      (2,630)      (2,712)
                                                                                     -------      -------
     Land, buildings and equipment, net ........................                     $ 1,757      $ 1,999
                                                                                     =======      =======
</TABLE>


Depreciation expense was $341, $402, and $417 for the years ended December 31,
2002, 2001 and 2000, respectively. We lease certain land, buildings and
equipment, substantially all of which are accounted for as operating leases.
Total rent expense under operating leases for the years ended December 31, 2002,
2001 and 2000 amounted to $299, $332, and $344,

                                       53


<PAGE>

respectively. Future minimum operating lease commitments that have remaining
non-cancelable lease terms in excess of one year at December 31, 2002 follow:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
      2003           2004          2005          2006           2007          Thereafter
      ----           ----          ----          ----           ----          ----------
      <S>            <C>           <C>           <C>            <C>           <C>
      $238           $202          $157          $124            $71             $346
</TABLE>


In certain circumstances, we sublease space not currently required in
operations. Future minimum sublease income under leases with non-cancelable
terms in excess of one year amounted to $45 at December 31, 2002.

Capitalized direct costs associated with developing, purchasing or otherwise
acquiring software for internal use are included in Other long-term assets in
our Consolidated Balance Sheet. These costs are amortized on a straight-line
basis over the expected useful life of the software, beginning when the software
is implemented. The software useful lives generally vary from 3 to 5 years.
Capitalized software balances, net of accumulated amortization, were $341 and
$479 at December 31, 2002 and 2001, respectively. Amortization expense,
including impairment charges, was $215, $132 and $86 for the years ended
December 31, 2002, 2001 and 2000, respectively.

In 2001, we extended our information technology contract with Electronic Data
Systems Corp. ("EDS") for five years through June 30, 2009. Services to be
provided under this contract include support of global mainframe system
processing, application maintenance, desktop and helpdesk support, voice and
data network management and server management. There are no minimum payments due
EDS under the contract. Payments to EDS, which are recorded in SAG, were $357,
$445 and $555 for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2001 and 2000,
respectively.

Note 8--Investments in Affiliates, at Equity

Investments in corporate joint ventures and other companies in which we
generally have a 20 to 50 percent ownership interest at December 31, 2002 and
2001 were as follows:

                                                               2002      2001
                                                               ----      ----
            Fuji Xerox/(1)/                                    $563      $532
            Other investments                                    65       100
                                                               ----      ----
            Investments in affiliates at equity                $628      $632
                                                               ====      ====

  /(1)/ Our investment in Fuji Xerox of $563 at December 31, 2002, differs from
        our implied 25 percent interest in the underlying net assets, or $627,
        due primarily to our deferral of gains resulting from sales of assets
        by us to Fuji Xerox, partially offset by goodwill we allocated to the
        Fuji Xerox investment at the time we acquired our remaining 20 percent
        of Xerox Limited from The Rank Group (plc). We cannot recognize such
        gains related to our portion of ownership interest in Fuji Xerox.

Fuji Xerox is headquartered in Tokyo and operates in Japan and other areas of
the Pacific Rim, Australia and New Zealand. As discussed in Note 4, we sold half
our interest in Fuji Xerox to Fuji Photo Film Co., Ltd. in March 2001.

                                       54


<PAGE>

Condensed financial data of Fuji Xerox for its last three years follow:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          2002/(1)/     2001/(1)/      2000
                                                          ----          ----           ----
          <S>                                             <C>           <C>          <C>
          Summary of Operations:
          Revenues                                         $ 7,539       $ 7,684     $ 8,398
          Costs and expenses                                 7,181         7,316       8,076
                                                           -------       -------     -------
          Income before income taxes                           358           368         322
          Income taxes                                         134           167         146
          Minorities interests                                  36            35          36
                                                           -------       -------     -------
          Net Income                                       $   188       $   166     $   140
                                                           =======       =======     =======
          Balance Sheet Data
          Assets
          Current assets                                   $ 2,976       $ 2,783
          Non-current assets                                 3,862         3,455
                                                           -------       -------
              Total Assets                                 $ 6,838       $ 6,238
                                                           =======       =======
          Liabilities and Shareholders' Equity
          Current Liabilities                              $ 2,152       $ 2,242
          Long-term debt                                       868           796
          Other non-current liabilities                      1,084           632
          Minorities' interests in equity of
            subsidiaries                                       227           201
          Shareholders' equity                               2,507         2,367
                                                           -------       -------
              Total liabilities and shareholders' equity   $ 6,838       $ 6,238
                                                           =======       =======
</TABLE>


(1)    Fuji Xerox changed its fiscal year end in 2001 from December 31 to March
       31. The 2002 and 2001 condensed financial data consists of the last three
       months of Fuji Xerox's fiscal year 2002 and 2001 and the first nine
       months in fiscal year 2003 and 2002, respectively.

We have a technology agreement with Fuji Xerox whereby we receive royalty
payments and rights to access their patent portfolio in exchange for access to
our patent portfolio. We have arrangements with Fuji Xerox whereby we purchase
inventory from and sell inventory to Fuji Xerox. Pricing of the transactions
under these arrangements is based upon negotiations conducted at arm's length.
Certain of these inventory pruchases and sales are the result of mutual research
and development arrangements. Our purchase commitments with Fuji Xerox are in
the normal course of business and typically have a lead time of three months.
Purchases from and sales to Fuji Xerox for the three years ended December 31,
2002 were as follows:

                                          2002             2001             2000
                                          ----             ----             ----
                  Sales                   $113             $132             $178
                  Purchases               $727             $598             $812

Note 9--Segment Reporting

Our reportable segments are consistent with how we manage the business and how
we view the markets we serve. Our reportable segments are as follows:
Production, Office, DMO, SOHO, and Other. The accounting policies of the
operating segments are the same as those described in the summary of significant
accounting policies.

The Production segment includes our DocuTech family of products, production
printing, color products for the production and graphic arts markets and
light-lens copiers over 90 pages per minute sold to Fortune 1000, graphic arts
and government, education and other public sector customers predominantly
through direct sales channels in North America and Europe.

The Office segment includes our family of Document Centre digital multifunction
products, color laser, solid ink and monochrome laser desktop printers, digital
and light-lens copiers under 90 pages per minute, and facsimile products sold
through direct and indirect sales channels in North America and Europe. The
Office market is comprised of global, national and mid-size commercial customers
as well as government, education and other public sector customers.

The DMO segment includes our operations in Latin America, the Middle East,
India, Eurasia, Russia and Africa. This segment includes sales of products that
are typical to the aforementioned segments, however management serves and
evaluates these markets on an aggregate geographic, rather than product, basis.

The SOHO segment includes inkjet printers and personal copiers sold through
indirect channels in North America and Europe to small offices, home offices and
personal users (consumers). As more fully discussed in Note 2, in June 2001 we
announced the disengagement from the worldwide SOHO business.

                                       55


<PAGE>

The segment classified as Other, includes several units, none of which met the
thresholds for separate segment reporting. This group primarily includes Xerox
Supplies Group ("XSG") (predominantly paper), Xerox Engineering Systems ("XES")
Xerox Connect ("Xconnect"), Xerox Technology Enterprises ("XTE") and consulting
services, royalty and license revenues. Other segment profit (loss) includes the
operating results from paper sales and these entities, other less significant
businesses, our equity income from Fuji Xerox, and certain costs which have not
been allocated to the businesses including non-financing interest and other
non-allocated costs. Other segments' total assets include XES, XSG, and our
investment in Fuji Xerox.

Operating segment information for 2001 has been adjusted to reflect a change in
operating segment structure that was made in 2002. The nature of the changes
related primarily to corporate expense and other allocations associated with
internal reorganizations made in 2002, as well as decisions concerning direct
applicability of certain overhead expenses to the segments. The adjustments
increased (decreased) full year 2001 revenues as follows: Production--($16),
Office--($16), DMO--($1), SOHO--$3 and Other--$30. The full year 2001 segment
profit was increased (decreased) as follows: Production--$12, Office--$24,
DMO--$32, SOHO--$2 and Other--($70). The operating segment information for 2000
has not been restated, as it was impracticable to do so. Therefore, we have
presented 2002 and 2001 on the new basis and 2002, 2001 and 2000 on the old
basis.

Operating segment selected financial information, using the new basis of
presentation as discussed above, for the years ended December 31, 2002 and 2001
was as follows:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                Production      Office        DMO       SOHO       Other     Total
                                                                ----------      ------        ---       ----       -----     -----
<S>                                                             <C>             <C>       <C>           <C>       <C>        <C>
2002
Information about profit or loss
      Revenues from external customers .......................  $    5,110     $ 5,980    $ 1,742       $231      $1,786     $14,849
      Finance income .........................................         505         490         16         --         (11)      1,000
      Intercompany revenues ..................................          --         135         --         13        (148)         --
                                                                ----------     -------    -------       ----      ------     -------
            Total segment revenues ...........................  $    5,615     $ 6,605    $ 1,758       $244      $1,627     $15,849
                                                                ==========     =======    =======       ====      ======     =======
      Interest expense/(1)/ ..................................  $      198     $   182    $    17       $ --      $  354     $   751
      Segment profit (loss)/(2)(3)/ ..........................         625         498         62         82        (289)        978
      Equity in net income of unconsolidated affiliates ......          --          --          5         --          49          54
Information about assets
      Investments in affiliates, at equity ...................           9           8         22         --         589         628
      Total assets ...........................................      10,756      11,213      1,121        213       2,155      25,458
      Cost of additions to land, buildings and equipment .....          62          64          6          1          13         146

                                                                Production      Office        DMO       SOHO       Other       Total
                                                                ----------      ------        ---       ----       -----       -----
2001
Information about profit or loss
      Revenues from external customers .......................  $    5,320     $ 6,323    $ 2,000       $405      $1,831     $15,879
      Finance income .........................................         563         537         26          1           2       1,129
      Intercompany revenues ..................................          --          50         --          4         (54)         --
                                                                ----------     -------    -------       ----      ------     -------
            Total segment revenues ...........................  $    5,883     $ 6,910    $ 2,026       $410      $1,779     $17,008
                                                                ==========     =======    =======       ====      ======     =======
      Interest expense/(1)/ ..................................  $      274     $   247    $    48       $ --      $  368     $   937
      Segment profit (loss)/(2)(3)/ ..........................         466         365       (125)      (195)       (143)        368
      Equity in net income of unconsolidated affiliates ......          --          --          4         --          49          53
Information about assets
      Investments in affiliates, at equity ...................           7           6         12         --         607         632
      Total assets ...........................................      11,214      11,905      1,671        492       2,363      27,645
      Cost of additions to land, buildings and equipment .....          60          74         32         23          30         219
</TABLE>


(1)  Interest expense includes equipment financing interest as well as
     non-financing interest, which is a component of Other expenses, net.

(2)  Other segment profit (loss) includes net corporate expenses of $235 and $71
     for the years ended December 31, 2002 and 2001, respectively.

(3)  Depreciation and amortization expense is recorded in cost of sales,
     research and development expenses and selling, administrative and general
     expenses and is included in the segment profit (loss) above. This
     information is not identified and reported separately to our chief
     operating decision-maker. These expenses are recorded by our operating
     units in the accounting records based on individual assessments as to how
     the related assets are used. The separate identification of this
     information for purposes of segment disclosure is impracticable, as it is
     not readily available and the cost to develop it would be excessive.

                                       56


<PAGE>

Operating segment selected financial information, using the prior year's basis
of presentation, as discussed above, for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2001
and 2000 was as follows:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                Production     Office       DMO        SOHO    Other      Total
                                                                ----------     ------       ---        ----    -----      -----
<S>                                                             <C>           <C>          <C>         <C>     <C>        <C>
2002
Information about profit or loss
       Revenues from external customers .......................   $ 5,130      $ 5,995     $ 1,742    $  231   $ 1,751   $ 14,849
                                                                  -------      -------     -------    ------   -------   --------
       Finance income .........................................       505          490          16        --       (11)     1,000
       Intercompany revenues ..................................        --          135          --        13      (148)        --
                                                                  -------      -------     -------    ------   -------   --------
Total segment revenues ........................................   $ 5,635      $ 6,620     $ 1,758    $  244   $ 1,592   $ 15,849
                                                                  =======      =======     =======    ======   =======   ========
       Interest expense/(1)/...................................   $   198      $   182     $    17    $   --   $   354   $    751
       Segment profit (loss)/(2)(3)/ ..........................       613          493          53        82      (263)       978
       Equity in net income of unconsolidated affiliates ......        --           --           5        --        49         54
Information about assets
       Investments in affiliates, at equity ...................         9            8          22        --       589        628
       Total assets ...........................................    10,756       11,213       1,121       213     2,155     25,458
       Cost of additions to land, buildings and equipment .....        62           64           6         1        13        146
2001
Information about profit or loss
      Revenues from external customers ........................   $ 5,336      $ 6,340     $ 2,001    $  402   $ 1,800   $ 15,879
      Finance income ..........................................       563          536          26         1         3      1,129
      Intercompany revenues ...................................        --           50          --         4       (54)        --
                                                                  -------      -------     -------    ------   -------   --------
            Total segment revenues ............................   $ 5,899      $ 6,926     $ 2,027    $  407   $ 1,749   $ 17,008
                                                                  =======      =======     =======    ======   =======   ========
      Interest expense/(1)/....................................   $   274      $   247     $    48    $   --   $   368   $    937
      Segment profit (loss)/(2)(3)/ ...........................       454          341        (157)     (197)      (73)       368
      Equity in net income of unconsolidated affiliates .......        --           --           4        --        49         53
Information about assets
      Investments in affiliates, at equity ....................         7            6          12        --       607        632
      Total assets ............................................    11,214       11,905       1,671       492     2,407     27,689
      Cost of additions to land, buildings and equipment ......        60           74          32        23        30        219
2000
Information about profit or loss
      Revenues from external customers ........................   $ 5,749      $ 6,518     $ 2,573    $  592   $ 2,157   $ 17,589
      Finance income ..........................................       583          528          46         1         4      1,162
      Intercompany revenues ...................................        --           14          --         6       (20)        --
                                                                  -------      -------     -------    ------   -------   --------
            Total segment revenues ............................   $ 6,332      $ 7,060     $ 2,619    $  599   $ 2,141   $ 18,751
                                                                  =======      =======     =======    ======   =======   ========
      Interest expense/(1)/....................................   $   275      $   235     $   103    $   --   $   477   $  1,090
      Segment profit (loss)/(2)(3)/............................       463         (180)        (93)     (293)      225        122
      Equity in net income (loss) of unconsolidated
          affiliates/(4)/......................................        (2)          (2)          4        --       103        103
Information about assets
      Investments in affiliates, at equity ....................         7            6          13        --     1,244      1,270
      Total assets ............................................    11,158       11,362       2,240       806     2,687     28,253
      Cost of additions to land, buildings and equipment ......       132          122          88        90        20        452
</TABLE>


/(1)/  Interest expense includes equipment financing interest as well as
       non-financing interest, which is a component of Other expenses, net.

/(2)/  Other segment profit (loss) includes net corporate expenses of $227, $35
       and $116 for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2001 and 2000,
       respectively.

/(3)/  Depreciation and amortization expense is recorded in cost of sales,
       research and development expenses and selling, administrative and general
       expenses and is included in the segment profit (loss) above. This
       information is not identified and reported separately to our chief
       operating decision-maker. These expenses are recorded by our operating
       units in the accounting records based on individual assessments as to how
       the related assets are used. The separate identification of this
       information for purposes of segment disclosure is impracticable, as it is
       not readily available and the cost to develop it would be excessive.

/(4)/  Excludes our $37 share of a restructuring charge recorded by Fuji Xerox.

                                       57


<PAGE>

The following is a reconciliation of segment profit to total company pre-tax
income (loss):


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                  Years ended December 31,
                                                                                  2002     2001       2000
                                                                                  ----     ----       ----
<S>                                                                              <C>       <C>       <C>
Total segment profit .......................................................      $ 978    $ 368     $  122
Unallocated items:
      Restructuring and asset impairment charges ...........................       (670)    (715)      (475)
      Gain on early extinguishment of debt .................................         --       63         --
      Restructuring related inventory write-down charges ...................         (2)     (42)       (84)
      In process research and development charges ..........................         --       --        (27)
      Gains on sales of Fuji Xerox interest and China Operations ...........         --      773        200
Allocated item:
      Equity in net income of unconsolidated affiliates ....................        (54)     (53)      (103)
                                                                                  -----    -----     ------
Pre-tax income (loss) ......................................................      $ 252    $ 394     $ (3